canadian food & drug retail and foodservice implementation

ECCC – Industry Relations of 1 Version 00410

Canadian Food & Drug Retail and

Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI Guideline Sections: • Table of Contents • Messages From

! ECR Technology Committee Co-Chairs ! ECRx Enabler Committee Co-Chairs ! EFR E-Commerce Committee Co-Chairs

Section I Statement of Direction

! Acknowledgements ! Data Flow ! EDI: The Concept ! Benefits of EDI

Section II Introduction to EDI, Section III Extended Data Element Information, Section IV Glossary Section V Data Mapping Section VI VERSION MIGRATION

! VICS EDI Change Summary ! Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx Data Mapping ! Canadian EDI Guidelines Change Request Form

Section VII Business Examples Transactions:

810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information 997 Functional Acknowledgment

Addendums: March 2002 856 Ship Notice/Manifest July 2000 810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order

882 Direct Store Delivery

e-COMMERCE COUNCIL of CANADA Conseil canadien du commerce électronique

"Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI" Page 1 of 1

The attached documentation is an addendum/errata to be added to the Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI. There is a summary of the modifications followed by detailed Segments that may be inserted into the respective place in the Guide.

ADDENDUM – July 2000 Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI

The attached changes have been approved for inclusion into the “Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI”.

Summary 810 Invoice

• At Detail Level Segment IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice)

IT106 Data Element 235 open code “IN – Buyer’s Item Number” 850 Purchase Order

• At Header Level Segment REF 01 Reference Identification

REF01 Data Element 128 open code “PD – Promotion/Deal Number” • At Header Level Segment TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) TD505 Data

Element 387 Routing added: Note: 1: The example below shows the switching of carriers. "ABC" will now haul the product

instead of "XYZ" company. When the buyer creates the purchase order, he doesn't really care who the carrier is; this is the responsibility of the traffic department. It should not be up to the buyer or traffic clerk to pick up a phone, call the supplier and tell them the new routing. The purchase order should handle that.

2: Other examples where carriers have been switched based on weight. For example, if the buyers were to order product where the total purchase order weight is less than 250 pounds, the routing on the purchase order would say to ship via courier. If the purchase order weight were over 250 pounds the routing would say to ship via carrier "QRS". It was mentioned that sending a "master document" to each supplier that would outline who is to haul the product. This seems like a labour intensive process considering the number of suppliers (100's).

• At Detail Level PO1 Baseline Item Data PO103 Data Element 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code open codes: “BA–Bale, BG–Bag, BO–Bottle, BX-Box, CN-Can, DS-Display, DZ-Dozen, PK-Package, RL-Roll”

• At Detail Level PO1 Baseline Item Data PO106 Data Element 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier open code: “VN-Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item Number” with: Note: 1: Trading Partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of

positively & unambiguously identifying a product. 2: For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the ECCC.

'VN' is recognized for use by vendors as they transition to the GTIN system. • At Summary Level Segment CTT Open CTT02, 03, 04, 05 and 06.

882 Direct Store Delivery

• At header level Segment N1 Name N101 Data Element 98 Entity Identifier Code

open “BT-Bill-to-Party”.

856 Ship Notice/Manifest

e-COMMERCE COUNCIL of CANADA Conseil canadien du commerce électronique

The attached documentation is an addendum/errata to be added to the Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI. Below is a summary of the modification followed by detailed Segment that may be inserted into the respective place in the Guide. Note: These changes have also been added to the EDI VICS Version 4060 Canadian Profile.

ADDENDUM – March 2002

Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI The attached change has been approved for inclusion into the “Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI”. Summary 856 Ship Notice/Manifest

At the Detail – Order Level of the 856 Ship Notice/Manifest commencing in VICS version 4060 the REF Reference Identification has been opened for use.


Segment: REF Reference Identification Detail – Order (Added to EDI VICS 4060 Position: 150 CDN Profile March 2002) Loop: HL Level: Detail - Order Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 R0203 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification

6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number Customs entry number

BM Bill of Lading Number BT Batch Number

CH Customer Catalog Number CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer DP Department Number HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number IA Internal Vendor Number

Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the retailer, for use within the retailer’s system.

IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the

vendor, for use within the vendor’s system IV Seller’s Invoice Number MR Merchandise Type Code PD Promotion/Deal Number QC Product Specification Document Number Schematic reference number SB Sales Region Number UCB UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. UCM UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. VN Vendor Order Number REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X REF03 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O Composite To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as

specified by the Reference Qualifier

997.004010 1

997 Functional Acknowledgment Introduction Functional Acknowledgments (FA) are required for each functional group transmitted. The FA must be sent by the receiver of the functional group, to the sender, by the close of the next business day after receipt, to acknowledge the receipt and the syntactical condition of the functional group. The minimum level of detail for the FA is the group, i.e. it is not required to acknowledge at the transaction set, nor is it required to acknowledge specific segments and data elements in error. Acknowledgment at a level lower than the group is by agreement between the trading partners. The Functional Acknowledgment transaction provides a positive response that informs the sender if the content of the transmission was syntactically correct. The syntactical correctness is based on the X12 syntax documented in the ASC X12.6 standard. It is not an acknowledgment of any application data such as terms, discounts, etc. The Functional Acknowledgment transaction can provide increasing levels of detail. The acknowledgment, in the simplest form, provides response at the functional group level using the AK1 and AK9 segments. Individual transactions can be acknowledged by using the AK2 and AK5 segments, and, individual segments in error can be indicated by using the AK3 and AK4 segments. In practice, acceptance and rejection are controlled at the functional group level. Acknowledgment at detail levels below the group require added complexity at the sending and receiving points in addition to the added cost of transmitting the additional data. The level of detail used in the Functional Acknowledgment is controlled by the trading partners.

2 997.004010

997 Functional Acknowledgment

Functional Group ID=FA Introduction: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set (997) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to define the control structures for a set of acknowledgments to indicate the results of the syntactical analysis of the electronically encoded documents. The encoded documents are the transaction sets, which are grouped in functional groups, used in defining transactions for business data interchange. This standard does not cover the semantic meaning of the information encoded in the transaction sets. Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 n1 Must Use 020 AK1 Functional Group Response Header M 1 n2 LOOP ID - AK2 999999 030 AK2 Transaction Set Response Header O 1 n3 LOOP ID - AK3 999999 040 AK3 Data Segment Note O 1 c1 050 AK4 Data Element Note O 99 060 AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer M 1 Must Use 070 AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer M 1 Must Use 080 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. These acknowledgments shall not be acknowledged, thereby preventing an endless cycle of

acknowledgments of acknowledgments. Nor shall a Functional Acknowledgment be sent to report errors in a previous Functional Acknowledgment.

The Functional Group Header Segment (GS) is used to start the envelope for the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Sets. In preparing the functional group of acknowledgments, the application sender's code and the application receiver's code, taken from the functional group being acknowledged, are exchanged; therefore, one acknowledgment functional group responds to only those functional groups from one application receiver's code to one application sender's code.

There is only one Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set per acknowledged functional group. 2. AK1 is used to respond to the functional group header and to start the acknowledgement for a functional

group. There shall be one AK1 segment for the functional group that is being acknowledged. 3. AK2 is used to start the acknowledgement of a transaction set within the received functional group. The AK2

segments shall appear in the same order as the transaction sets in the functional group that has been received and is being acknowledged.

Transaction Set Comments 1. The data segments of this standard are used to report the results of the syntactical analysis of the functional

groups of transaction sets; they report the extent to which the syntax complies with the standards for transaction sets and functional groups. They do not report on the semantic meaning of the transaction sets (for example, on the ability of the receiver to comply with the request of the sender).

997.004010 3

Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 010 Loop: Level: Header Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) used by the translation routines of the

interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).

Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 997 Functional Acknowledgment >> ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set The number is sequentially assigned by the sender, starting with one within

each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group.

4 997.004010

Segment: AK1 Functional Group Response Header Position: 020 Loop: Level: Header Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a functional group Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 AK101 is the functional ID found in the GS segment (GS01) in the functional group

being acknowledged. 2 AK102 is the functional group control number found in the GS segment in the

functional group being acknowledged. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> AK101 479 Functional Identifier Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets This is the functional group ID of the group that is being acknowledged, e.g., if

a purchase order group is being acknowledged, the value would be PO; it is the value sent in GS01 for the original transmission.

>> AK102 28 Group Control Number M N0 1/9 Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender This is the control number assigned to the group being acknowledged, e.g., this

is the control number assigned by the sender of the original transmission. It is the value sent in GS06 for the original transmission.

997.004010 5

Segment: AK2 Transaction Set Response Header Position: 030 Loop: AK2 Optional Level: Header Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To start acknowledgment of a single transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 AK201 is the transaction set ID found in the ST segment (ST01) in the transaction

set being acknowledged. 2 AK202 is the transaction set control number found in the ST segment in the

transaction set being acknowledged. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> AK201 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set This is the transaction set ID of the transaction being acknowledged, e.g., if a

purchase order is being acknowledged, the value would be 850; it is the value sent in ST01 for the original transmission.

>> AK202 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This is the control number assigned to the transaction set being acknowledged,

e.g., this is the control number assigned by the sender of the original transmission. It is the value sent in ST02 for the original transmission.

6 997.004010

Segment: AK3 Data Segment Note Position: 040 Loop: AK3 Optional Level: Header Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To report errors in a data segment and identify the location of the data segment Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> AK301 721 Segment ID Code M ID 2/3 Code defining the segment ID of the data segment in error (See Appendix A -

Number 77) >> AK302 719 Segment Position in Transaction Set M N0 1/6 The numerical count position of this data segment from the start of the

transaction set: the transaction set header is count position 1 AK303 447 Loop Identifier Code O AN 1/6 The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this

data element in segments LS and LE AK304 720 Segment Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a segment 1 Unrecognized segment ID 2 Unexpected segment 3 Mandatory segment missing

997.004010 7

Segment: AK4 Data Element Note Position: 050 Loop: AK2/AK3 Level: Header Usage: Optional Max Use: 99 Purpose: To report errors in a data element or composite data structure and identify the location of

the data element Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 In no case shall a value be used for AK404 that would generate a syntax error, e.g.,

an invalid character. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> AK401 C030 Position in Segment M Code indicating the relative position of a simple data element, or the relative

position of a composite data structure combined with the relative position of the component data element within the composite data structure, in error; the count starts with 1 for the simple data element or composite data structure immediately following the segment ID

>> C03001 722 Element Position in Segment M N0 1/2 This is used to indicate the relative position of a simple data element, or the

relative position of a composite data structure with the relative position of the component within the composite data structure, in error; in the data segment the count starts with 1 for the simple data element or composite data structure immediately following the segment ID

X C03002 1528 Component Data Element Position in Composite O N0 1/2 To identify the component data element position within the composite that is in

error AK402 725 Data Element Reference Number O N0 1/4 Reference number used to locate the data element in the Data Element

Dictionary >> AK403 723 Data Element Syntax Error Code M ID 1/3 Code indicating the error found after syntax edits of a data element 1 Mandatory data element missing 2 Conditional required data element missing. 3 Too many data elements. 4 Data element too short. 5 Data element too long. 6 Invalid character in data element. 7 Invalid code value. AK404 724 Copy of Bad Data Element O AN 1/99 This is a copy of the data element in error

8 997.004010

Segment: AK5 Transaction Set Response Trailer Position: 060 Loop: AK2 Optional Level: Header Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection and report errors in a transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: The codes listed for AK502 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 720 in the AK5 segment.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> AK501 717 Transaction Set Acknowledgment Code M ID 1/1 Code indicating accept or reject condition based on the syntax editing of the

transaction set A Accepted E Accepted But Errors Were Noted R Rejected AK502 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set 1 Transaction Set Not Supported 2 Transaction Set Trailer Missing 3 Transaction Set Control Number in Header and Trailer

Do Not Match 4 Number of Included Segments Does Not Match Actual

Count 5 One or More Segments in Error AK503 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set AK504 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set AK505 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set AK506 718 Transaction Set Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of a transaction set

997.004010 9

Segment: AK9 Functional Group Response Trailer Position: 070 Loop: Level: Header Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge acceptance or rejection of a functional group and report the number of

included transaction sets from the original trailer, the accepted sets, and the received sets in this functional group

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 If AK901 contains the value "A" or "E", then the transmitted functional group is

accepted. Notes: The codes listed for AK905 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 716 in the AK9

segment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> AK901 715 Functional Group Acknowledge Code M ID 1/1 Code indicating accept or reject condition based on the syntax editing of the

functional group A Accepted E Accepted, But Errors Were Noted. P Partially Accepted, At Least One Transaction Set Was

Rejected R Rejected >> AK902 97 Number of Transaction Sets Included M N0 1/6 Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or

interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element

>> AK903 123 Number of Received Transaction Sets M N0 1/6 Number of Transaction Sets received >> AK904 2 Number of Accepted Transaction Sets M N0 1/6 Number of accepted Transaction Sets in a Functional Group AK905 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group

header and/or trailer 1 Functional Group Not Supported 2 Functional Group Version Not Supported 3 Functional Group Trailer Missing 4 Group Control Number in the Functional Group Header

and Trailer Do Not Agree 5 Number of Included Transaction Sets Does Not Match

Actual Count AK906 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group

header and/or trailer AK907 716 Functional Group Syntax Error Code O ID 1/3 Code indicating error found based on the syntax editing of the functional group



header and/or trailer

10 997.004010

Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 080 Loop: Level: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted

segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments) Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE

segments >> SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This must be the same number as is in the ST segment (ST02) for the

transaction set.

882.004010 1

882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Introduction The purpose of this section is to present and explain the application of the ASC X12 standards as they pertain to retail direct store summary information. Within the retail general merchandise and grocery, direct to store delivery (DSD) is a common method of replenishment. Under this model, replenishment is governed through a pre-arranged vendor agreement, which eliminates the purchase order, and requires the supplier to re-stock products at pre-arranged intervals, or when requested at the store level. In many cases this type of replenishment model is used to replenish small franchise retail locations with limited in-store systems and no EDI capability. Once replenishment has been accomplished the supplier will transmit a Direct Store Delivery Summary of the dollar value of the goods provided, by individual location (store), to the retailer head office to request payment. The retailer then pays the supplier and uses the summary information to bill each individual retail location.

Retail Location

Supplier Delivery

Retail Head Office

882

Payment

Bill by Store

2 882.004010

882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information

Functional Group ID=IG Introduction: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Transaction Set (882) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. This transaction set can be used to summarize detailed delivery, return and adjustment information which was previously reconciled at time of delivery in a retail direct store delivery environment, and also to request payment for the products delivered. This transaction set will provide only a summary of direct store deliveries and adjustments without product detail. Notes: If the G23 segment is used, it may be used at the detail or summary level, but not both. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 Must Use 020 G47 Statement Identification M 1 LOOP ID - 0100 10 Must Use 030 N1 Name M 1 n1 040 N2 Additional Name Information O 1 050 N3 Address Information O 2 060 N4 Geographic Location O 1 070 N9 Reference Identification O 10 Not Used 080 G61 Contact O 8 Not Used 090 G23 Terms of Sale O 20 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - 0200 9999 Must Use 010 G48 Statement/Invoice Identification M 1 LOOP ID - 0210 99 020 G72 Allowance or Charge O 1 Not Used 030 G73 Allowance or Charge Description O 10 Not Used 040 G23 Terms of Sale O 20 Not Used 050 G25 F.O.B. Information O 1 060 G31 Total Invoice Quantity O 1 Must Use 070 G33 Total Dollars Summary M 1 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 G49 Statement Total M 1 Must Use 020 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1

882.004010 3

Transaction Set Notes 1. One iteration of the N1 segment must be used to identify the party to receive the remittance.

4 882.004010

Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 010 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) used by the translation routines of the


Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 882 Direct Store Delivery Summary Information >> ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set


each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group

882.004010 5

Segment: G47 Statement Identification Position: 020 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G4701 373 Date M DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD G4701 should contain the date of the statement. >> G4702 613 Statement Number M AN 1/16 Identifying number for statement assigned by issuer for charges

6 882.004010

Segment: N1 Name Position: 030 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual RE Party to receive commercial invoice remittance VN Vendor N102 93 Name C AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL UCC/EAN Location Code N104 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code X N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship X N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual

882.004010 7

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 040 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N201 93 Name M AN 1/60 Free-form name N202 93 Name O AN 1/60 Free-form name

8 882.004010

Segment: N3 Address Information Position: 050 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N301 166 Address Information M AN 1/55 Address information X N302 166 Address Information O AN 1/55 Address information

882.004010 9

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 060 Loop: 0100 Mandatory Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to

specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N401 19 City Name O AN 2/30 Free-form text for city name N402 156 State or Province Code O ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency N403 116 Postal Code O ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States) N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the country CA Canada MX Mexico US United States X N405 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

10 882.004010

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 070 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AI Associated Invoices Used for cross reference to other invoices to be

associated with the invoice defined in G4801 GT Goods and Service Tax Registration Number TX Tax Exempt Number Canadian ECR note qualifier TX used for Provincial

Sales Tax Registration Number. N902 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X N903 369 Free-form Description C AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text X N904 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X N905 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or

HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

X N906 623 Time Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

882.004010 11

Segment: G48 Statement/Invoice Identification Position: 010 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To uniquely identify an invoice or adjustment Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G4801 or G4807 is required. 2 If either G4801 or G4802 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either G4807 or G4808 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G4802 is the invoice issue date. 2 G4804 is the date assigned by the purchaser to the purchase order. Comments:

Notes:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G4801 76 Invoice Number C AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer >> G4802 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD G4803 614 Store Number O AN 1/10 A number assigned to uniquely identify a retail outlet or store X G4804 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X G4805 324 Purchase Order Number O AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser X G4806 424 Vendor Order Number O AN 1/22 Number assigned by a vendor referencing a particular customer purchase order X G4807 128 Reference Identification Qualifier C ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification X G4808 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X G4809 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

12 882.004010

Segment: G72 Allowance or Charge Position: 020 Loop: 0210 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify allowances, charges, or services Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of G7203 G7205 G7208 or G7209 is required. 2 Only one of G7205 G7208 or G7209 may be present. 3 If either G7206 or G7207 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either G7209 or G7210 is present, then the other is required. 5 If G7211 is present, then G7203 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G7209 is the allowance or charge percent. Comments: 1 The G73 segment is required when G7201 contains code "499" or "999"; however,

the use of these codes is discouraged.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G7201 340 Allowance or Charge Code M ID 1/3 Code identifying the type of allowance or charge 490 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian ECR : Used for GST and Harmonized credit

allowance 491 Tax Credit Allowance Canadian ECR : Used for Provincial Tax credit

allowance 537 State or Province Tax Canadian ECR : Used for Provincial Sales Tax 990 Goods and Services Charge Canadian ECR : Used for GST and Harmonized Sales

Tax >> G7202 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code M ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 18 Non-Payable Tax X G7203 341 Allowance or Charge Number C AN 1/16 The number assigned by a vendor referencing an allowance, promotion, deal or

charge X G7204 769 Exception Number O AN 1/16 A unique number identifying an exception or modification to an offered or

existing promotion X G7205 359 Allowance or Charge Rate C R4 1/15 Allowance or Charge Rate per Unit X G7206 339 Allowance or Charge Quantity C R3 1/10 Quantity basis when allowance or charge quantity is different from the

purchase order or invoice quantity X G7207 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken G7208 360 Allowance or Charge Total Amount C N2 1/15 Total dollar amount for the allowance or charge X G7209 332 Percent C R3 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent X G7210 828 Dollar Basis For Percent C R2 1/9 Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or

tax

882.004010 13

X G7211 770 Option Number O AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered

14 882.004010

Segment: G31 Total Invoice Quantity Position: 060 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and

volume, and to specify payment method Syntax Notes: 1 If either G3103 or G3104 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either G3105 or G3106 is present, then the other is required. 3 If G3107 is present, then G3104 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 G3110 should only be used to express the quantity of third party pallets 2 G3111 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds. Comments: 1 G3102 qualifies G3101.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G3101 382 Number of Units Shipped M R0 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set >> G3102 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load G3103 81 Weight C R2 1/10 Numeric value of weight G3104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound X G3105 183 Volume C R3 1/8 Value of volumetric measure X G3106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X G3107 398 Order Sizing Factor O R3 1/10 A product specification other than gross or net weight, or cubic feet for a line

item or transaction used for order sizing and pricing purposes X G3108 417 Price Bracket Identifier O AN 1/3 Identifier assigned by the vendor for a specific price bracket X G3109 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures X G3110 380 Quantity O R3 1/15 Numeric value of quantity X G3111 81 Weight O R2 1/10 Numeric value of weight

882.004010 15

Segment: G33 Total Dollars Summary Position: 070 Loop: 0200 Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the total invoice amount, including charges less allowances, before terms

discount Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G3301 610 Amount M N2 1/15 Monetary amount

16 882.004010

Segment: G49 Statement Total Position: 010 Loop: Level: Summary: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide essential billing totals to the purchaser Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 G4901 is the total monetary amount for all changes billed on a statement since

issuance of the last statement. 2 G4902 is the monetary amount for all unpaid charges prior to issuance of the current

transaction. 3 G4903 identifies the total monetary amount currently due the issuer of the charges. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> G4901 610 Amount M N2 1/15 Monetary amount X G4902 610 Amount O N2 1/15 Monetary amount X G4903 610 Amount O N2 1/15 Monetary amount

882.004010 17

Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 020 Loop: Level: Summary: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted





transaction set.

856.004010 1

856 Ship Notice/ Manifest Introduction The purpose of this section is to present and explain the application of the ASC X12 standards as they pertain to the retail Ship Notice/Manifest. The use of this transaction is to provide the retailer with advance data on the shipments so the retailer may better plan workloads and receipt processing. The key word is “advance”. Therefore, in the implementation of the transaction the latest the ship notice may be sent is the time of shipment. In practice the ship notice must arrive before the shipment. The scope of the ship notice, within the retail industry, will not exceed the scope of the associated bill of lading. There can be more than one ship notice with one bill of lading. The bill of lading is not applicable when using small package service carriers. In this case, the ship notice will only represent one ship from/ship to combination. The bill of lading is a legal shipping document which is the contract between the shipper and the carrier. The ship notice is not a legal document nor is it between shipper and carrier. The ship notice is not a replacement for the bill of lading. There are two predominant methods of merchandise packaging within the retail industry. These are commonly known as: • Pick and Pack — where different SKUs are packed within the container, and • Standard Carton Pack — where identical SKUs are packed within the container. The retail industry has identified six hierarchical levels for use within the Ship Notice/Manifest transaction set. The following are the definitions of these levels: Name

Code

Description

SHIPMENT S Data that applies to the whole shipment, such as bill of lading number, lading quantity, supplier code, etc.

UNIT LOAD UT The Unit load level is used to identify a physical shipping unit which is marked with a UCC/EAN serial shipping container code, and, consists of transport packages marked for multiple final destinations.

ORDER O Data related to the sender’s order and the associated receiver’s original purchase order.

TARE T The tare level is used to identify pallets. These pallets are being shipped to a single final desti-nation. If there are no identifiable pallets, this level may be omitted.

PACK P The pack level is used to identify the cartons, racks, bags, etc., in which the item is shipped, e.g. label serial numbers. In most cases there will be some sort of packs.

ITEM I SKU identification data. If identical SKUs are packed using unidentifiable inner packs, i.e. four six-packs to a case, this can be related at this

2 856.004010

level. The retail industry implementation of the Ship Notice/Manifest transaction set supports both methods of merchandise shipment packaging with two distinct hierarchical structures. Each structure contains the same levels, i.e. Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack, and Item, and the usage of the segments within each level are the same. The only difference is the order in which the levels may appear within the transaction set. BSN05 informs the receiver, after reading the BSN segment, of the structure of the transaction set. The essential difference in the two structures is where the Item level appears. The actual structure for the ship notice transaction set is determined by the sender of the transaction set. Realizing, as with any transaction, that the needs of all the receivers and the capabilities of the sender’s systems must be balanced when determining the final format. The relationship of a physical shipment to the shipment level of the transaction set is not always one to one. Some senders may have the capability of sending only one ship notice for each ship from/ship to combination. Other implementations may send multiple transactions for one bill of lading. An example of this would be where the ship notice transaction represents a sender’s order level packing slip. Another variation of this is when a small package service carrier is used. The ship notice may have several cartons from one location with the same delivery location, however, from the package service carrier perspective, each carton is a shipment. It is important to recognize these conditions and not assume one ship notice, one physical shipment. For the Pick and Pack Structure, the Item is the lowest level, i.e., the specification of the SKU is always within the shipment container. The order of the hierarchical levels are Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack, and Item. For the Standard Carton Pack Structure, the Item is between the Order level and the Tare level, i.e., the specification of the shipment containers is always within the SKU. The SKU is specified, then all of the shipping containers for the SKUs are identified. The order of the hierarchical levels are Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Item, Tare, and Pack.

Ship- ment

Unit Load Order TarePack Item

856.004010 3

The following are examples of both the Pick/Pack and the Standard Carton Pack hierarchical structures. Pick and Pack Structure Example In this Pick and Pack Structure example, the shipment contains two orders. The first order has two cartons. The first carton contains three items (SKUs), the second carton contains one SKU. The second order contains one carton with 6 SKUs in the carton. Each box represents one hierarchical level (one HL segment followed by data segments). The number in each box (top left corner) is the hierarchical sequence number, (the number in HL01). The number in the top right is the parent ID (HL02).

Ship- ment

Unit Load OrderItem TarePack

4 856.004010

Standard Carton Pack Structure Example In this example the shipment contains two orders. The first order has five cartons. All cartons contain the same SKU. The second order contains three cartons with a unique SKU in each carton. Each box represents one hierarchical level (one HL segment followed by data segments). The number in each box (top left corner) is the hierarchical sequence number, (the number in HL01). The number in the top right is the parent ID (HL02).

01 SHIPMENT

02 01 ORDER

09 01 ORDER

03 02 PACK

07 02 PACK

10 09 PACK

06 03

05 03

04 03 ITEM

08 07 ITEM

16 10

15 10

14 10

13 10

12 10

11 10ITEM

856.004010 5

Unit Load In some implementations, the shipping arrangements agreed to between trading partners may require the supplier to “master” pack or palletize individual store orders. Within the context of VICS EDI, a Unit Load (UL), is defined as one or more transport packages held together by some means such as a pallet, slip sheet, container or carton, which contains multiple orders all shipped to the same point of first receipt. Transport packages within the unit load are destined for multiple final destinations. The “master” pack, or “unit load,” will be broken down at the distribution facility and the transport packages contained within will be redistributed to multiple final destinations. Typically the unit load will consist of transport packages which are marked for and cross-docked to individual retail stores. The utilization of the Unit Load level in the Ship Notice/Manifest Transaction Set (856) is for the express purpose of identifying a unit load. Each unit load will be marked with the UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping Container Code. Typically the transport packages contained within the unit load will also be marked with a UCC/EAN-128 Serial Container Code. The marking on the unit load will be used to receive the contents of the unit load and to post the receipt to the retailer’s internal files; the marking at a lower packaging level is used to move the goods from the distribution facility to their appropriate final destinations.

01 SHIPMENT

09 01 ORDER

03 02 PACK

07 02 PACK

10 09 PACK

01 02 ORDER

08 07 ITEM

08 03

07 03

06 03 05 03

04 03 ITEM

11 10 PACK

13 12 PACK

15 14 PACK

6 856.004010

The Unit Load level may be used in either the Pick and Pack or Standard Carton Pack structures. When present in the transaction, the Unit Load is immediately subordinate to the Shipment level. If a single shipment involves both a Unit Load and additional transport packages which are not part of the Unit Load, care must be taken to examine the hierarchical parent ID to ensure correct interpretation of the relationships within the shipment. The Unit Load is designed to aid in shipment integrity and transportation efficiencies. The presence of the Unit Load level will identify to the receiver that additional handling may needed. The Unit Load identifies a physical shipping unit, not a specific packaging type. Shipments via Small Package Service Carrier Unlike other motor carriers, small package service carriers do not use the bill of lading for a shipment. In fact, the term shipment takes on a different meaning when using small package service carriers. The common, traditional, meaning of a shipment, in the context of the retail industry, is a supplier sending one or more shipping containers or transport packages to a single retailer’s destination. This shipment may be one or more supplier orders and one or more retailer’s purchase orders, or partial purchase orders. The shipment is under one bill of lading. The shipment may be represented by one or more than one 856 transaction. To a small package service carrier, each transport package is one shipment. Each package is assigned a unique identification number by the carrier to facilitate the movement through their system. A manifest may be used by the shipper to list each package, destination, and other details; a bill of lading is not created. These manifests may be created at the end of the day or for each ship from/destination, or for each supplier order processed and shipped. The 856 transaction set should be used in the same manner as the supplier would use when sending under motor or common carrier. The use of a small package service carrier would not change this. When a small package service provider is used, it may be useful to provide the carrier’s assigned number as well as the UCC/EAN-128 Carton ID. It is not required to send both, however, it should be seriously considered to aid in tracking. This is especially true in a consumer catalog service or any direct ship to consumer (customer of retailer) using a small package service. It is desirable for the retailer to know each carrier assigned carton ID to track the shipment if the customer reports the ordered and billed merchandise was never received. The MAN (Marks and Numbers) segment is used to send both package ID numbers. The TD5 segment at the shipment level will inform the receiver that a small package service provider is the carrier, by using the Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) and the Transportation Method/Type of Private Parcel Service. Canadian Guideline Legend: >> >> in the left-hand margin indicates that the element must be used

(mandatory). The absence of a symbol in the left hand margin indicates that the element is

optional X X in the left-hand margin indicates that this element is not used.

This symbol indicates that the element or code is only available for ECR applications or that the note is applicable to ECR.

Rx This symbol indicates that the element or code is only available for ECRx applications or that the note is applicable to ECRx.

! This symbol indicates that the element or code is only available for EFR applications or that the note is applicable to EFR.

NOT USED BY CANADIAN INDUSTRY This element is open to satisfy VICS notes and/or comments, but is not used in Canadian applications

856.004010 7


Functional Group ID=SH Introduction: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Ship Notice/Manifest Transaction Set (856) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to list the contents of a shipment of goods as well as additional information relating to the shipment, such as order information, product description, physical characteristics, type of packaging, marking, carrier information, and configuration of goods within the transportation equipment. The transaction set enables the sender to describe the contents and configuration of a shipment in various levels of detail and provides an ordered flexibility to convey information. The sender of this transaction is the organization responsible for detailing and communicating the contents of a shipment, or shipments, to one or more receivers of the transaction set. The receiver of this transaction set can be any organization having an interest in the contents of a shipment or information about the contents of a shipment. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 Must Use 020 BSN Beginning Segment for Ship Notice M 1 Not Used 040 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - HL 200000 Must Use 010 HL Hierarchical Level - Shipment M 1 c1 Not Used 020 LIN Item Identification O 1 Not Used 030 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) O 1 Not Used 040 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1000 Not Used 050 PRF Purchase Order Reference O 1 Not Used 060 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 070 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 080 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 090 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 100 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 110 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) -

Shipment O 20

120 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) - Shipment

O 12 130 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Shipment O 12 140 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or

Hazardous Materials, or Both) O 5

Not Used 145 TSD Trailer Shipment Details O 1 150 REF Reference Identification - Shipment O >1 151 PER Administrative Communications Contact -

Shipment O 3

LOOP ID - LH1 100 Not Used 152 LH1 Hazardous Identification Information O 1 Not Used 153 LH2 Hazardous Classification Information O 4 Not Used 154 LH3 Hazardous Material Shipping Name O 12

8 856.004010

Not Used 155 LFH Freeform Hazardous Material Information O 20 Not Used 156 LEP EPA Required Data O >1 Not Used 157 LH4 Canadian Dangerous Requirements O 1 Not Used 158 LHT Transborder Hazardous Requirements O 3 Not Used 159 LHR Hazardous Material Identifying Reference

Numbers O 10

Not Used 160 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 5 Not Used 161 LHE Empty Equipment Hazardous Material

Information O 1

LOOP ID - CLD 200 Not Used 170 CLD Load Detail O 1 Not Used 180 REF Reference Identification O 200 Not Used 185 DTP Date or Time or Period O 1 Not Used 190 MAN Marks and Numbers O >1 200 DTM Date/Time Reference - Shipment O 10 Not Used 210 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 215 PAL Pallet Information O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 220 N1 Name - Shipment O 1 230 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 240 N3 Address Information O 2 250 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 260 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 270 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 280 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 290 SDQ Destination Quantity O 50 Not Used 300 ETD Excess Transportation Detail O 1 Not Used 310 CUR Currency O 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 Not Used 320 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 325 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 330 GF Furnished Goods and Services O 1 Not Used 335 YNQ Yes/No Question O 10 LOOP ID - LM 10 Not Used 340 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 350 LQ Industry Code M 100 LOOP ID - V1 >1 Not Used 360 V1 Vessel Identification O 1 Not Used 370 R4 Port or Terminal O >1 Not Used 380 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - HL 200000 Must Use 010 HL Hierarchical Level - Unit Load M 1 n1 Not Used 020 LIN Item Identification O 1 Not Used 030 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) O 1 Not Used 040 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1000 Not Used 050 PRF Purchase Order Reference O 1

856.004010 9

Not Used 060 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 070 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 080 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 090 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 100 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 Not Used 110 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 20 Not Used 120 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12

130 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Unit Load O 12 Not Used 140 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or


Not Used 145 TSD Trailer Shipment Details O 1 Not Used 150 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 151 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - LH1 100 Not Used 152 LH1 Hazardous Identification Information O 1 Not Used 153 LH2 Hazardous Classification Information O 4 Not Used 154 LH3 Hazardous Material Shipping Name O 12 Not Used 155 LFH Freeform Hazardous Material Information O 20 Not Used 156 LEP EPA Required Data O >1 Not Used 157 LH4 Canadian Dangerous Requirements O 1 Not Used 158 LHT Transborder Hazardous Requirements O 3 Not Used 159 LHR Hazardous Material Identifying Reference

Numbers O 10


Information O 1

LOOP ID - CLD 200 Not Used 170 CLD Load Detail O 1 Not Used 180 REF Reference Identification O 200 Not Used 185 DTP Date or Time or Period O 1 190 MAN Marks and Numbers - Unit Load O >1 Not Used 200 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 210 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 215 PAL Pallet Information O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 Not Used 220 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 230 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 240 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 250 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 260 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 270 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 280 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 290 SDQ Destination Quantity O 50 Not Used 300 ETD Excess Transportation Detail O 1 Not Used 310 CUR Currency O 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 Not Used 320 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 325 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 330 GF Furnished Goods and Services O 1 Not Used 335 YNQ Yes/No Question O 10

10 856.004010

LOOP ID - LM 10 Not Used 340 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 350 LQ Industry Code M 100 LOOP ID - V1 >1 Not Used 360 V1 Vessel Identification O 1 Not Used 370 R4 Port or Terminal O >1 Not Used 380 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - HL 200000 Must Use 010 HL Hierarchical Level - Order M 1 Not Used 020 LIN Item Identification O 1 Not Used 030 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) O 1 Not Used 040 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1000 050 PRF Purchase Order Reference - Order O 1 Not Used 060 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 070 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 080 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 090 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 100 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 110 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Order O 20 Not Used 120 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12

Not Used 130 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12 Not Used 140 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or


Not Used 145 TSD Trailer Shipment Details O 1 V4050 150 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 151 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - LH1 100 Not Used 152 LH1 Hazardous Identification Information O 1 Not Used 153 LH2 Hazardous Classification Information O 4 Not Used 154 LH3 Hazardous Material Shipping Name O 12 Not Used 155 LFH Freeform Hazardous Material Information O 20 Not Used 156 LEP EPA Required Data O >1 Not Used 157 LH4 Canadian Dangerous Requirements O 1 Not Used 158 LHT Transborder Hazardous Requirements O 3 Not Used 159 LHR Hazardous Material Identifying Reference

Numbers O 10


Information O 1

LOOP ID - CLD 200 Not Used 170 CLD Load Detail O 1 Not Used 180 REF Reference Identification O 200 Not Used 185 DTP Date or Time or Period O 1 Not Used 190 MAN Marks and Numbers O >1 Not Used 200 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 210 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 215 PAL Pallet Information O 1

856.004010 11

LOOP ID - N1 200 220 N1 Name - Order O 1 230 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 240 N3 Address Information O 2 250 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 260 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 270 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 280 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 290 SDQ Destination Quantity O 50 Not Used 300 ETD Excess Transportation Detail O 1 Not Used 310 CUR Currency O 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 Not Used 320 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1


LOOP ID - HL 200000 Must Use 010 HL Hierarchical Level - Tare M 1 Not Used 020 LIN Item Identification O 1 Not Used 030 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) O 1 Not Used 040 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1000 Not Used 050 PRF Purchase Order Reference O 1 Not Used 060 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 070 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 080 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 090 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 100 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 Not Used 110 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 20 Not Used 120 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 145 TSD Trailer Shipment Details O 1 Not Used 150 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 151 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - LH1 100 Not Used 152 LH1 Hazardous Identification Information O 1 Not Used 153 LH2 Hazardous Classification Information O 4

12 856.004010

Not Used 154 LH3 Hazardous Material Shipping Name O 12 Not Used 155 LFH Freeform Hazardous Material Information O 20 Not Used 156 LEP EPA Required Data O >1 Not Used 157 LH4 Canadian Dangerous Requirements O 1 Not Used 158 LHT Transborder Hazardous Requirements O 3 Not Used 159 LHR Hazardous Material Identifying Reference

Numbers O 10


Information O 1

LOOP ID - CLD 200 Not Used 170 CLD Load Detail O 1 Not Used 180 REF Reference Identification O 200 Not Used 185 DTP Date or Time or Period O 1 190 MAN Marks and Numbers - Tare O >1 Not Used 200 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 210 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 215 PAL Pallet Information - Tare O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 Not Used 220 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 230 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 240 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 250 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 260 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 270 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 280 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 290 SDQ Destination Quantity O 50 Not Used 300 ETD Excess Transportation Detail O 1 Not Used 310 CUR Currency O 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 Not Used 320 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1


LOOP ID - HL 200000 Must Use 010 HL Hierarchical Level - Pack M 1 020 LIN Item Identification - Pack O 1 030 SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Pack O 1 Not Used 040 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1000

856.004010 13

Not Used 050 PRF Purchase Order Reference O 1 Not Used 060 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 070 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 080 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 090 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 100 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 Not Used 110 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 20 Not Used 120 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 145 TSD Trailer Shipment Details O 1 Not Used 150 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 151 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - LH1 100 Not Used 152 LH1 Hazardous Identification Information O 1 Not Used 153 LH2 Hazardous Classification Information O 4 Not Used 154 LH3 Hazardous Material Shipping Name O 12 Not Used 155 LFH Freeform Hazardous Material Information O 20 Not Used 156 LEP EPA Required Data O >1 Not Used 157 LH4 Canadian Dangerous Requirements O 1 Not Used 158 LHT Transborder Hazardous Requirements O 3 Not Used 159 LHR Hazardous Material Identifying Reference

Numbers O 10


Information O 1

LOOP ID - CLD 200 Not Used 170 CLD Load Detail O 1 Not Used 180 REF Reference Identification O 200 Not Used 185 DTP Date or Time or Period O 1 190 MAN Marks and Numbers - Pack O >1 Not Used 200 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 210 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 215 PAL Pallet Information O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 Not Used 220 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 230 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 240 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 250 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 260 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 270 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 280 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 290 SDQ Destination Quantity O 50 Not Used 300 ETD Excess Transportation Detail O 1 Not Used 310 CUR Currency O 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 Not Used 320 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 325 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 330 GF Furnished Goods and Services O 1

14 856.004010

Not Used 335 YNQ Yes/No Question O 10 LOOP ID - LM 10 Not Used 340 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 350 LQ Industry Code M 100 LOOP ID - V1 >1 Not Used 360 V1 Vessel Identification O 1 Not Used 370 R4 Port or Terminal O >1 Not Used 380 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - HL 200000 Must Use 010 HL Hierarchical Level - Item M 1 020 LIN Item Identification - Item O 1 030 SN1 Item Detail - Item O 1 Not Used 040 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1000 Not Used 050 PRF Purchase Order Reference O 1 060 PO4 Item Physical Details - Item O 1 070 PID Product/Item Description - Item O 200 Not Used 080 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 090 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 100 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 Not Used 110 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 20 Not Used 120 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12

Not Used 130 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12 140 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or


Not Used 145 TSD Trailer Shipment Details O 1 150 REF Reference Identification - Item O >1 Not Used 151 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - LH1 100 Not Used 152 LH1 Hazardous Identification Information O 1 Not Used 153 LH2 Hazardous Classification Information O 4 Not Used 154 LH3 Hazardous Material Shipping Name O 12 Not Used 155 LFH Freeform Hazardous Material Information O 20 Not Used 156 LEP EPA Required Data O >1 Not Used 157 LH4 Canadian Dangerous Requirements O 1 Not Used 158 LHT Transborder Hazardous Requirements O 3 Not Used 159 LHR Hazardous Material Identifying Reference

Numbers O 10


Information O 1

LOOP ID - CLD 200 Not Used 170 CLD Load Detail O 1 Not Used 180 REF Reference Identification O 200 Not Used 185 DTP Date or Time or Period O 1 Not Used 190 MAN Marks and Numbers O >1 200 DTM Date/Time Reference - Item O 10 Not Used 210 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1

856.004010 15

Not Used 215 PAL Pallet Information O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 Not Used 220 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 230 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 240 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 250 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 260 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 270 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 280 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 290 SDQ Destination Quantity O 50 Not Used 300 ETD Excess Transportation Detail O 1 Not Used 310 CUR Currency O 1 LOOP ID - SAC >1 Not Used 320 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 325 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 330 GF Furnished Goods and Services O 1 Not Used 335 YNQ Yes/No Question O 10 LOOP ID - LM 10 Not Used 340 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 350 LQ Industry Code M 100 LOOP ID - V1 >1 Not Used 360 V1 Vessel Identification O 1 Not Used 370 R4 Port or Terminal O >1 Not Used 380 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 010 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 Must Use 020 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of HL segments. If used, hash total

(CTT02) is the sum of the value of units shipped (SN102) for each SN1 segment. Transaction Set Comments 1. The HL segment is the only mandatory segment within the HL loop, and by itself, the HL segment has no

meaning.

16 856.004010



Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 856 Ship Notice/Manifest >> ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set



856.004010 17

Segment: BSN Beginning Segment for Ship Notice Position: 020 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying numbers, dates, and other basic data relating to the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If BSN07 is present, then BSN06 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 BSN03 is the date the shipment transaction set is created. 2 BSN04 is the time the shipment transaction set is created. 3 BSN06 is limited to shipment related codes. Comments: 1 BSN06 and BSN07 differentiate the functionality of use for the transaction set.

Notes: In some implementations, it may be appropriate to omit the unit load level and packaging levels, i.e., tare and pack, from the transaction set. Depending on the retailer's receiving systems, carton identification may not be required. Code 0004 in BSN05 indicates the use of a hierarchical structure that does not include a unit load level or any packaging levels.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> BSN01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 07 Duplicate >> BSN02 396 Shipment Identification M AN 2/30 A unique control number assigned by the original shipper to identify a specific

shipment >> BSN03 373 Date M DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD >> BSN04 337 Time M TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


>> BSN05 1005 Hierarchical Structure Code O ID 4/4 Code indicating the hierarchical application structure of a transaction set that

utilizes the HL segment to define the structure of the transaction set 0001 Shipment, Order, Packaging, Item Pick and Pack Structure X BSN06 640 Transaction Type Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction X BSN07 641 Status Reason Code O ID 3/3 Code indicating the status reason

18 856.004010

Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Shipment Position: 010 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data

segments Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical

structure, such as relating line-item data to shipment data, and packaging data to line-item data.

The HL segment defines a top-down/left-right ordered structure. 2 HL01 shall contain a unique alphanumeric number for each occurrence of the HL

segment in the transaction set. For example, HL01 could be used to indicate the number of occurrences of the HL segment, in which case the value of HL01 would be "1" for the initial HL segment and would be incremented by one in each subsequent HL segment within the transaction.

3 HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID number of the HL segment to which the current HL segment is subordinate.

4 HL03 indicates the context of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment in the transaction. For example, HL03 is used to indicate that subsequent segments in the HL loop form a logical grouping of data referring to shipment, order, or item-level information.

5 HL04 indicates whether or not there are subordinate (or child) HL segments related to the current HL segment.

Notes: The HL segment is used to identify levels of detail information using a hierarchical structure. HL01 shall contain a unique number for each occurrence of the HL segment within the transaction set. The value assigned to the first HL segment will be 1, and is incremented by one for each subsequent HL segment within the transaction set. HL02 identifies the hierarchical ID of the HL segment to which it is subordinate (child of). HL02 will be omitted for the first occurrence of the HL segment in the transaction set, since it has no parent. HL03 identifies the application content of the series of segments following the current HL segment up to the next occurrence of an HL segment, or the CTT or SE segment, e.g., Shipment, Unit Load, Order, Tare, Pack and Item.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> HL01 628 Hierarchical ID Number M AN 1/12 A unique number assigned by the sender to identify a particular data segment

in a hierarchical structure The value for this level (shipment) is 1. X HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data

segment being described is subordinate to >> HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure S Shipment X HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the

level being described

856.004010 19

Segment: TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Shipment Position: 110 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity Syntax Notes: 1 If TD101 is present, then TD102 is required. 2 If TD103 is present, then TD104 is required. 3 If TD106 is present, then TD107 is required. 4 If either TD107 or TD108 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either TD109 or TD110 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment, at the shipment level, is used to specify total containers and gross weight of the shipment.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD101 103 Packaging Code O AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required Part 1

BAG Bag CTN Carton MIX Mixed Container Types More than one type of container is included in a

shipment (shipment could consist of 3 pieces that include 1 box, 1 crate, and 1 basket)

Can be used only with code 71 in Part 2 PLT Pallet SLP Slip Sheet Shipping containers utilizing slip sheets, which are

cardboard platforms used to hold product for storage or transportation

SRW Shrink Wrap In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by

placing a large "bag" of plastic film over the components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and cause the bag to tighten around the contents

Part 2 01 Aluminum 25 Corrugated or Solid 31 Fibre 58 Metal 71 Not Otherwise Specified 76 Paper 79 Plastic 91 Stainless Steel 94 Wood TD102 80 Lading Quantity C N0 1/7 Number of units (pieces) of the lading commodity The number of packages in the shipment as described in TD101

20 856.004010

TD103 23 Commodity Code Qualifier O ID 1/1 Code identifying the commodity coding system used for Commodity Code TD104 22 Commodity Code C AN 1/30 Code describing a commodity or group of commodities TD105 79 Lading Description C AN 1/50 Description of an item as required for rating and billing purposes TD106 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight G Gross Weight TD107 81 Weight C R 1/10 Numeric value of weight TD108 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken KG Kilogram LB Pound TD109 183 Volume C R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure Gross volume TD110 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list.

856.004010 21

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) - Shipment Position: 120 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required. 3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required. 5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required. 6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required. 7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed. Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Notes: This segment is used to specify every carrier in the routing sequence or a specific routing sequence that has been previously identified (usually from a routing guide). The segment can also be used to indicate estimated transit time in days. Only use TD501 if needed for clarity; this is not a requirement in most retail applications. When referring to a pre-established routing guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502 and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2 and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used to specify transit time. When using a small package service provider as the carrier, TD502 will contain code 2, TD503 will contain the carrier's SCAC, and TD504 will contain code U to inform the receiver of a small package service shipment.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2 Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement 1 1st Carrier after Origin Carrier 2 2nd Carrier after Origin Carrier 3 3rd Carrier after Origin Carrier 4 4th Carrier after Origin Carrier 5 5th Carrier after Origin Carrier 6 6th Carrier after Origin Carrier 7 7th Carrier after Origin Carrier 8 8th Carrier after Origin Carrier 9 9th Carrier after Origin Carrier A Origin Carrier, Agent's Routing (Rail) B Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode) O Origin Carrier (Air, Motor, or Ocean) S Origin Carrier, Shipper's Routing (Rail) TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent

22 856.004010

Canadian ECR: This code is not recommended for use 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent Canadian ECR: This code is not recommended for use TD503 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code C ID 1/2 Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment H Customer Pickup M Motor (Common Carrier) R Rail TD505 387 Routing C AN 1/35 Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code C ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item or transaction

CC Shipment Complete on (Date) X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X TD508 310 Location Identifier C AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location See External Code Source 54 in Section III for reference document.

VICS EDI users are to refer to U.S. Census Schedule D, U.S. Customs District/Port Codes and official code lists relevant to other countries (entry country).

X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2 The point of origin and point of direction X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2 Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time X TD511 733 Transit Time C R 1/4 The numeric amount of transit time X TD512 284 Service Level Code C ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier X TD513 284 Service Level Code C ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier X TD514 284 Service Level Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier X TD515 26 Country Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the country

856.004010 23

Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Shipment Position: 130 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment is used to specify the trailer number for a truckload shipment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD301 40 Equipment Description Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment CV Closed Van FT Flat Bed Trailer RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) TD302 206 Equipment Initial O AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number TD303 207 Equipment Number C AN 1/10 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure

numeric form for equipment number is preferred) X TD304 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight X TD305 81 Weight C R 1/10 Numeric value of weight X TD306 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X TD307 102 Ownership Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship of equipment to carrier or ownership of

equipment X TD308 407 Seal Status Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating condition of door seal upon arrival X TD309 225 Seal Number O AN 2/15 Unique number on seal used to close a shipment X TD310 24 Equipment Type C ID 4/4 Code identifying equipment type

24 856.004010

Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both) Position: 140 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A

"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not exist for this product.

Comments: Rx Available for ECRx purposes only

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD401 152 Special Handling Code C ID 2/3 Code specifying special transportation handling instructions CC Container, Consolidator Load Full container Full container CF Container, Factory Load Full container, not to be opened for consolidation Full container, not to be opened for consolidation LN Less Than Container, Consolidator Load LR Less Than Container, Factory Load TC Trailer, Consolidator Load Full trailer Full trailer TF Trailer, Factory Load Full trailer, not to be opened for consolidation Full trailer, not to be opened for consolidation X TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier C ID 1/1 Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209) Refer to 004010VICS Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values. X TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code C AN 1/4 Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material X TD404 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response Refer to 004010VICS Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

856.004010 25

Segment: REF Reference Identification - Shipment Position: 150 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: In some cases, individual shipments with bill of lading may be grouped under a Master Bill of Lading. Under this circumstance, specifying both the bill of lading and the associated Master Bill of Lading Number will facilitate tracking.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification BM Bill of Lading Number CN Carrier's Reference Number (PRO/Invoice) MB Master Bill of Lading >> REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X REF03 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as


26 856.004010

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact - Shipment Position: 151 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> PER01 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named DI Delivery Instructions Contact PER02 93 Name O AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number C AN 1/80 Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable X PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number X PER06 364 Communication Number C AN 1/80 Complete communications number including country or area code when


applicable X PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20 Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

856.004010 27

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference - Shipment Position: 200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 011 Shipped 017 Estimated Delivery 067 Current Schedule Delivery 068 Current Schedule Ship AA1 Estimated Point of Arrival AA2 Estimated Point of Discharge >> DTM02 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD DTM03 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


X DTM04 623 Time Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards


X DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier C ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format X DTM06 1251 Date Time Period C AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

28 856.004010

Segment: N1 Name - Shipment Position: 220 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB.

In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx use codes: MA, SF and ST only

BS Bill and Ship To CS Consolidator This is the consolidation point for the order and must be

used in conjunction with an additional N1 segment containing code ST in the N101

FR Message From LP Loading Party Loading point/port MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate Receiver OB Order By Customer of Retailer SF Ship From ST Ship To TO Message To UP Unloading Party Unloading point/port YW Discharge Point N102 93 Name C AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

856.004010 29

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character

Suffix Rx 21 Health Industry Number

Canadian ECRx: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.

91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent 93 Code assigned by the organization originating the

transaction set

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code is not

recommended for use 94 Code assigned by the organization that is the ultimate

destination of the transaction set

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code is not

recommended for use N104 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a

formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.

X N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship X N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual

30 856.004010

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 230 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:


856.004010 31

Segment: N3 Address Information Position: 240 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N301 166 Address Information M AN 1/55 Address information Rx N302 166 Address Information O AN 1/55

Address information

32 856.004010

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 250 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to


Notes: N401 and N402 are required unless N405 and N406 are used.


(zip code for United States) N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the country N405 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location D Census Schedule D IA International Air Transport Association (IATA)

Location Qualifier K Census Schedule K W Worldwide Geographic Location Code N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

856.004010 33

Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Unit Load Position: 010 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data











in a hierarchical structure >> HL02 734 Hierarchical Parent ID Number O AN 1/12 Identification number of the next higher hierarchical data segment that the data

segment being described is subordinate to >> HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure UT Unit or Lot Unit load X HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the


34 856.004010

Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) - Unit Load Position: 130 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD301 40 Equipment Description Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment 20 20 ft. IL Container (Open Top) 2B 20 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) 40 40 ft. IL Container (Open Top) 4B 40 ft. IL Container (Closed Top) CN Container CZ Refrigerated Container X TD302 206 Equipment Initial O AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number X TD303 207 Equipment Number C AN 1/10 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure




856.004010 35

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers - Unit Load Position: 190 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container. 2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range. 3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range. Comments: 1 When MAN01 contains code "UC" (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers. When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: This segment, at the unit load level, is used to specify the identification number for the

unit load.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM SSCC-18 and Application Identifier This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial

Shipping Container Code (SSCC-18) that includes the two digit application identifier. The symbology code and the modulo 103 check digit are not included.

>> MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) X MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers C AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

36 856.004010

Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Order Position: 010 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to >> HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure O Order X HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the


856.004010 37

Segment: PRF Purchase Order Reference - Order Position: 050 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide reference to a specific purchase order Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 PRF04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> PRF01 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number X PRF02 328 Release Number O AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction Retailer's release against the purchase order, if used X PRF03 327 Change Order Sequence Number O AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a

previously transmitted transaction set X PRF04 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD Retailer's original purchase order date X PRF05 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set The number assigned to the original purchase order line item; the value of

PO101 for the previously transmitted purchase order, if used X PRF06 367 Contract Number O AN 1/30 Contract number X PRF07 92 Purchase Order Type Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order

38 856.004010

Segment: TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) - Order Position: 110 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 20 Purpose: To specify the transportation details relative to commodity, weight, and quantity Syntax Notes: 1 If TD101 is present, then TD102 is required. 2 If TD103 is present, then TD104 is required. 3 If TD106 is present, then TD107 is required. 4 If either TD107 or TD108 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either TD109 or TD110 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment, at the order level, is used to specify the number and type of shipping containers in the order.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD101 103 Packaging Code O AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required Part 1

BAG Bag CTN Carton PLT Pallet

Part 2 01 Aluminum 25 Corrugated or Solid 31 Fibre 76 Paper 79 Plastic 94 Wood TD102 80 Lading Quantity C N0 1/7 Number of units (pieces) of the lading commodity X TD103 23 Commodity Code Qualifier O ID 1/1 Code identifying the commodity coding system used for Commodity Code X TD104 22 Commodity Code C AN 1/30 Code describing a commodity or group of commodities X TD105 79 Lading Description O AN 1/50 Description of an item as required for rating and billing purposes TD106 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight G Gross Weight TD107 81 Weight C R 1/10 Numeric value of weight TD108 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. X TD109 183 Volume C R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure Gross volume

856.004010 39

X

TD110

355

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

C

ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

40 856.004010

Segment: REF Reference Identification Detail – Order (Added to EDI VICS 4050 Position: 150 CDN Profile March 2002) Loop: HL Level: Detail - Order Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 R0203 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification

6B U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Entry Number Customs entry number

BM Bill of Lading Number BT Batch Number

CH Customer Catalog Number CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer DP Department Number HB Bill & Hold Invoice Number IA Internal Vendor Number

Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the retailer, for use within the retailer’s system.

IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the

vendor, for use within the vendor’s system IV Seller’s Invoice Number MR Merchandise Type Code PD Promotion/Deal Number QC Product Specification Document Number Schematic reference number SB Sales Region Number UCB UCC Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. UCM UCC Master Bill of Lading Number (17 Digits) See External Code Source 852 in Section III for

reference document. VN Vendor Order Number REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X REF03 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X REF04 C040 Reference Identifier O Composite To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as


856.004010 41

42 856.004010

Segment: N1 Name - Order Position: 220 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: There will be at least one occurrence, of this segment, to identify the buying party by

using code BY in N101. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT, MA or OB.



individual

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx use codes BY and MA only

AG Agent/Agency Buyer's agent BO Broker or Sales Office For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's

sales office. For an import purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the manufacturer's/buyer's agent.

BY Buying Party (Purchaser) CT Country of Origin MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate receiver OB Ordered By Customer of retailer SU Supplier/Manufacturer Supplier may or may not be the manufacturer Z7 Mark-for Party The party for whom the needed material is intended This is the receiving location for the order where the

location is neither the buying party nor the ship-to location and the mark-for party is specified on the shipping label, e.g., the mark-for party is a satellite warehouse, the buying party is the store, and the ship-to location is the distribution center.

N102 93 Name C AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

856.004010 43

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix

Rx 21 Health Industry Number


91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent UL UCC/EAN Location Code A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of

a legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering systems.

N104 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a



individual

44 856.004010

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 230 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:


856.004010 45

Segment: N3 Address Information Position: 240 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:


Address information

46 856.004010

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 250 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to



(zip code for United States) N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the country X N405 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

856.004010 47

Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Tare Position: 010 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to >> HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure T Shipping Tare X HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the


48 856.004010

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers - Tare Position: 190 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks






numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: This segment, at the tare level, is used to specify the identification numbers for the pallet.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM SSCC-18 and Application Identifier This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial


>> MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) X MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers C AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

856.004010 49

Segment: PAL Pallet Information - Tare Position: 215 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify the type and physical attributes of the pallet, and, gross weight, gross volume,

and height of the load and the pallet Syntax Notes: 1 If either PAL05 or PAL06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PAL07 is present, then PAL10 is required. 3 If PAL08 is present, then PAL10 is required. 4 If PAL09 is present, then PAL10 is required. 5 If PAL10 is present, then at least one of PAL07 PAL08 or PAL09 is required. 6 If either PAL11 or PAL12 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PAL13 or PAL14 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PAL04 (Pack) is the number of pieces on the pallet. 2 PAL05 (Unit Weight) is the weight of the pallet alone, before loading. 3 PAL07 and PAL08 (Length and Width) are the dimensions of the pallet before

loading. 4 PAL09 (Height) is the height of the pallet and load. 5 PAL11 and PAL13 (Gross Weight and Gross Volume) are measured after loading

and includes the pallet. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PAL01 883 Pallet Type Code O ID 1/2 Code indicating the type of pallet 1 Aluminum 2 As Specified by the Department of Transportation

(DOT) 3 Metal 4 Standard 5 Steel 6 Wood 7 Slip sheet Typically cardboard or plastic sheets used to hold

product for storage or transportation PAL02 884 Pallet Tiers O N0 1/3 The number of layers per pallet PAL03 885 Pallet Blocks O N0 1/3 The number of pieces (cartons) per layer on the pallet PAL04 356 Pack O N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner

containers, per outer container X PAL05 395 Unit Weight C R 1/8 Numeric value of weight per unit X PAL06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X PAL07 82 Length C R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the

upright position X PAL08 189 Width C R 1/8

50 856.004010

Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the object in the upright position

X PAL09 65 Height C R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright

position X PAL10 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X PAL11 384 Gross Weight per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack X PAL12 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X PAL13 385 Gross Volume per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack X PAL14 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken PAL15 399 Pallet Exchange Code O ID 1/1 Code specifying pallet exchange instructions 1 No Exchange/No Return 2 Exchange Pallets 3 Return Pallets 4 Pallets to be Purchased by Customer 5 Third-Party Pallet Exchange A pallet exchange program where a third party rents

pallets for internal or external use X PAL16 810 Inner Pack O N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container

856.004010 51

Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Pack Position: 010 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to >> HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure P Pack X HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the


52 856.004010

Segment: LIN Item Identification - Pack Position: 020 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: This segment, at the pack level, is used to specify the U.P.C./EAN Case Code or the

U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (SCC-14), and production information. The SN1 segment that follows is used to specify the number of cases identified in the LIN segment. The LIN segment, at the item level, is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the case code. The codes listed for LIN02 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the LIN segment.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X LIN01 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> LIN02 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier M ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) Canadian ECR: After database reengineering, it is strongly recommended that

trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification. LT Lot Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) See External Code Source 41 in Section III for

reference document. Canadian ECR: "UA" is not recommended for new applications. It is being phased out.

UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) A 14-digit code that uniquely identifies the

manufacturer's shipping unit, including the packaging indicator and check digit; the first digit is the packaging indicator, the next two digits are the number system characters, the next five digits are the manufacturer ID number, the second five digits are the item code, and the

856.004010 53

final digit is the check digit Canadian ECR: After database reengineering, Canadian

ECR strongly recommends trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification.

>> LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) LIN05 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN06 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) LIN07 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X LIN08 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X LIN09 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X LIN10 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in







Product/Service ID (234) X LIN23 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2

54 856.004010

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in Product/Service ID (234)

X LIN25 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X LIN26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



Product/Service ID (234) X LIN31 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service

856.004010 55

Segment: SN1 Item Detail (Shipment) - Pack Position: 030 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification. Comments: 1 SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.

Notes: This segment, at the pack level, is used only to specify the number of cases identified by the U.P.C./EAN Case Code or the U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (SCC-14) in the previous LIN segment. The LIN segment in the item level is used to indicate the individual consumer units for the case code.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X SN101 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> SN102 382 Number of Units Shipped M R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set >> SN103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CA Case X SN104 646 Quantity Shipped to Date O R 1/15 Number of units shipped to date X SN105 330 Quantity Ordered C R 1/15 Quantity ordered X SN106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X SN107 728 Returnable Container Load Make-Up Code O ID 1/2 Code identifying the load make-up of the returnable containers in the shipment X SN108 668 Line Item Status Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the

buyer

56 856.004010

Segment: MAN Marks and Numbers - Pack Position: 190 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers Syntax Notes: 1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks






numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained. Notes: When the shipping container is the same as the consumer unit, the U.P.C. may be the

only UCC identification code on the container. In many applications, it is necessary to positively identify what identification code is to be scanned and matched at point of receipt. Since the U.P.C. is not a unique serial shipping container code, only one pack level for each item is required when using the pick and pack structure. The total number of shipping units for this item is the same as the quantity for the item in the SN1 segment at the item level.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> MAN01 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier M ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) GM SSCC-18 and Application Identifier This is a twenty-character UCC/EAN-128 Serial


UC U.P.C. Shipping Container Code This is the fourteen-digit U.P.C. Shipping Container

Code. UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1) >> MAN02 87 Marks and Numbers M AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN03 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN04 88 Marks and Numbers Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code specifying the application or source of Marks and Numbers (87) X MAN05 87 Marks and Numbers C AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment X MAN06 87 Marks and Numbers O AN 1/48 Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts of a shipment

856.004010 57

Segment: HL Hierarchical Level - Item Position: 010 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify dependencies among and the content of hierarchically related groups of data












segment being described is subordinate to >> HL03 735 Hierarchical Level Code M ID 1/2 Code defining the characteristic of a level in a hierarchical structure I Item X HL04 736 Hierarchical Child Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating if there are hierarchical child data segments subordinate to the


58 856.004010

Segment: LIN Item Identification - Item Position: 020 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: The codes listed for LIN02 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the LIN

segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.




trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification.

EN European Article Number (EAN) (2-5-5-1) IT Buyer's Style Number LT Lot Number Canadian ECR: This code has been approved by the

VICS SMC and will be permitted for use in version 004020. Use of this code is permitted prior to version 004020 by trading partner agreement.

UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian ECR: "UA" is not recommended for new

applications. It is being phased out. UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) Canadian ECR: After database reengineering, it is

strongly recommended that trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification.

856.004010 59

UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-2-5-5) UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1) >> LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in











60 856.004010

X LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in





856.004010 61

Segment: SN1 Item Detail - Item Position: 030 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify line-item detail relative to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If either SN105 or SN106 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SN101 is the ship notice line-item identification. Comments: 1 SN103 defines the unit of measurement for both SN102 and SN104.

Notes: This segment is used to specify the quantities associated with the item identified in the LIN at the item level. When specifying an item, which is comprised of two or more components that are in unique shipping containers, SN103 will contain code ST for set and the quantity specified in SN102 is the number of sets as identified in the LIN segment. Each different component is identified in one pack level. See the VICS Note, on the SLN segment, at the pack level.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X SN101 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> SN102 382 Number of Units Shipped M R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set >> SN103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. X SN104 646 Quantity Shipped to Date O R 1/15 Number of units shipped to date X SN105 330 Quantity Ordered C R 1/15 Quantity ordered X SN106 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X SN107 728 Returnable Container Load Make-Up Code O ID 1/2 Code identifying the load make-up of the returnable containers in the shipment X SN108 668 Line Item Status Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the

buyer

62 856.004010

Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details - Item Position: 060 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages

within the layers of packaging. Relative Position 1 (value R1) is the innermost package.

2 PO416 is the package identifier or the beginning package identifier in a range of identifiers.

3 PO417 is the ending package identifier in a range of identifiers. 4 PO418 is the number of packages in this layer. Comments: 1 PO403 - The "Unit or Basis for Measure Code" in this segment position is for

purposes of defining the pack (PO401) /size (PO402) measure which indicates the quantity in the inner pack unit. For example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce packages, it would be described as follows: Data element 356 = "24"; Data element 357 = "12"; Data element 355 = "OZ".

2 PO413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, PO411, and PO412. Notes: This segment is used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. There

may be two levels of packaging specified. The first level is always specified by using PO401 (Pack). The first level may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or it may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using PO414 (Inner Pack), is the number of eaches in each inner container when PO401 is the number of smaller containers within the case. See Section V (Pack/Inner Pack Usage) for usage examples. This segment can be used also to specify the weight and/or volume (cube) for the item by using PO406 and PO407, and/or PO408 and PO409.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO401 356 Pack O N0 1/6 The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner

containers, per outer container X PO402 357 Size C R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack X PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X PO404 103 Packaging Code C AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required X PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight

856.004010 63

PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack Canadian ECR: This element is not recommended for use PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken Canadian ECR: This element is not recommended for use PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack Canadian ECR: This element is not recommended for use PO409 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken Canadian ECR: This element is not recommended for use X PO410 82 Length C R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the

upright position X PO411 189 Width C R 1/8 Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the

object in the upright position X PO412 65 Height C R 1/8 Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright

position X PO413 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken PO414 810 Inner Pack O N0 1/6 The number of eaches per inner container X PO415 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described X PO416 350 Assigned Identification C AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set X PO417 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set X PO418 1470 Number O N0 1/9 A generic number

64 856.004010

Segment: PID Product/Item Description - Item Position: 070 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 200 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then PID04 is used. If

PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used. 2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in

the segment. 3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and are only printed in this guideline.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values Canadian ECR: This element is not recommended for use VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)

EDI PID04 751 Product Description Code C AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic Canadian ECR: This element is not recommended for use CL Collateral

GW Gift with purchase OS Size not within normal size range (odd size) PP Product sold only as part of a prepack (assortment) PW Purchase with pPurchase RN Product cannot be reordered RY Product can be reordered

PID05 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

856.004010 65

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described X PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier X PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response X PID09 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list

maintained by the International Standards Organization (ISO 639)

66 856.004010

Segment: TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both) Position: 140 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 5 Purpose: To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required. 2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD405 identifies if a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) exists for this product. A

"Y" indicates an MSDS exists for this product; an "N" indicates an MSDS does not exist for this product.

Comments: Rx Available for ECRx purposes only

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD401 152 Special Handling Code C ID 2/3 Code specifying special transportation handling instructions CO No Marshalling Required for Hazardous Materials DA Dangerous EX Explosive Flammable Gas FG Flammable Gas FL Flammable FP Flammable Poison Gas HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material NPR No Placards Required NW In Case of Fire Do Not Use Water PG Poisonous Gas RM Radioactive Material UN Unload as Placarded TD402 208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier C ID 1/1 Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209) 9 Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) U United Nations TD403 209 Hazardous Material Class Code C AN 1/4 Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material X TD404 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X TD405 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response Refer to 004010VICS Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

856.004010 67

Segment: REF Reference Identification - Item Position: 150 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification CO Customer Order Number Customer of retailer LT Lot Number Canadian ECR: This code has been approved by the

VICS SMC and will be permitted for use as in version 004020 version. Use of this code is permitted prior to the version 004020 by trading partner agreement.

SE Serial Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as



68 856.004010

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference - Item Position: 200 Loop: HL Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 036 Expiration Date coverage expires Used for perishable products >> DTM02 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X DTM03 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or





856.004010 69

Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 010 Loop: Level: Summary: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of HL segments present in the transaction set X CTT02 347 Hash Total O R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will

be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs. Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the maximum size of the hash total of the data element. Example: -.0018 First occurrence of value being hashed. .18 Second occurrence of value being hashed. 1.8 Third occurrence of value being hashed. 18.01 Fourth occurrence of value being hashed. --------- 1855 Hash total prior to truncation. 855 Hash total after truncation to three-digit field.

X CTT03 81 Weight C R 1/10 Numeric value of weight X CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X CTT05 183 Volume C R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure X CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X CTT07 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

70 856.004010






transaction set.

855.004010 1

855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment Introduction The purpose of this section is to present and explain the application of the ASC X12 standards as they pertain to the retail purchase order acknowledgment. Within the retail industry, there are two distinct uses for the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855). The first is the traditional acknowledgment of a retailer’s purchase order as submitted via a Purchase Order Transaction Set (850). The seller can use the 855 transaction set to acknowledge the retailer’s purchase order with no change or to initiate changes or cancellations in response to the retailer’s purchase order. The second usage is notification of a vendor generated replenishment order. This usage advises a retailer that the vendor has or will ship merchandise as prearranged in their partnership. The transaction set can also be used by the seller to: • cancel a vendor generated replenishment order • make changes to a vendor generated replenishment order When used as a replacement, the original order must be replaced in its entirety. An 855 transaction set cancellation may be required by the buyer as a first step to allow the removal of a purchase order from their system. The combination of the transaction set purpose code in BAK01 and the acknowledgement type code in BAK02 delineates the purpose and requested action of the document. The explanatory VICS notes in this document are preceded by an identification of this distinct purpose when necessary (e.g., NOTIFICATION or ACKNOWLEDGMENT). The replenishment acknowledgement can be used to create an open order or to update on-order information within the retailer’s system for the purpose of shipment adjudication or other processes normally associated with on-order data. The replenishment acknowledgement is not a Ship Notice/ Manifest (SNM), nor shall it be used in place of the Ship Notice/Manifest. Prior agreements have been established between trading partners in creating modeling rules and parameters. The replenishment acknowledgment does not require approval or acceptance by the buyer when used in a vendor managed inventory environment. Canadian Guideline Legend: >> >> in the left-hand margin indicates that the element must be used






NOT USED BY CANADIAN INDUSTRY This element/or code is open to satisfy VICS notes and/or comments, but is not used in Canadian applications

2 855.004010

855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment

Functional Group ID=PR Introduction: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to a seller's acknowledgment of a buyer's purchase order. This transaction set can also be used as notification of a vendor generated order. This usage advises a buyer that a vendor has or will ship merchandise as prearranged in their partnership. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 Must Use 020 BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order

Acknowledgment M 1

Not Used 040 CUR Currency O 1 050 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 060 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 070 TAX Tax Reference O >1 Not Used 080 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1 Not Used 090 CTP Pricing Information O >1 Not Used 095 PAM Period Amount O 10 Not Used 110 CSH Sales Requirements O 1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 Not Used 120 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 125 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 130 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O 5 Not Used 140 DIS Discount Detail O 20 Not Used 145 INC Installment Information O 1 150 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 160 LDT Lead Time O 12 Not Used 180 LIN Item Identification O 5 n1 Not Used 185 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 190 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 200 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 210 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 220 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 Not Used 230 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 Not Used 240 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12

Not Used 250 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12

855.004010 3

Not Used 260 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both)

O 5 Not Used 270 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10 Not Used 275 TXI Tax Information O >1 Not Used 277 CTB Restrictions/Conditions O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 Not Used 280 N9 Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 285 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 290 MSG Message Text O 1000 LOOP ID - N1 200 300 N1 Name O 1 310 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 320 N3 Address Information O 2 330 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 335 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 Not Used 340 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 350 PER Administrative Communications Contact O >1 Not Used 355 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 360 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 370 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 Not Used 380 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 410 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 Not Used 420 MSG Message Text O >1 LOOP ID - ADV >1 Not Used 430 ADV Advertising Demographic Information O 1 Not Used 440 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 450 MTX Text O >1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - PO1 100000 010 PO1 Baseline Item Data O 1 n2 Not Used 015 LIN Item Identification O >1 Not Used 018 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 020 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 030 PO3 Additional Item Detail O 25 040 CTP Pricing Information O >1 Not Used 045 PAM Period Amount O 10 Not Used 049 MEA Measurements O 40 LOOP ID - PID 1000 Not Used 050 PID Product/Item Description O 1 Not Used 060 MEA Measurements O 10 Not Used 070 PWK Paperwork O 25 090 PO4 Item Physical Details O >1 Not Used 100 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 110 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3

4 855.004010

LOOP ID - SAC 25 130 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 135 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 140 IT8 Conditions of Sale O 1 Not Used 142 CSH Sales Requirements O >1 Not Used 150 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O 2 Not Used 160 DIS Discount Detail O 20 Not Used 165 INC Installment Information O 1 Not Used 170 TAX Tax Reference O >1 Not Used 180 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1 190 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500 Not Used 200 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 210 LDT Lead Time O 12 Not Used 230 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 1 Not Used 240 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



LOOP ID - ACK 104 270 ACK Line Item Acknowledgment O 1 Not Used 280 DTM Date/Time Reference O 1 Not Used 290 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10 Not Used 293 AMT Monetary Amount O 1 n3 Not Used 295 CTB Restrictions/Conditions O >1 Not Used 296 TXI Tax Information O >1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 Not Used 300 QTY Quantity O 1 Not Used 302 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PKG 200 Not Used 303 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 1 Not Used 305 MEA Measurements O >1 LOOP ID - SCH 200 Not Used 310 SCH Line Item Schedule O 1 n4 Not Used 315 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 Not Used 320 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 345 REF Reference Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 Not Used 350 N9 Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 355 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 360 MSG Message Text O 1000 LOOP ID - N1 200 Not Used 370 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 380 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 390 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 400 N4 Geographic Location O 1

855.004010 5

Not Used 405 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 Not Used 410 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 420 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 425 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 426 DTM Date/Time Reference O 1 Not Used 430 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 435 SCH Line Item Schedule O 200 Not Used 440 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 Not Used 450 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 475 QTY Quantity O >1 Not Used 480 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 LOOP ID - SLN 1000 490 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 Not Used 495 MSG Message Text O >1 Not Used 500 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 510 PID Product/Item Description O 1000 Not Used 520 PO3 Additional Item Detail O 25 Not Used 522 CTP Pricing Information O 25 Not Used 523 PAM Period Amount O 10 Not Used 530 ACK Line Item Acknowledgment O 104 LOOP ID - SAC 10 Not Used 540 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 545 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 550 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 554 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 557 TAX Tax Reference O 3 Not Used 558 ADV Advertising Demographic Information O >1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 Not Used 559 QTY Quantity O 1 Not Used 561 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 Not Used 563 N9 Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 564 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 565 MSG Message Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 10 Not Used 576 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 578 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 580 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 590 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 600 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 Not Used 610 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 620 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 625 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and

6 855.004010

No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - CTT 1 010 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n5 Not Used 020 AMT Monetary Amount O 1 n6 Must Use 030 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. If segment LIN is used, do not use LIN01. 2. PO102 is required. 3. If AMT is used in the detail area, then AMT01 will = 1 and AMT02 will indicate total line amount as

calculated by the sender. 4. The SCH segment is used to specify various quantities of items ordered that are to be scheduled. When this

segment is used the unit of measurement code (SCH02) should always be identical to the unit of measurement code in the associated PO1 segment (PO103) and the sum of values of quantity (SCH01) should always equal the quantity ordered (PO102) in the PO1 segment.

5. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.

6. If AMT is used in the summary area, then AMT01 will = TT and AMT02 will indicate total transaction amount as calculated by the sender.

855.004010 7



Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment >> ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set



8 855.004010

Segment: BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Acknowledgment Position: 020 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set and

transmit identifying numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BAK04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 2 BAK08 is the seller's order number. 3 BAK09 is the date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment. Comments:

Notes: When notifying a retailer of a vendor-generated replenishment order, either code 00 or 16 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order, code 00 is used in BAK01 and either code AD or AK is used in BAK02. When changing a vendor-generated replenishment order, code 05 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order with change, code 19 is used in BAK01 and either code AC or AE is used in BAK02. When canceling a vendor-generated replenishment order, code 01 is used in BAK01 and code AP is used in BAK02. When acknowledging a retailer's purchase order with a cancellation, code 01 is used in BAK01 and code RJ is used in BAK02.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> BAK01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original NOTIFICATION: If XQ01, in Transaction Set 852,

contains code G, BAK01 will contain code 00. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This is the original acknowledgment.

01 Cancellation NOTIFICATION: Cancel the vendor-generated

replenishment order. The canceled purchase order number is not available for reuse until reissued within the normal business cycle. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Cancels the retailer's purchase order.

05 Replace NOTIFICATION: The previously transmitted vendor-

generated replenishment order has changed and should be replaced (re-transmitted) in its entirety. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.

16 Proposed NOTIFICATION: If XQ01, in Transaction Set 852,

contains code F, BAK01 will contain code 16. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This code is not valid for regular acknowledgments.

19 Seller initiated change NOTIFICATION: This code is not valid for notification

of vendor-generated replenishment orders. ACKNOWLEDGMENT: Change the retailer's purchase order.

>> BAK02 587 Acknowledgment Type M ID 2/2

855.004010 9

Code specifying the type of acknowledgment Codes AC, AD, AE, AK and RJ may only be used for acknowledgments to a

retailer's purchase order. Code AP may only be used to indicate a vendor-generated replenishment acknowledgment (notification).

AC Acknowledge - With Detail and Change Full purchase order detail must be transmitted AD Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change AE Acknowledge - With Exception Detail Only Only transmit details of change AK Acknowledge - No Detail or Change AP Acknowledge - Product Replenishment RJ Rejected – No Detail >> BAK03 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser NOTIFICATION: Purchase order numbers are negotiable as part of trading

partner relationships and can be pre-assigned in XPO01 or XPO02 in Transaction Set 852.

>> BAK04 373 Date M DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD NOTIFICATION: The date the replenished order was created from the

suppliers modeling system X BAK05 328 Release Number O AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction X BAK06 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45 Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set

and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with contract number)

X BAK07 367 Contract Number O AN 1/30 Contract number X BAK08 127 Reference Identification O AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X BAK09 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X BAK10 640 Transaction Type Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction

10 855.004010

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 050 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: There must be one occurrence of this segment to specify the retailer's department number, if the retailer has department numbers. Additional segments may be used to specify other reference numbers.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification D3 National Association of Boards of Pharmacy Number Canadian ECR: This code has been approved by the

VICS EDI SMC and will be permitted for use in version 004020. Use of this code is permitted prior to version 004020 by trading partner agreement.

DP Department Number IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the

retailer, for use within the retailer's system IT Internal Customer Number Identification number assigned to the retailer, by the

vendor, for use within the vendor's system >> REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as



855.004010 11

12 855.004010

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 150 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: This segment is used to specify order processing dates.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 001 Cancel After If the order has not been shipped by this date, the order

is considered canceled 002 Delivery Requested 010 Requested Ship 068 Current Schedule Ship 086 Scheduled for Shipment (Week of)

! 118 Requested Pickup Canadian EFR note This has been approved by the

VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.

>> DTM02 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X DTM03 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or





855.004010 13

Segment: N1 Name Position: 300 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: The SDQ segment specifies the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, code BY is not

used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet purchase order. It is assumed the supplier has the bill-to and ship-to data for all of the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, this segment is normally not used. If either the bill-to or ship-to locations are to be overridden, this segment is used to specify those locations. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every buying location in the SDQ segments. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code MA or OB. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.



individual BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party BY Buying Party (Purchaser) FR Message From MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate receiver OB Ordered By Customer of retailer SF Ship From ST Ship To TO Message To N102 93 Name C AN 1/60 Free-form name N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

14 855.004010

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character Suffix

Rx 21 Health Industry Number (HIN)



transaction set

! Rx NOT USED BY CANADIAN INDUSTRY

94 Code assigned by the organization that is the ultimate destination of the transaction set


UL UCC/EAN Location Code A globally unique 13 digit code for the identification of

a legal, functional or physical location within the Uniform Code Council (UCC) and International Article Number Association (EAN) numbering system.




individual

855.004010 15

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 310 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:


16 855.004010

Segment: N3 Address Information Position: 320 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify the location of the named party Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:


Address information

855.004010 17

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 330 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to



(zip code for United States) N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the country CA Canada MX Mexico US USA X N405 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

18 855.004010

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 010 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes:

The codes listed for PO106 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the PO1 segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X PO101 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> PO102 330 Quantity Ordered C R 1/15 Quantity ordered >> PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load PO104 212 Unit Price C R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) in PO104 and code NC in PO105. Canadian ECR/ECRx strongly recommends that all pricing is transmitted in the CTP segment.

PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit

i d i O104 i l i h h i f i

855.004010 19

price expressed in PO104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in PO103, unless otherwise specified in PO105.

LD Catalog Price per Dozen LE Catalog Price per Each NC No Charge PO Price per Ounce PP Price per Pound PR Promotion QT Quoted RD Retail Price per Dozen RE Retail Price per Each TD Contract Price per Dozen TE Contract Price per Each WD Wholesale Price per Dozen WE Wholesale Price per Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification. EN European Article Number (EAN) (2-5-5-1) UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian ECR: "UA" is not recommended for new

applications. It is being phased out. UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) Canadian ECR: After database reengineering, it is

strongly recommended that trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification.

UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1) PO107 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) PO109 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



Product/Service ID (234) PO115 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2

20 855.004010


PO117 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X PO119 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in



Product/Service ID (234) X PO125 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service

855.004010 21

Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 040 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03 and CTP04. See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03, CTP04 and

CTP07.

! Rx Canadian ECR/ECRx/EFR must use the CTP segment to transmit all pricing information.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code C ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification

! OPP Original Purchase Order Price

Canadian EFR: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.

UCP Unit cost price Item list cost

Canadian ECR/ECRx/EFR: Unit price in the CTPO2 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case)

>> CTP03 212 Unit Price O R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity X R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples

of use)

22 855.004010

>> C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. X C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised X C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X C00105 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised X C00106 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X C00107 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in



which a measurement has been taken X C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised X C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier X CTP07 649 Multiplier X R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/18 Monetary amount X CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item X CTP10 499 Condition Value O AN 1/10 Identifies rate restrictions or provisions X CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00

855.004010 23

Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 090 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages









containers, per outer container ! Rx PO402 357 Size C R 1/8

Size of supplier units in pack

Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only..

! Rx PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2


24 855.004010


X PO404 103 Packaging Code C AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required X PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack


PO407 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken


PO408 385 Gross Volume per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross volume per pack





X PO410 82 Length C R 1/8 Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the





855.004010 25

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 130 Loop: SAC Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. 2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 6 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required. 7 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 8 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required. 2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 4 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is

different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar

amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 5 SAC13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference

number as identified by the code used. 6 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion. 7 SAC16 is used to identify the language being used in SAC15. Comments: 1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02. 2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to as "Dollar Basis Amount". It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in SAC09.

Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the header area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the header area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC03 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes. This code list is maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and is located in Section III of this guideline.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code C ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

26 855.004010

See Section III for code list. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)

EDI SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Code C AN 1/10

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

See Section III for code list. SAC05 610 Amount O N2 1/15 Monetary amount When SAC01 contains code A or code C, then this data element is required.

This will resolve any differences between the sender's and receiver's system calculations of amounts, i.e., rounding errors when allowances or charges are expressed in percentages or rates.

SAC06 378 Allowance/Charge Percent Qualifier C ID 1/1 Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated 1 Item List Cost 2 Item Net Cost 3 Discount/Gross All allowances are off the gross price including cash

discount. 4 Discount/Net All allowances are off the gross price. Cash discounts

are off the net. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 6 Base Price Amount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent C R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". SAC08 118 Rate O R 1/9 Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load SAC10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will

contain the quantity of free goods. The unit of measure is in SAC09. SAC10 alone is used to indicate a specific quantity which could be a dollar amount, that is applicable to the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

X SAC11 380 Quantity O R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity

855.004010 27

SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as

a separate item, i.e., a debit/credit memo or a separate invoice. The amount will not be reflected in the invoice total amount.

02 Off Invoice The allowance or charge amount will be reflected in the

total transaction amount, e.g., Total Invoice Amount = Merchandise Price + Charges - Allowances.

03 Vendor Check to Customer The vendor will issue a check directly to the customer

of the retailer, or end consumer, for the allowance or charge amount. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.

04 Credit Customer Account The retailer's account will be credited for the amount of

the allowance or charge. The amount is not reflected in the total invoice amount.

05 Charge to be Paid by Vendor The vendor is responsible for the allowance or charge

amount. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.

06 Charge to be Paid by Customer When the order/item is a direct ship to the customer, or

end consumer of the retailer, the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the customer or end consumer. If it is not a drop ship to the customer of the retailer, then the allowance or charge amount is the responsibility of the retailer. The exact method of adjudication has been agreed to by the trading partners. The amount will not be reflected in the total invoice amount.

SAC13 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Tax Registration Number X SAC14 770 Option Number O AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list


28 855.004010

Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 190 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,

SDQ09, SDQ11, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21. Comments: 1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number. 3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,

selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or industry conventions.

Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurrences of Data Element 67 in this segment function as N104. The SDQ segment functions as an N1 segment containing code BY in N101, that is, the SDQ segment specifies various buying locations. The N1 segment, in the basic order, specifies only one location.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> SDQ01 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load >> SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet 9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character

Suffix Rx 21 Health Industry Number (HIN)




>> SDQ03 67 Identification Code M AN 2/80

855.004010 29

Code identifying a party or other code >> SDQ04 380 Quantity M R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity

! Rx Canadian ECR/ECRx/EFR: If other locations, repeat 67/380 pairs as necessary.

SDQ05 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity X SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

30 855.004010

Segment: ACK Line Item Acknowledgment Position: 270 Loop: ACK Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To acknowledge the ordered quantities and specify the ready date for a specific line item Syntax Notes: 1 If either ACK02 or ACK03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If ACK04 is present, then ACK05 is required. 3 If either ACK07 or ACK08 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either ACK09 or ACK10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either ACK11 or ACK12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either ACK13 or ACK14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either ACK15 or ACK16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either ACK17 or ACK18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either ACK19 or ACK20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either ACK21 or ACK22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either ACK23 or ACK24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either ACK25 or ACK26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either ACK27 or ACK28 is present, then the other is required. 14 If ACK28 is present, then both ACK27 and ACK29 are required. Semantic Notes: 1 ACK29 Industry Reason Code may be used to identify the item status. In addition, it

may be used in conjunction with ACK01 to further clarify the status. Comments:

Notes: This segment may be used to indicate that a line item has been accepted, deleted, or changed. Some product production cycles, such as furniture, are long and may have different ship dates than the original purchase order. This segment may be used to inform the originator of the current ship date or that no ship date has been scheduled.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ACK01 668 Line Item Status Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the action taken by the seller on a line item requested by the

buyer Rx BP Item Accepted - Partial Shipment, Balance Backordered


IA Item Accepted Rx IB Item Backordered


IC Item Accepted - Changes Made ID Item Deleted Cancellation of a line item

Rx IQ Item Accepted - Quantity Changed


ACK02 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity

855.004010 31

Quantity which the change affects, i.e., the quantity that applies to the dates sent in ACK04 and ACK05

ACK03

355

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

C

ID 2/2


CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load ACK04 374 Date/Time Qualifier O ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 068 Current Schedule Ship 100 No Shipping Schedule Established as of ACK05 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X ACK06 326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45 Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set

and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with contract number)

X ACK07 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X ACK08 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X ACK09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in







Product/Service ID (234)

32 855.004010

X ACK22 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X ACK23 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


Product/Service ID (234) X ACK26 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X ACK27 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values X ACK28 822 Source Subqualifier C AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier X ACK29 1271 Industry Code C AN 1/30 Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

855.004010 33

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 490 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline level is analogous

to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the subline item to the

baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated

segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline item number.

Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: This segment can be used to specify the originally ordered SKU for substituted SKUs. This segment can also be used to specify SKU contents of an assortment. The assortment can be defined by the retailer or the vendor. The assortment identification is in the line item detail segment for the transaction. This segment may be used to specify partial deletions of SKUs ordered but not invoiced and/or shipped. If SLN03 contains code D or code I, then SLN04 and SLN05 are required. The codes listed for SLN09 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the SLN segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set X SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> SLN03 662 Relationship Code M ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities D Delete I Included S Substituted

34 855.004010

SLN04 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure C To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples

of use) >> C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in





which a measurement has been taken X C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised X C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value SLN06 212 Unit Price C R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". SLN07 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit

price expressed in SLN06 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in SLN05, unless otherwise specified in SLN07.

LD Catalog Price per Dozen LE Catalog Price per Each NC No Charge PO Price per Ounce PP Price per Pound

855.004010 35

PR Promotion QT Quoted RD Retail Price per Dozen RE Retail Price per Each TD Contract Price per Dozen TE Contract Price per Each WD Wholesale Price per Dozen WE Wholesale Price per Each X SLN08 662 Relationship Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities SLN09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) BO Buyers Color CB Buyer's Catalog Number This code will be deleted after Version 004010. CG Commodity Grouping Coordinates CM National Retail Merchants Association Color Code This is the three digit NRF code. IB International Standard Book Number (ISBN) IN Buyer's Item Number IT Buyer's Style Number IZ Buyer's Size Code SM National Retail Merchants Association Size Code This is the five digit NRF code. SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code (NRMA) This is the code assigned by the vendor. UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-4-6-1) UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code (1-2-4-6-1) UI U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5) UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) A 14-digit code that uniquely identifies the

manufacturer's shipping unit, including the packaging indicator and check digit; the first digit is the packaging indicator, the next two digits are the number system characters, the next five digits are the manufacturer ID number, the second five digits are the item code, and the final digit is the check digit

UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1) VA Vendor's Style Number VC Vendor's (Seller's) Catalog Number This code will be deleted after Version 004010. VE Vendor Color VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number SLN10 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN11 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) SLN12 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service

36 855.004010

SLN13 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) SLN14 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SLN15 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in







Product/Service ID (234) SLN28 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service

855.004010 37

Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 010 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of PO1 segments present in the transaction set X CTT02 347 Hash Total O R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will





38 855.004010






transaction set.

852.004010 1

852 Product Activity Data Introduction The purpose of this section is to present and explain the application of the ASC X12 standards as they pertain to the retail product activity data. The purpose of the Product Activity Data Transaction Set (852) within the retail industry is to report inventory counts and changes to that inventory at predetermined intervals. The most common change to inventory is sales by the retailer to the customer. However, other changes to inventory such as inter-store transfers, return of sold merchandise to inventory, returns to the supplier from inventory, and shrinkage, can also be communicated. This data is primarily used to support a supplier managed stock replenishment program (stock modeling) or to provide input to a sales analysis and forecasting systems. This single transaction set functionally replaces the Inventory Advice Transaction Set (846) and the Product Transfer and Resale Report Transaction Set (867) for the reporting of inventory and sales. In addition to inventory counts and units sold, other data may be sent that is pertinent to the analysis being performed by the receiver. Total dollar volume for sales may be reported in the same manner as quantities by using a unit of measure for dollars. Prices associated with the SKU are specified in the CTP segment(s). These prices include retail price, promotional price, cost price, etc. If an item is sold at different prices during the reporting period, the activity may be grouped by selling price and the quantities at each price can be specified for multiple locations by utilizing the SDQ segments. Canadian Guideline Legend: >> >> in the left-hand margin indicates that the element must be used







2 852.004010

852 Product Activity Data

Functional Group ID=PD Introduction: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Product Activity Data Transaction Set (852) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used by a distributor, warehouse, or retailer to advise a trading partner of inventory, sales, and other product activity information. Product activity data enables a trading partner to plan and ship, or propose inventory replenishment quantities, for distribution centers, warehouses or retail outlets. The receiver of the transaction set will maintain some type of inventory/product movement records for its trading partners to enable replenishment calculations based on data provided by the distributor, warehouse or retailer. Notes: Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 Must Use 020 XQ Reporting Date/Action M 1 030 XPO Preassigned Purchase Order Numbers O >1 040 N9 Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 050 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 060 N1 Name O 1 n1 070 N2 Additional Name Information O 1 080 N3 Address Information O 2 090 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 100 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 110 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 1

Not Used 120 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 130 N9 Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 140 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - LIN 999999 010 LIN Item Identification O 1 Not Used 020 CTP Pricing Information O 25 030 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 040 N9 Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 050 AMT Monetary Amount O 10 Not Used 060 PAL Pallet Information O 1 Not Used 070 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - ZA >1 Must Use 080 ZA Product Activity Reporting M 1 n2

852.004010 3

Not Used 090 QTY Quantity O 1 n3 Not Used 100 CTP Pricing Information O 25 110 SDQ Destination Quantity O >1 LOOP ID - G95 1 120 G95 Performance Requirements O 1 130 DTM Date/Time Reference O 2 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments 010 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n4 Must Use 020 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. The reporting location is required. The reporting location is specified explicitly in the N1 segment using the

code RL in N101, or implicitly using the SDQ segment (Table 2) with the location data elements. They are mutually exclusive (the SDQ and the N1 with N101 containing RL).

2. The quantity for the item identified in the LIN segment is required. Quantity is specified either in the ZA segment (ZA02) or in the SDQ segment.

3. The QTY segment in the ZA loop is only used to provide the number of orders associated with the quantity in the ZA segment, or the total of quantities in the SDQ segments for the activity. The only allowable code value is OC = Order Count.

4. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of LIN segments. Hash total (CTT02) is not used in this transaction set.

5. When sending item and activity data in the LIN loop, the CTT segment is required.

4 852.004010



Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 852 Product Activity Data >> ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set



852.004010 5

Segment: XQ Reporting Date/Action Position: 020 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify reporting date and action to be taken Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 XQ02 is the reporting date. If reporting a date range, then XQ02 is the start date and

XQ03 is the end date. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> XQ01 305 Transaction Handling Code M ID 1/2 Code designating the action to be taken by all parties Use of code F or G requires the supplier to advise the distributor/warehouse of

replenishment quantity usually via Transaction Set 855 or Transaction Set 856. F Plan and Submit Suggested Purchase Order(s) G Plan Order(s) and Ship Product H Notification Only >> XQ02 373 Date M DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD XQ03 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

6 852.004010

Segment: XPO Preassigned Purchase Order Numbers Position: 030 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit preassigned purchase order numbers Syntax Notes: 1 If either XPO03 or XPO04 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 XPO01 is the preassigned purchase order number. If a range of purchase order

numbers is to be transmitted, use XPO01 for the first number and XPO02 as the ending number.

Comments: 1 XPO03 and XPO04 specify the location to which the purchase order numbers apply. Notes: This segment is used only when purchase order number assignment has not previously

been established by trading partners.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> XPO01 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser XPO02 324 Purchase Order Number O AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser X XPO03 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) X XPO04 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code

852.004010 7

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 040 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification DP Department Number IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the

retailer, for use within the retailer's system. >> N902 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as





X N907 C040 Reference Identifier O To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as


8 852.004010

Segment: N1 Name Position: 060 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing


2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's location as it pertains to product activity

data and must contain the identity of each organizational entity or a physical location. This is accomplished in one of two ways. BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of this segment that specifies the retailers buying/reporting location. If XQ01 contains code G, it is assumed that, for a particular buying location, the vendor has the bill to and ship to in the system. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment specifies the retailer's buying/reporting locations. Therefore, codes BY and RL are not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet product activity. In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.



individual BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party BY Buying Party (Purchaser) FR Message From RL Reporting Location ST Ship To TO Message To N102 93 Name C AN 1/60 Free-form name >> N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification



852.004010 9



transaction set






>> N104 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a


X N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2 Code describing entity relationship N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual


10 852.004010


Notes: This segment is normally not used in this transaction set.


852.004010 11




Address information

12 852.004010






852.004010 13

Segment: LIN Item Identification Position: 010 Loop: LIN Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic item identification data Syntax Notes: 1 If either LIN04 or LIN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either LIN06 or LIN07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either LIN08 or LIN09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either LIN10 or LIN11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either LIN12 or LIN13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either LIN14 or LIN15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either LIN16 or LIN17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either LIN18 or LIN19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either LIN20 or LIN21 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either LIN22 or LIN23 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either LIN24 or LIN25 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either LIN26 or LIN27 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either LIN28 or LIN29 is present, then the other is required. 14 If either LIN30 or LIN31 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 LIN01 is the line item identification Comments: 1 See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 LIN02 through LIN31 provide for fifteen different product/service IDs for each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: The codes listed for LIN02 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the LIN

segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.



Product/Service ID (234) Canadian ECR: After database reengineering, Canadian ECR strongly

recommends that trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification. EN European Article Number (EAN) (2-5-5-1)

Rx LT Lot Number


UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian ECR: "UA" is not recommended for new

applications. It is being phased out. UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) Canadian ECR: After database reengineering, Canadian

ECR strongly recommends that trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification.

UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1) See External Code Source 41 in Section III for

reference document.

14 852.004010

>> LIN03 234 Product/Service ID M AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LIN04 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in










X LIN22 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X LIN23 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X LIN24 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2

852.004010 15


X LIN25 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X LIN26 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in




16 852.004010

Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 030 Loop: LIN Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages









containers, per outer container X PO402 357 Size C R 1/8 Size of supplier units in pack X PO403 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X PO404 103 Packaging Code C AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required X PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack C R 1/9

852.004010 17

Numeric value of gross weight per pack















18 852.004010

Segment: ZA Product Activity Reporting Position: 080 Loop: ZA Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To provide activity details concerning product being reported Syntax Notes: 1 If either ZA02 or ZA03 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either ZA04 or ZA05 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either ZA06 or ZA07 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ZA08 determines if the product activity code in ZA01 refers to a product that is

categorized as In-bond merchandise. A "Y" indicates that the activity code applies to a product that is In-bond; an "N" indicates that the activity code does not refer to a product that is In-bond.

Comments: Notes: If ZA02 and ZA03 are used to specify the quantity of the item identified in the LIN

segment, the SDQ segment is not used. All quantity values (ZA03 or quantity values in the SDQ segment) are expressed as a positive number for all activities except for adjustments (code QA and QT in ZA01). An adjustment is any activity, other than a retail sale or warehouse withdrawal, that changes the inventory position for the item. Inter-store transfers are reported as a positive adjustment for the transfer-to store and a negative adjustment for the transfer-from store. An adjustment to inventory can also be made as a result of a physical inventory, for example, shrinkage is reported as a negative adjustment, understated inventory is reported as a positive adjustment. To express activity in dollars, use the unit of measure DO (Dollars, U.S.) in ZA03 or SDQ01. Multiple ZA segments may be used with the same activity code to specify units and dollars, and, to report activity at different prices. Sales types, promotion/event sales, clearance/markdown sales and non-promotion/non-clearance sales are used in conjunction with a CTP segment to specify the price and/or sales type. For example, if three stores sold an item for one price and five other stores sold the same item for a different price, two ZA loops may be used to report the sale quantity at the appropriate price. The first ZA loop would contain the price in the CTP segment and one SDQ segment with the three stores/quantities. The second loop would specify the other price and one SDQ segment for the remaining five stores/quantities.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ZA01 859 Activity Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying activity details for the product being reported DG Quantity Damaged HL Quantity on Hold QA Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or

Sale On-hand inventory at store/distribution center/

warehouse available for shipment or sale QC Quantity Committed Quantity reserved for consumer delivery/pickup and not

yet withdrawn from inventory. Memo quantity to aid in calculating replenishment needs.

QD Additional Demand Quantity Incremental needs over and above normal

replenishment calculation QL Minimum Inventory Quantity

852.004010 19

To define minimum inventory quantity for replenishment calculations of the total model, i.e., the order point trigger

QM Maximum Inventory Quantity To define maximum inventory quantity for

replenishment calculations of the total model, i.e., the order up to level quantity

QN Planned Inventory Quantity Planned inventory level for VMI (Vendor Managed

Inventory) replenishment calculations, i.e., the desired level on-hand at the store/distribution center/warehouse. If the quantity is zero, it indicates product replenishment is to be discontinued. Subsequent use of code QN with a quantity greater than zero would re-establish the product.

QO Quantity Out of Stock Quantity not available at store/distribution

center/warehouse resulting in lost sales, rainchecks or demand for merchandise that could not be satisfied, i.e., sale was not consummated and indicates potential adjustment of VMI (Vendor Managed Inventory) model areas

QP Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received Total merchandise quantity ordered and not yet received

by the retailer QR Quantity Received Receipts at store, distribution center or warehouse QS Quantity Sold Sales at retail (gross quantity, no returns netted out) QT Adjustment to Inventory Quantity Adjustment to inventory quantity as a result of a

physical inventory discrepancy or internal movement of goods from one location to another

QU Quantity Returned By Consumer QW Quantity Withdrawn from Warehouse Inventory Internal store withdrawal from distribution center or

warehouse inventory QX Quantity Requested (Will Override Replenishment

Planning) Quantity to override the normal replenishment planning,

but not intended to permanently change the model levels

ZA02 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity ZA03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load ZA04 374 Date/Time Qualifier C ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested This code is only used when ZA01 contains code QD or

code QX. If promotion start and end dates associated with the additional demand quantity are needed, the

20 852.004010

G95 loop may be used. 007 Effective Inventory taken, on order as of, etc. 090 Report Start 091 Report End ZA05 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD ZA06 128 Reference Identification Qualifier C ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification PD Promotion/Deal Number ZA07 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X ZA08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response

852.004010 21

Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 110 Loop: ZA Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,



Notes: This segment is used to distribute item quantity to various locations. If this segment is used to specify the quantity of the item identified in the LIN segment, ZA02 and ZA03 are not used.









>> SDQ03 67 Identification Code M AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code

22 852.004010

>> SDQ04 380 Quantity M R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity X SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

852.004010 23

Segment: G95 Performance Requirements Position: 120 Loop: G95 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the "AND" or "OR" condition for the option, or provide information related to

the promotion performance conditions and allocations required, or both Syntax Notes: 1 If either G9504 or G9505 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If G9502 equals "99", then G9506 is required. 2 G9507 contains the number of days included in the promotion period. Comments:

Notes: This loop is used only to identify a promotion and its start and end dates. This loop is used only when ZA01 contains code QD or code QX.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X G9501 293 Promotion Condition Qualifier O ID 2/2 Code to inform retailer/wholesaler of the promotion >> G9502 422 Promotion Condition Code M ID 2/2 Code describing a performance or advertising condition 01 Product Allocation 02 Number of Buy Restriction 10 Ad, Size Not Specified Vendor offer requires a newspaper ad with no size

specification 11 Ad, 1 Col Inch 12 Ad, 2 Col Inch 13 Ad, 3 Col Inch 14 Ad, 4 Col Inch 15 Ad, 5 Col Inch 16 Ad, 6 Col Inch or Greater 17 Ad, Full Page 18 Ad, Half Page 19 Ad, Quarter Page 20 Ad, Coupon Vendor requires buyer to run a coupon ad that has a

monetary value discounting the product(s) that is/are applicable

21 Ad, Color Vendor requires buyer to run a color ad for the

product(s) offered. This condition code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.

22 Ad, Product Illustration Vendor requires buyer to picture illustrate the

product(s) offered. This condition code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.

23 Ad, National Line Rate Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in

media normally used. Payment is made for space (per inch or line) without restrictions for space used or frequency of insertion.

25 Ad, Roto 26 Ad, Free Standing

24 852.004010

Vendor requires buyer to run a free standing ad illustrating product(s) offered. This ad is separate and apart from normal weekly media used.

28 Ad, Window Signs Vendor requires buyer to post a store window sign

advertising the product(s) offered. 32 Ad, Price Reduction Vendor requires ad at a reduced price. This condition

code may be used in conjunction with other ad condition codes.

33 Ad, Circulars Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in

a circular publication. Circulation intended for buyer's customers.

34 Ad, Television 35 Ad, Radio 36 Ad, Handbill Vendor requires buyer to advertise product(s) offered in

a loose publication format to be distributed by hand. 37 Ad, Newspaper Insert 39 Ad, See Free Form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to

free form messages. Free form message will describe data such as amount to be reduced, number of stores, cases, days and other short text relating to a particular condition code.

40 Display Vendor requires an in-store display of product(s)

offered. 41 Display, End Aisle Vendor requires a display separate and apart from the

store shelf. 42 Display, Aisle Stack Vendor requires a display separate and apart from the

store shelf. 44 Display, Cases per Store Vendor requires a display with a specified number of

cases per store. 45 Display, Number of Days Vendor requires a display with a specified number of

days. 46 Display, Shelf Extender 49 Display, Number of Stores Vendor requires a display with a specified number of

stores. 51 Display, Price Reduction Vendor requires a display with a specified price

reduction. 59 Display, See Free Form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to


60 Reduced Price Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered

with no amount, restriction or condition.

852.004010 25

61 Reduced Price, Number of Days Vendor requires a price reduction for a specific number

of days. 62 Reduced Price With Shelf Sign Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered.

Buyer must list price reduction in the retail stores' price an order guide.

63 Reduced Price, In Price/Order Guide Vendor requires a price reduction for product(s) offered.

Buyer must indicate price reduction with a point-of-sale shelf sign.

64 Reduced Price, In Store Coupons Vendor requires buyer to offer in-store coupons on the

product(s) offered. Coupons are redeemable from the point-of-sale at each buyer's retail outlet.

69 Reduced Price, See Free Form Message Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to


70 Retail Distribution (One Case per Store) 71 Retail Distribution (X Cases per Store) 72 Retail Distribution (X Number of Stores) 79 Retail Distribution Used in conjunction with condition codes to point to


81 Accrual Limit A dollar amount customarily paid on a per case basis on

product purchases in a prior period as defined by the manufacturer or broker

82 Flat Limit A fixed or flat allowance amount paid for rendering

performance as specified by the option code 83 Number of Required Promotion Performances Number of times a promotion must be performed to

qualify for the allowance amount 88 Advertisement or Display or Reduced Price A promotion condition which requires an

Advertisement or an in-store display, or a reduction in the shelf price of an item in order to qualify for the allowance amount

A promotion condition which requires an advertisement, an in-store display, or a reduction in the shelf price of an item in order to qualify for the allowance amount.

99 See Free Form Text X G9503 554 Assigned Number O N0 1/6 Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set X G9504 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity X G9505 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in


26 852.004010

X G9506 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X G9507 1470 Number O N0 1/9 A generic number

852.004010 27

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 130 Loop: G95 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 015 Promotion Start 016 Promotion End >> DTM02 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X DTM03 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or





28 852.004010


and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of LIN segments present in the transaction set X CTT02 347 Hash Total O R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will





852.004010 29






transaction set.

850.004010 1

850 Purchase Order Introduction The purpose of this section is to present and explain the application of the ASC X12 standards as they pertain to the retail purchase order. Within the retail industry, two distinct methods for ordering goods have been identified. The first type, or “basic”, is the most common. Goods separately for each location, i.e., one store ordering per PO. The second type, or “spreadsheet”, is utilized to order the same item for multiple locations, i.e., a specific quantity of one item is distributed to multiple locations. The actual quantity distributed to each location need not be the same. The spreadsheet order usually implies predistribution by the vendor. Orders are packaged for the store and either sent directly to the store or to a central location (distribution center). The basic order can be used in the pre or post distribution environment. In the post distribution environment the buying location is the distribution center. The distribution center allocates each store’s quantity. The purchase order in its most simplistic form, assumes that the receiver has, most of the general data about the sender and their locations (stores) within their systems. This data includes bill to, ship to, mark for, terms, etc., for each sender location. For each ordering location the receiver of the order knows where to send the goods, where to send the bill, and what terms are to be applied. The sender only needs to inform the receiver of the location ordering the goods, when delivery is expected, and the detail specification for the goods (SKUs), including order quantity for each SKU.

Canadian Guideline Legend: >> >> in the left-hand margin indicates that the element must be used






NOT USED BY CANADIAN INDUSTRY This element/or code is open to satisfy VICS notes and/or comments, but is not used in Canadian applications

850.004010 2

850 Purchase Order

Functional Group ID=PO Introduction: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 Must Use 020 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order M 1 040 CUR Currency O 1 050 REF Reference Identification O >1 060 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 070 TAX Tax Reference O >1 080 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1 Not Used 090 CTP Pricing Information O >1 Not Used 095 PAM Period Amount O 10 Not Used 110 CSH Sales Requirements O 5 Not Used 115 TC2 Commodity O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 Must Use 120 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 125 CUR Currency O 1 130 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O >1 Not Used 140 DIS Discount Detail O 20 Not Used 145 INC Installment Information O 1 150 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 160 LDT Lead Time O 12 Not Used 180 LIN Item Identification O 5 n1 Not Used 185 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 190 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 200 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 210 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 220 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 200 Not Used 230 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 240 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12

250 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12 Not Used 260 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or


Not Used 270 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10 Not Used 276 PCT Percent Amounts O >1

850.004010 3

Not Used 280 CTB Restrictions/Conditions O 5 Not Used 285 TXI Tax Information O >1 LOOP ID - AMT >1 Not Used 287 AMT Monetary Amount O 1 Not Used 289 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 290 DTM Date/Time Reference O 1 Not Used 292 PCT Percent Amounts O >1 LOOP ID - FA1 >1 Not Used 293 FA1 Type of Financial Accounting Data O 1 Not Used 294 FA2 Accounting Data M >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 Must Use 295 N9 Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 297 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 300 MSG Message Text O 1000 LOOP ID - N1 200 Must Use 310 N1 Name O 1 320 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 330 N3 Address Information O 2 340 N4 Geographic Location O >1 Not Used 345 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 350 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 360 PER Administrative Communications Contact O >1 Not Used 365 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 370 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 380 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 Not Used 390 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 420 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 200 LOOP ID - LM >1 Not Used 430 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 440 LQ Industry Code M >1 LOOP ID - SPI >1 Not Used 450 SPI Specification Identifier O 1 Not Used 460 REF Reference Identification O 5 Not Used 470 DTM Date/Time Reference O 5 Not Used 480 MSG Message Text O 50 LOOP ID - N1 20 Not Used 490 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 500 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 510 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 520 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 530 REF Reference Identification O 20 Not Used 540 G61 Contact O 1 Not Used 550 MSG Message Text O 50 LOOP ID - CB1 >1 Not Used 560 CB1 Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data O 1 Not Used 570 REF Reference Identification O 20

850.004010 4

Not Used 580 DTM Date/Time Reference O 5 Not Used 590 LDT Lead Time O 1 Not Used 600 MSG Message Text O 50 LOOP ID - ADV >1 Not Used 610 ADV Advertising Demographic Information O 1 Not Used 620 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 630 MTX Text O >1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - PO1 100000 Must Use 010 PO1 Baseline Item Data M 1 n2 Not Used 015 LIN Item Identification O >1 Not Used 018 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 020 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 025 CN1 Contract Information O 1 Not Used 030 PO3 Additional Item Detail O 25 LOOP ID - CTP >1 Must Use 040 CTP Pricing Information O 1 Not Used 043 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 045 PAM Period Amount O 10 Not Used 049 MEA Measurements O 40 LOOP ID - PID 1000 Must Use 050 PID Product/Item Description O 1 Not Used 060 MEA Measurements O 10 Not Used 070 PWK Paperwork O 25 090 PO4 Item Physical Details O >1 Not Used 100 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 110 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - SAC 25 Must Use 130 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 135 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 137 CTP Pricing Information O 1 Not Used 140 IT8 Conditions of Sale O 1 Not Used 142 CSH Sales Requirements O >1 Not Used 150 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O 2 Not Used 160 DIS Discount Detail O 20 Not Used 165 INC Installment Information O 1 Not Used 170 TAX Tax Reference O >1 Not Used 180 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O >1 190 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500 Not Used 200 IT3 Additional Item Data O 5 Not Used 210 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 235 TC2 Commodity O >1 Not Used 240 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 1 Not Used 250 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12

Not Used 260 TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) O 12

850.004010 5

Not Used 270 TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both)

O 5 Not Used 276 PCT Percent Amounts O >1 Not Used 280 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10 Not Used 289 MSG Message Text O >1 Not Used 290 SPI Specification Identifier O >1 Not Used 291 TXI Tax Information O >1 Not Used 292 CTB Restrictions/Conditions O >1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 Not Used 293 QTY Quantity O 1 Not Used 294 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - SCH 200 Not Used 295 SCH Line Item Schedule O 1 n3 Not Used 296 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 Not Used 297 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 300 REF Reference Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PKG 200 Not Used 305 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 1 Not Used 310 MEA Measurements O >1 Not Used 320 LS Loop Header O 1 LOOP ID - LDT >1 Not Used 321 LDT Lead Time O 1 Not Used 322 QTY Quantity O >1 Not Used 323 MSG Message Text O 1 Not Used 324 REF Reference Identification O 3 LOOP ID - LM >1 Not Used 325 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 326 LQ Industry Code M >1 Not Used 327 LE Loop Trailer O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 Not Used 330 N9 Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 332 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 335 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 340 MSG Message Text O 1000 LOOP ID - N1 200 Not Used 350 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 360 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 370 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 380 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 383 QTY Quantity O >1 Not Used 385 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 Not Used 390 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 400 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 405 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 406 DTM Date/Time Reference O 1 Not Used 410 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1

850.004010 6

Not Used 415 SCH Line Item Schedule O 200 Not Used 420 TD1 Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) O 2 Not Used 430 TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time) O 12



Not Used 460 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 200 LOOP ID - LDT >1 Not Used 462 LDT Lead Time O 1 Not Used 464 MAN Marks and Numbers O 10 Not Used 466 QTY Quantity O 5 Not Used 468 MSG Message Text O 1 Not Used 469 REF Reference Identification O 3 LOOP ID - SLN 1000 Not Used 470 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 Not Used 475 MSG Message Text O >1 Not Used 480 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 Not Used 490 PID Product/Item Description O 1000 Not Used 500 PO3 Additional Item Detail O 104 Not Used 505 TC2 Commodity O >1 Not Used 513 ADV Advertising Demographic Information O >1 Not Used 515 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 516 CTP Pricing Information O 25 Not Used 517 PAM Period Amount O 10 Not Used 518 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 519 TAX Tax Reference O 3 LOOP ID - N9 >1 Not Used 523 N9 Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 524 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 Not Used 525 MSG Message Text O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 Not Used 526 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 527 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 528 CTP Pricing Information O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 Not Used 529 QTY Quantity O 1 Not Used 530 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 10 Not Used 535 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 540 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 550 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 560 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 570 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 Not Used 580 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 590 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 595 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - AMT >1 Not Used 600 AMT Monetary Amount O 1

850.004010 7

Not Used 610 REF Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 612 PCT Percent Amounts O >1 LOOP ID - LM >1 Not Used 620 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 630 LQ Industry Code M >1 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - CTT 1 Must Use 010 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n4 Not Used 020 AMT Monetary Amount O 1 n5 Must Use 030 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. If segment LIN is used, do not use LIN01. 2. PO102 is required. 3. The SCH segment is used to specify various quantities of items ordered that are to be scheduled. When this

segment is used the unit of measurement code (SCH02) should always be identical to the unit of measurement code in the associated PO1 segment (PO103) and the sum of values of quantity (SCH01) should always equal the quantity ordered (PO102) in the PO1 segment.

4. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.

5. If AMT is used in the summary area, then AMT01 will = TT and AMT02 will indicate total transaction amount as calculated by the sender.

850.004010 8



Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order >> ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set



850.004010 9

Segment: BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Position: 020 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and transmit identifying

numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:

Notes: If BEG02 contains code RL, then BEG04 is required. BEG03 contains the blanket purchase order number which is being released against and BEG04 contains the release number.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> BEG01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 00 Original 06 Confirmation 22 Information Copy This code is used to notify anyone other than the seller

about this order. >> BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order BK Blanket Order (Quantity Firm) NOT USED BY CANADIAN INDUSTRY RL Release or Delivery Order NOT USED BY CANADIAN INDUSTRY SA Stand-alone Order >> BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number X BEG04 328 Release Number O AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction >> BEG05 373 Date M DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD Retailer's original purchase order date X BEG06 367 Contract Number O AN 1/30 Contract number X BEG07 587 Acknowledgment Type O ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of acknowledgment X BEG08 1019 Invoice Type Code O ID 3/3 Code defining the method by which invoices are to be processed X BEG09 1166 Contract Type Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying a contract type X BEG10 1232 Purchase Category O ID 2/2 Code identifying the broad category of products or services being acquired

X BEG11 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

i f i f ll i

850.004010 10

information following X BEG12 640 Transaction Type Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction

850.004010 11

Segment: CUR Currency Position: 040 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required. 2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required. 3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required. 4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required. 5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required. 6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required. 7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required. 8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required. 9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required. 10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required. 11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required. 12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required. 13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required. 14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: See Section V (CUR Usage) for usage examples.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) >> CUR02 100 Currency Code M ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified CAD Canadian USD United States X CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O R 4/10 Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value

from one currency to another X CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual X CUR05 100 Currency Code O ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified X CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O ID 3/3 Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based X CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier C ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time X CUR08 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X CUR09 337 Time O TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


X CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier C ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

850.004010 12

X CUR11 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X CUR12 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


X CUR13 374 Date/Time Qualifier C ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time X CUR14 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X CUR15 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or






850.004010 13

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 050 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification D3 National Association of Boards of Pharmacy Number Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code has been

approved by the VICS EDI SMC and will be permitted for use version 004020. Use of this code is permitted prior to version 004020 by trading partner agreement..

DP Department Number This code may be used in the header area or the detail

area, but not both. IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the


vendor, for use within the vendor's system Updated July 2000 PD Promotion/Deal Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as



850.004010 14

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 060 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> PER01 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named BD Buyer Name or Department IC Information Contact PER02 93 Name O AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number O AN 1/80 Complete communications number including country or area code when




850.004010 15

Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions Position: 080 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required. 2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required. 3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required. 4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. 3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. 4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges CC Collect

! PB Customer Pick-up/Backhaul

PP Prepaid (by Seller) FOB02 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location DE Destination (Shipping) OR Origin (Shipping Point) FOB03 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of transportation responsibility location X FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the source of the transportation terms X FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code C ID 3/3 Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility X FOB06 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X FOB07 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes X FOB09 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

850.004010 16

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 120 Loop: SAC Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 2 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 3 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. 4 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required. 5 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 8 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required. 2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is

different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar









850.004010 17

SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)


Code C AN 1/10









which a measurement has been taken CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load SAC10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will


X SAC11 380 Quantity O R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

850.004010 18

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as













specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx : Tax Registration Number

SAC14 770 Option Number C AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list


850.004010 19

Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale Position: 130 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge. Comments: 1 If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or

ITD11 is required; if the code in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required. Notes: This segment may be used in the header area or the detail area, but not both.

See Section V (ITD Terms Specification and Formulas) for usage examples. In the transitional period for the retail industry, from paper to full automated EDI transactions, there may be a perceived need to send text data with the terms. Clearly the goal is to have the entire retail industry participating in EDI. Therefore, if text data is needed to be sent for terms, ITD12 will contain the free form text. If additional text is needed, additional ITD segments will be used.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ITD01 336 Terms Type Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms

01 Basic This code will be deleted after Version 004010.

02 End of Month (EOM) 03 Fixed Date

This code will be deleted after Version 004010. 04 Deferred or Installment 05 Discount Not Applicable 06 Mixed

This code will be deleted after Version 004010. 07 Extended

This code will be deleted after Version 004010. 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 10 Instant

This code will be deleted after Version 004010. 11 Elective

This code will be deleted after Version 004010. 12 10 Days After End of Month (10 EOM)

14 Previously agreed upon ITD02 333 Terms Basis Date Code O ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 1 Ship Date 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date

850.004010 20

7 Effective Date The date is specified in the DTM segment in the header

area using code 007 in DTM01. 8 Invoice Transmission Date 15 Receipt of Goods ITD03 338 Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if

an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". X ITD04 370 Terms Discount Due Date C DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format

CCYYMMDD ITD05 351 Terms Discount Days Due C N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of

the term period, as qualified by ITD02. X ITD06 446 Terms Net Due Date O DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD ITD07 386 Terms Net Days O N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of

the term period, as qualified by ITD02. ITD08 362 Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount X ITD09 388 Terms Deferred Due Date O DT 8/8 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD X ITD10 389 Deferred Amount Due C N2 1/10 Deferred amount due for payment X ITD11 342 Percent of Invoice Payable C R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent ITD12 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content


X ITD13 765 Day of Month C N0 1/2 The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced X ITD14 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures X ITD15 954 Percent O R 1/10 Percentage expressed as a decimal

850.004010 21


Notes: This segment is used to specify order processing dates.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested 118 Requested Pick-up Pickup date for backhaul >> DTM02 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD DTM03 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or





850.004010 22

Segment: TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time) Position: 240 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required. 2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required. 3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required. 4 If TD510 is present, then TD511 is required. 5 If TD513 is present, then TD512 is required. 6 If TD514 is present, then TD513 is required. 7 If TD515 is present, then TD512 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 TD515 is the country where the service is to be performed. Comments: 1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Notes: This segment is used to specify every carrier in the routing sequence or a specific routing sequence that has been previously identified (usually from a routing guide). The segment can also be used to indicate estimated transit time in days. Only use TD501 if needed for clarity; this is not a requirement in most retail applications. When referring to a pre-established routing guide, use code 91 or 92 in TD502, and identify the routing sequence, from the routing guide, in TD503. To identify a specific private parcel service, TD502 will contain code 2, and TD503 will contain the corresponding SCAC. TD510 and TD511 are used to specify transit time.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes TD501 133 Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2 Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement 1 1st Carrier after Origin Carrier 2 2nd Carrier after Origin Carrier 3 3rd Carrier after Origin Carrier 4 4th Carrier after Origin Carrier 5 5th Carrier after Origin Carrier 6 6th Carrier after Origin Carrier 7 7th Carrier after Origin Carrier 8 8th Carrier after Origin Carrier 9 9th Carrier after Origin Carrier A Origin Carrier, Agent's Routing (Rail) B Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode) O Origin Carrier (Air, Motor, or Ocean) S Origin Carrier, Shipper's Routing (Rail) TD502 66 Identification Code Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67) 2 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) 91 Assigned by Seller or Seller's Agent 92 Assigned by Buyer or Buyer's Agent TD503 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code TD504 91 Transportation Method/Type Code C ID 1/2

850.004010 23

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment H Customer Pickup M Motor (Common Carrier) Updated July 2000 TD505 TD505 387 Routing C AN 1/35 Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity Note:

1: The example below shows the switching of carriers. "ABC" will now haul the product instead of "XYZ" company. When the buyer creates the purchase order, he doesn't really care who the carrier is; this is the responsibility of the traffic department. It should not be up to the buyer or traffic clerk to pick up a phone, call the supplier and tell them the new routing. The purchase order should handle that. 2: Other examples where carriers have been switched based on weight. For example, if the buyers were to order product where the total purchase order weight is less than 250 pounds, the routing on the purchase order would say to ship via courier. If the purchase order weight were over 250 pounds the routing would say to ship via carrier "QRS". It was mentioned that sending a "master document" to each supplier that would outline who is to haul the product. This seems like a labour intensive process considering the number of suppliers (100's).

X TD506 368 Shipment/Order Status Code C ID 2/2 Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line item or transaction

X TD507 309 Location Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X TD508 310 Location Identifier C AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location X TD509 731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2 The point of origin and point of direction X TD510 732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2 Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time X TD511 733 Transit Time C R 1/4 The numeric amount of transit time X TD512 284 Service Level Code C ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier X TD513 284 Service Level Code C ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier X TD514 284 Service Level Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating the level of transportation service or the billing service offered

by the transportation carrier X TD515 26 Country Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the country

850.004010 24

Segment: TD3 Carrier Details (Equipment) Position: 250 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify transportation details relating to the equipment used by the carrier Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of TD301 or TD310 may be present. 2 If TD302 is present, then TD303 is required. 3 If TD304 is present, then TD305 is required. 4 If either TD305 or TD306 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TD301 40 Equipment Description Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying type of equipment used for shipment CV Closed Van FT Flat Bed Trailer RT Controlled Temperature Trailer (Reefer) TL Trailer (not otherwise specified) X TD302 206 Equipment Initial O AN 1/4 Prefix or alphabetic part of an equipment unit's identifying number X TD303 207 Equipment Number C AN 1/10 Sequencing or serial part of an equipment unit's identifying number (pure




850.004010 25

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 295 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification AH Agreement Number >> N902 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as





X N907 C040 Reference Identifier O To identify one or more reference numbers or identification numbers as


850.004010 26

Segment: MSG Message Text Position: 300 Loop: N9 Optional (Must Use) Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000 Purpose: To provide a free-form format that allows the transmission of text information Syntax Notes: 1 If MSG03 is present, then MSG02 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MSG03 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc. 2 If MSG02 is "AA - Advance the specified number of lines before print" then MSG03

is required. Notes: This segment will contain any text clauses for the agreement referenced in the previous

N9 segment.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> MSG01 933 Free-Form Message Text M AN 1/264 Free-form message text X MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code C ID 2/2 A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer X MSG03 1470 Number O N0 1/9 A generic number

850.004010 27



2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: This segment is used to identify the retailer's location as it pertains to the order. Every

purchase order must contain the identity of the buying party (purchaser). This is accomplished in one of two ways depending on the type of purchase order, Basic or Spreadsheet. BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to specify the buying party by using code BY in N101. It is assumed that, for a particular buying location, the vendor has the ship to and bill to in their system, therefore, it need not be sent. Use the ship to if there are multiple ship-to locations for the buying location. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment specifies the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, code BY is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet purchase order. It is assumed the vendor has the bill to and ship to for all of the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, this segment is normally not used. If either the bill-to or ship-to locations are to be overridden, this segment is used to specify those locations. Only one iteration of each of the bill to or ship to overrides is allowed. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every buying location in the SDQ segment(s). For example, when the customer is instructing the supplier to package goods for cross-docking, one iteration of the N1 segment, with N101 containing code ST, may be used to indicate the ship-to location. The ship-to location overrides the ship-to locations that are normally associated with the buying parties identified in the SDQ segment(s). N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CT, MA or OB. When the ship to is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required.; In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set.

850.004010 28



individual

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx must use codes: BO, BS, BT, BY, SF, ST, SU and VN only

AG Agent/Agency Buyer's agent BL Party to Receive Bill of Lading BO Broker or Sales Office For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's

sales office. For an import purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the anufacturer's/buyer's agent.

BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party BY Buying Party (Purchaser) CB Customs Broker CN Consignee CS Consolidator This is the consolidation point for the order and must be

used in conjunction with an additional N1 segment containing code ST in N101.

CT Country of Origin EX Exporter Owner of quota when not the manufacturer FR Message From FW Forwarder Freight forwarder H9 Designer This code is used to identify a separate party, from the

manufacturer, that designed or developed the product. Required for disclosing the designer to U.S. Customs.

MA Party for whom Item is Ultimately Intended Ultimate receiver MF Manufacturer of Goods Manufacturer of goods being supplied when supplier is

not the manufacturer NP Notify Party for Shipper's Order This code is used to identify the receiver of original

documents for clearing goods through customs. OB Ordered By Customer of retailer SF Ship From ST Ship To SU Supplier/Manufacturer Supplier may or may not be the manufacturer TO Message To Z7 Mark-for Party The party for whom the needed material is intended This is the receiving location for the order where the

l i i i h h b i h hi

850.004010 29







transaction set

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code is not used


! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code is not used






individual


850.004010 30



850.004010 31



Address information

850.004010 32

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 340 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to



(zip code for United States) N404 26 Country Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the country CA Canada MX Mexico US USA X N405 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X N406 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

850.004010 33

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 350 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: This segment is used to identify a dock number, within the ship-to location, when the ship-to-location number does not uniquely identify the ship to and dock number. It also may be used to identify the floor number within the delivery location.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 2J Floor Number Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: This code is not used DK Dock Number >> REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as



850.004010 34

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data Position: 010 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 PO101 is the line item identification. 2 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs per each item.

For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes: The multi-SKU case pack is used by retailers to order cases packed with specific items,

each with a specific quantity. This is similar to the dynamic assortment, however, the unit of measurement code in PO103 is different for each use. For dynamic assortments, PO103 will contain code AS. This identifies the item listed in the Product/Service IDs as an assortment and the contents of the assortment are listed in subsequent SLN segments. For assortments, at least one occurrence of the Product/Service ID Qualifier and the Product/Service ID are required to identify the assortment. This may be a U.P.C., a vendor assigned number, or a retailer assigned number. There is no implication of packaging for assortments; this is part of the trading partners' business practices. Assortments are primarily used as an ordering tool. For the multi-SKU case pack, PO103 will contain code CA, and there is no requirement to send a Product/Service ID in the PO1 segment. The use of code CA in PO103, and the presence of the SLN segments, informs the receiver to pack the cases with the SKUs and quantities in the SLN segments. The quantity in PO102 is the number of cases being ordered. Each SLN segment, that follows the PO1 segment, lists the Product ID, e.g., U.P.C., and the quantity of the SKU that is to be in the case. The total units in each case is the sum of the quantities in the SLN segment. The codes listed for PO106 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the PO1 segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X PO101 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> PO102 330 Quantity Ordered C R 1/15 Quantity ordered >> PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in


850.004010 35

Updated July 2000 BA Bale BG Bag BO Bottle BX Box CA Case CN Can CT Carton DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load RL Roll Rx PO104 212 Unit Price C R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. Canadian ECR/EFR: Not recommended for use. Specify price using the CTP

segment instead. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) in PO104 and code NC in PO105.

X PO105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item This data element is used to clarify or alter the basis of unit price. The unit

price expressed in PO104 is always in the same terms as the unit of measure in PO103, unless otherwise specified in PO105.

PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in


trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification. EN European Article Number (EAN) (2-5-5-1) IN Buyer's Item Number Canadian EFR note: use of this code to be agrred upon

by trading partner UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian ECR: "UA" is not recommended for new



UN UP

U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1)

Updated July 2000 VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number

850.004010 36

Note: 1: Trading Partners are strongly encouraged to use GTIN as the only method of positively & unambiguously identifying a product. 2: For manufacturers not using U.P.C. (UCC-12) they should contact the ECCC. 'VN' is recognized for use by vendors as they transition to the GTIN system.

PO107 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in





Product/Service ID (234) PO117 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X PO118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in




Product/Service ID (234) X PO125 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48

850.004010 37

Identifying number for a product or service

850.004010 38

Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 040 Loop: PO1/CTP Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments:

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx note: use the CTP segment to transmit all pricing

information.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade AG Agent BG Buying Group DE Dealer DI Distributor RS Resale WH Wholesaler >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code C ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification Canadian ECR: Net Price or Price before any allowance or charge. UCP Unit cost price Item list cost

Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Unit price in the CTPO2 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case)

>> CTP03 212 Unit Price C R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples


which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. X C00102 1018 Exponent O R 1/15

850.004010 39

Power to which a unit is raised X C00103 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X C00104 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in




which a measurement has been taken X C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised X C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier X CTP07 649 Multiplier C R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/18 Monetary amount CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item NT Net Indicates a net unit price PE Price per Each X CTP10 499 Condition Value O AN 1/10 Identifies rate restrictions or provisions X CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00

850.004010 40

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 050 Loop: PO1/PID Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A





Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and are only printed in this guideline. This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry, furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values


VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI

PID04 751 Product Description Code C AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic


CL Collateral

850.004010 41

GW Gift with purchase OS Size not within normal size range (odd size) PP Product sold only as part of a prepack (assortment) PW Purchase with pPurchase RN Product cannot be reordered RY Product can be reordered

PID05 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described X PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier X PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response X PID09 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list


850.004010 42

Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 090 Loop: PO1 Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages











Canadian EFR/ECRx note: This element is has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in version 004020. Use prior to 004020 through trading partner agreement only.



850.004010 43


X PO404 103 Packaging Code C AN 3/5 Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2:

Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required X PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack















850.004010 44

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 130 Loop: PO1/SAC Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge Syntax Notes: 1 If SAC11 is present, then SAC10 is required. 2 If SAC14 is present, then SAC13 is required. 3 If SAC16 is present, then SAC15 is required. 4 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required. 5 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required. 8 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 If SAC01 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required. 2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. 3 If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence. 4 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 5 SAC10 and SAC11 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is

different from the purchase order or invoice quantity. 6 SAC10 and SAC11 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar









850.004010 45

See Section III for code list. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)


Code C AN 1/10









which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load SAC10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will


X SAC11 380 Quantity O R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity

850.004010 46

SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as












SAC13 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as


! Rx Tax Registration Number

X SAC14 770 Option Number O AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered SAC15 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list


850.004010 47

Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 190 Loop: PO1 Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,



Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurrences of Data Element 67, in this segment, function as N104. The SDQ segment functions as an N1 segment containing code BY in N101, that is, the SDQ segment specifies various buying locations. The N1 segment, in the basic order, specifies only one location. The sum of all quantities in the SDQ segment(s), for a line item, must equal the quantity ordered in PO102.









850.004010 48

>> SDQ03 67 Identification Code M AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code >> SDQ04 380 Quantity M R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity X SDQ23 310 Location Identifier O AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

850.004010 49

Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 010 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of PO1 segments present in the transaction set Updated July 2000 Opened CTT02, 03, 04, 05, 06 CTT02 347 Hash Total O R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will


CTT03 81 Weight C R 1/10 Numeric value of weight CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CTT05 183 Volume C R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CTT07 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

850.004010 50






transaction set.

810.004010 1

810 Invoice Introduction The purpose of this section is to present and explain the application of the ASC X12 standards as they pertain to the retail invoice. Within the retail industry, two distinct methods for ordering and invoicing goods have been identified. The first, which we have named basic, is the most common. It is the billing of goods separately for each location, i.e., one store per invoice number assigned. The second type, which we have called spreadsheet, is utilized to bill for the same item for multiple locations, i.e., a specific quantity of one item is distributed over a variety of locations, but ordered under a single retailer purchase order number and billed using one vendor’s invoice. The actual quantity to each location need not be the same. The spreadsheet type invoice usually implies predistribution by the vendor that is packaged for the store and either sent directly to the store or to a central location (distribution center). In addition, the spreadsheet invoice allows a one-to-one correlation between the original spreadsheet purchase order and the invoice. It should be noted that all suppliers may not have the capability of sending spreadsheet invoices because of older invoice systems and the spreadsheet PO was recently made possible with the advent of EDI. Consolidated Invoicing The term summary or Consolidated Invoice (CI) means different things to different individuals. Most of the disagreement on exactly how to define CI was centered around the method of consolidation rather than EDI representation of the result of the consolidation. The method or criteria for consolidation is a trading partner agreement, which depends on the systems employed by both parties and their business relationship. This section addresses two commonly used methods of representing the results of consolidation within the confines of EDI. The two common methods for representing CI are the batch method and the stand-alone method.

Details

CI Process

AR

Claims

EDI

AP

Claims

CI

Vendor Retailer

Detailed Invoices

CI and Details CI

Details

2 810.004010

The purpose of the batch method is to send the consolidated invoice and the detail invoices that the consolidated invoice includes as one contiguous unit, i.e., a batch. It may sound contradictory to consolidate many invoices into one and then send all of them, however, the uses for each are different. Typically, the consolidated invoice is posted to the vendor’s Accounts Receivable (AR) system and the detail invoices are sent to the claims system for historical reference. On the retailer’s side, the CI is posted to the Accounts Payable (AP) system and the details are used for claim resolution. Both AR and AP systems benefit by having greatly reduced the number of actual open items to process. The discrepancies are adjudicated by the respective claims areas. In the EDI transmission, each detail invoice will contain the CI number that positively ties it to the CI, i.e., the batch. The batch or CI number in the detail invoice also allows the receiver to arrange the data in the order conducive to their system while preserving batch integrity. The batch, one CI and its corresponding details, is contained in one functional group to aid in tracking through the application and EDI transport systems. As a variation of the batch method described above, multiple application invoice batches, i.e., the CI and the details, may be sent in one EDI functional group. As with the batch, it does not matter if the CI physically appears before or after the details the CI represents. This variation may require an extra level of sophistication by the receiver and sender to preserve batch integrity. Stand Alone CI In many business applications, the CI is used to simply reduce the volume of data and the supporting detail invoices are not needed. In some cases, the detail invoices were never created. Typically, other data such as the EDI Ship Notice is used in claim resolution rather than the detail invoices employed in the batch CI method. The EDI transmission may contain several CI’s in one functional group. First Cost Invoice The First Cost Invoice describes the type of billed amounts when a retailer (importer) places a first cost order with an agent. The general rule is that a commission is paid by the retailer to the agent for services rendered in connection with the purchase of merchandise, inspection and packing the goods, arranging shipment, and preparing documentation. The retailer pays the factory for the merchandise, the transportation cost and the duty (usually with a letter of credit). The retailer pays the agent a percent commission based on the monetary value of the order. There are also other charges and allowance added to the invoice based on the monetary value of the order or in some instances the quantity of line items on the order. Canadian Guideline Legend: >> >> in the left-hand margin indicates that the element must be used







3 810.004010

810 Invoice

Functional Group ID=IN Introduction: This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the billing for goods and services provided. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 Must Use 020 BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice M 1 Not Used 030 NTE Note/Special Instruction O 100 040 CUR Currency O 1 050 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 055 YNQ Yes/No Question O 10 060 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 070 N1 Name O 1 080 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 090 N3 Address Information O 2 100 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 110 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 120 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 125 DMG Demographic Information O 1 130 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O >1 140 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 150 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions O 1 Not Used 160 PID Product/Item Description O 200 Not Used 170 MEA Measurements O 40 Not Used 180 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 190 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 Not Used 200 L7 Tariff Reference O 1 Not Used 212 BAL Balance Detail O >1 Not Used 213 INC Installment Information O 1 Not Used 214 PAM Period Amount O >1 LOOP ID - LM 10 Not Used 220 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 230 LQ Industry Code M 100 LOOP ID - N9 1 Not Used 240 N9 Reference Identification O 1 Not Used 250 MSG Message Text M 10

4 810.004010

LOOP ID - V1 >1 Not Used 260 V1 Vessel Identification O 1 Not Used 270 R4 Port or Terminal O >1 Not Used 280 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 LOOP ID - FA1 >1 Not Used 290 FA1 Type of Financial Accounting Data O 1 Not Used 300 FA2 Accounting Data M >1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments

LOOP ID - IT1 200000 010 IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) O 1 Not Used 012 CRC Conditions Indicator O 1 Not Used 015 QTY Quantity O 5 n1 Not Used 020 CUR Currency O 1 Not Used 030 IT3 Additional Item Data O 5 Not Used 040 TXI Tax Information O 10 050 CTP Pricing Information O 25 Not Used 055 PAM Period Amount O 10 Not Used 059 MEA Measurements O 40 LOOP ID - PID 1000 060 PID Product/Item Description O 1 Not Used 070 MEA Measurements O 10 Not Used 080 PWK Paperwork O 25 Not Used 090 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading O 25 100 PO4 Item Physical Details O 1 Not Used 110 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale O 2 Not Used 120 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 125 YNQ Yes/No Question O 10 Not Used 130 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 5 140 SDQ Destination Quantity O 500 Not Used 150 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Not Used 160 CAD Carrier Detail O >1 Not Used 170 L7 Tariff Reference O >1 Not Used 175 SR Requested Service Schedule O 1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 180 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information C 1

Not Used 190 TXI Tax Information O 10 LOOP ID - SLN 1000 Not Used 200 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 Not Used 205 DTM Date/Time Reference O 1 Not Used 210 REF Reference Identification O >1 Not Used 220 PID Product/Item Description O 1000 Not Used 230 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 25

Not Used 235 TC2 Commodity O 2 Not Used 237 TXI Tax Information O 10

5 810.004010

LOOP ID - N1 200 Not Used 240 N1 Name O 1 Not Used 250 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 Not Used 260 N3 Address Information O 2 Not Used 270 N4 Geographic Location O 1 Not Used 280 REF Reference Identification O 12 Not Used 290 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 Not Used 295 DMG Demographic Information O 1 LOOP ID - LM 10 Not Used 300 LM Code Source Information O 1 Not Used 310 LQ Industry Code M 100 LOOP ID - V1 >1 Not Used 320 V1 Vessel Identification O 1 Not Used 330 R4 Port or Terminal O >1 Not Used 340 DTM Date/Time Reference O >1 LOOP ID - FA1 >1 Not Used 350 FA1 Type of Financial Accounting Data O 1 Not Used 360 FA2 Accounting Data M >1 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments Must Use 010 TDS Total Monetary Value Summary M 1 Not Used 020 TXI Tax Information O 10 Not Used 030 CAD Carrier Detail O 1 Not Used 035 AMT Monetary Amount O >1 LOOP ID - SAC 25 040 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information O 1

Not Used 050 TXI Tax Information O 10 LOOP ID - ISS >1 060 ISS Invoice Shipment Summary O 1 Not Used 065 PID Product/Item Description O 1 070 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n2 Must Use 080 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. The QTY segment is used to specify a quantity of units which are expected as payments, e.g., trade-ins or

returns. 2. Number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of IT1 segments. If used, hash total

(CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities invoiced (IT102) for each IT1 segment.

6 810.004010



Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 810 Invoice >> ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set



7 810.004010

Segment: BIG Beginning Segment for Invoice Position: 020 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of an invoice transaction set and transmit identifying numbers

and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BIG01 is the invoice issue date. 2 BIG03 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 3 BIG10 indicates the consolidated invoice number. When BIG07 contains code CI,

BIG10 is not used. Comments: 1 BIG07 is used only to further define the type of invoice when needed.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> BIG01 373 Date M DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD >> BIG02 76 Invoice Number M AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer BIG03 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD Retailer's original purchase order date BIG04 324 Purchase Order Number O AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser Retailer's original purchase order number X BIG05 328 Release Number O AN 1/30 Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction X BIG06 327 Change Order Sequence Number O AN 1/8 Number assigned by the orderer identifying a specific change or revision to a

previously transmitted transaction set X BIG07 640 Transaction Type Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of transaction X BIG08 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set X BIG09 306 Action Code O ID 1/2 Code indicating type of action X BIG10 76 Invoice Number O AN 1/22 Identifying number assigned by issuer

8 810.004010

Segment: CUR Currency Position: 040 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction Syntax Notes: 1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required. 2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required. 3 If CUR10 is present, then at least one of CUR11 or CUR12 is required. 4 If CUR11 is present, then CUR10 is required. 5 If CUR12 is present, then CUR10 is required. 6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required. 7 If CUR14 is present, then CUR13 is required. 8 If CUR15 is present, then CUR13 is required. 9 If CUR16 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required. 10 If CUR17 is present, then CUR16 is required. 11 If CUR18 is present, then CUR16 is required. 12 If CUR19 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR21 is required. 13 If CUR20 is present, then CUR19 is required. 14 If CUR21 is present, then CUR19 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: See Section V (CUR Usage) for usage examples.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> CUR01 98 Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) >> CUR02 100 Currency Code M ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified CAD Canadian USD United States X CUR03 280 Exchange Rate O R 4/10 Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value

from one currency to another X CUR04 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or an

individual X CUR05 100 Currency Code O ID 3/3 Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified X CUR06 669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O ID 3/3 Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based X CUR07 374 Date/Time Qualifier C ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time X CUR08 373 Date O DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X CUR09 337 Time O TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or


X CUR10 374 Date/Time Qualifier C ID 3/3

9 810.004010

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

X CUR11 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X CUR12 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or








10 810.004010

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 050 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification DP Department Number IA Internal Vendor Number Identification number assigned to the vendor, by the


vendor, for use within the vendor's system >> REF02 127 Reference Identification C AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as


specified by the Reference Qualifier X C04001 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification X C04002 127 Reference Identification M AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X C04003 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification X C04004 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier X C04005 128 Reference Identification Qualifier X ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification X C04006 127 Reference Identification X AN 1/30 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as


11 810.004010

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 060 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> PER01 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named CR Customer Relations Customer service representative SR Sales Representative or Department PER02 93 Name O AN 1/60 Free-form name PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number TE Telephone PER04 364 Communication Number C AN 1/80 Complete communications number including country or area code when




12 810.004010



2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: BASIC There will be at least one occurrence of the N1 segment to specify the buying

party by using code BY in N101. It is assumed that, for a particular buying location, the retailer has the ship to and bill to in their system, therefore, it need not be sent. Use the ship to if there are multiple ship-to locations for the buying location. SPREADSHEET The SDQ segment is used to specify the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, code BY is not used in the N1 segment for the spreadsheet invoice. It is assumed the retailer has the bill to and ship to for all of the retailer's buying locations. Therefore, this segment is normally not used. If either the bill-to or ship-to locations are to be overridden, this segment is used to specify those locations. CAUTION, this will override every bill to or ship to for every buying location in the SDQ segment. N103 and N104 are required except when N101 contains code CC, CT, DL, OW, or RE. When the ship to is the end consumer (customer of retailer), N103 and N104 are not required.; In some EDI implementations, it may be necessary to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set within each transaction set. To identify the sender of the transaction set, N101 will contain code FR, N103 will contain code 93, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. To identify the receiver of the transaction set, N101 will contain code TO, N103 will contain code 94, and N104 will contain the actual identification number. These four codes may be used only in the combination listed above and may be used only to identify the sender and/or receiver of the transaction set. N106 is used to indicate the remit-to party is a factor. N106 can be used only when N101 contains code RI..



individual

! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx use codes: BO, BS, BT, RI, SF, ST, SU and VN only

AG Agent/Agency Buyer's agent BO Broker or Sales Office For a domestic purchase order, this is the manufacturer's

l ffi i h d hi i h

13 810.004010

sales office. For an import purchase order this is the sales office that interacts with the manufacturer's/buyer's agent.

BS Bill and Ship To BT Bill-to-Party BY Buying Party (Purchaser) CC Claimant Servicer making claim CT Country of Origin DL Dealer Merchandise sold by FR Message From OW Owner of Property or Unit Current owner of the merchandise may not be the

original customer RI Remit To SF Ship From ST Ship To SU Supplier/Manufacturer Supplier may or may not be the manufacturer TO Message To VN Vendor Party supplying the products being maintained Z7 Mark-for Party The party for whom the needed material is intended This is the receiving location for the order where the








N104 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code

14 810.004010

This is the location code as defined by N103. The location code may be a formal number, e.g., DUNS, or it may be assigned by either the buyer or seller. The location refers to a store, warehouse, distribution center, plant, etc. Location codes are used to alleviate the need to send complete names and addresses.


individual


15 810.004010



16 810.004010



Address information

17 810.004010





18 810.004010

Segment: ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale Position: 130 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify terms of sale Syntax Notes: 1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD13 is required. 3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD10 or ITD11 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ITD15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge. Comments: 1 If the code in ITD01 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD10 or

ITD11 is required; if the code in ITD01 is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required. Notes: See Section V (ITD Terms Specification and Formulas) for usage examples.

In the transitional period for the retail industry, from paper to full automated EDI transactions, there may be a perceived need to send text data with the terms. Clearly the goal is to have the entire retail industry participating in EDI. Therefore, if text data is needed to be sent for terms, ITD12 will contain the free form text. If additional text is needed, additional ITD segments will be used. Many times, deferred terms are specified on the purchase order with only the knowledge that the terms are to be based on a date value which is not known, e.g., invoice or delivery date. What is known is the percentage or dollar amount of each deferred installment, and the number of days after the date the terms are based on, that each installment will be due. In these cases, ITD01 will contain code 04, indicating deferred or installment terms, and ITD02 will contain the appropriate terms date basis code (most typically code 2 for Delivery Date, code 3 for Invoice Date, or code 15 for Receipt of Goods Date). ITD07 will contain the number of days after the terms basis date that this installment is due. ITD10 or ITD11 will be used to indicate a dollar amount (ITD10) for that installment or the percent (ITD11) for that installment. Use one ITD segment for each installment. When specifying deferred terms and the exact terms basis date is known, e.g., invoice date, ITD09 should be used to specify the exact deferred or installment date.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ITD01 336 Terms Type Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying type of payment terms 01 Basic This code will be deleted after Version 004010. 04 Deferred or Installment Canadian ECR: The code is not recommended for use 05 Discount Not Applicable 08 Basic Discount Offered 09 Proximo 14 Previously agreed upon ITD02 333 Terms Basis Date Code O ID 1/2 Code identifying the beginning of the terms period 2 Delivery Date 3 Invoice Date 4 Specified Date

19 810.004010

15 Receipt of Goods ITD03 338 Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6 Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if

an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent

as "10.5", and 2% is sent as "2". ITD04 370 Terms Discount Due Date C DT 8/8 Date payment is due if discount is to be earned expressed in format

CCYYMMDD ITD05 351 Terms Discount Days Due O N0 1/3 Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of

the term period, as qualified by ITD02. ITD06 446 Terms Net Due Date O DT 8/8 Date when total invoice amount becomes due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD ITD07 386 Terms Net Days O N0 1/3 Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable) The end of the term period is derived by adding this value to the beginning of

the term period, as qualified by ITD02. ITD08 362 Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10 Total amount of terms discount ITD09 388 Terms Deferred Due Date O DT 8/8 Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due expressed in format

CCYYMMDD


ITD10 389 Deferred Amount Due C N2 1/10 Deferred amount due for payment


ITD11 342 Percent of Invoice Payable C R 1/5 Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent


ITD12 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X ITD13 765 Day of Month C N0 1/2 The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced X ITD14 107 Payment Method Code O ID 1/2 Code identifying type of payment procedures X ITD15 954 Percent O R 1/10 Percentage expressed as a decimal

20 810.004010


Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 002 Delivery Requested 011 Shipped >> DTM02 373 Date C DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD X DTM03 337 Time C TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or



Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or – and an indication in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow


21 810.004010

Segment: FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions Position: 150 Loop: Level: Heading: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment Syntax Notes: 1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required. 2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required. 3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required. 4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 FOB01 indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location. 3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location. 4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07. Comments:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> FOB01 146 Shipment Method of Payment M ID 2/2 Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges CC Collect

! PB Customer Pick-up/Backhaul

Canadian EFR: This has been approved by the VICS EDI SMC for use in VICS EDI version 004020. Use prior to version 004020 through trading partner agreement only.

PP Prepaid (by Seller) FOB02 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location DE Destination (Shipping) OR Origin (Shipping Point) FOB03 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content Free-form name of transportation responsibility location X FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the source of the transportation terms X FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code C ID 3/3 Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility X FOB06 309 Location Qualifier C ID 1/2 Code identifying type of location X FOB07 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Code O ID 2/2 Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes X FOB09 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

22 810.004010

Segment: IT1 Baseline Item Data (Invoice) Position: 010 Loop: IT1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the basic and most frequently used line item data for the invoice and related

transactions Syntax Notes: 1 If any of IT102 IT103 or IT104 is present, then all are required. 2 If either IT106 or IT107 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either IT108 or IT109 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either IT110 or IT111 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either IT112 or IT113 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either IT114 or IT115 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either IT116 or IT117 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either IT118 or IT119 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either IT120 or IT121 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either IT122 or IT123 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either IT124 or IT125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 IT101 is the purchase order line item identification. Comments: 1 Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or

services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 IT106 through IT125 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For

example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU. Notes:

! Rx

The codes listed for IT106 apply to every occurrence of Data Element 235 in the IT1 segment. See Section III for complete U.P.C. and EAN code definitions. Canadian ECR/ EFR/ECRx note: must use CTP segment to transmit pricing other than unit price.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X IT101 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set >> IT102 358 Quantity Invoiced C R 1/10 Number of units invoiced (supplier units) >> IT103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken CA Case EA Each PL Pallet/Unit Load >> IT104 212 Unit Price C R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". To indicate free goods, use a single zero (0) with code NC as the value in IT105.

X IT105 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item IT106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

d /S i (234)

23 810.004010

Product/Service ID (234) Canadian ECR: After database reengineering, Canadian ECR strongly

recommends that trading partners adopt "UK" for product identification. EN European Article Number (EAN) (2-5-5-1) Updated July 2000 IN Buyer's Item Number UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code (2-5-5) Canadian ECR: "UA" is not recommended for new



UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) UP U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1)

! VN Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number

Canadian EFR : Use of this code to be agreed upon by trading partners

IT107 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) IT109 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service IT110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in




Product/Service ID (234) X IT117 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X IT118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X IT119 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service X IT120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X IT121 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48

24 810.004010

Identifying number for a product or service X IT122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X IT123 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48

Identifying number for a product or service

X IT124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier C ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) X IT125 234 Product/Service ID C AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service

25 810.004010

Segment: CTP Pricing Information Position: 050 Loop: IT1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 25 Purpose: To specify pricing information Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required. 3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required. 4 If CTP10 is present, then CTP02 is required. 5 If CTP11 is present, then CTP03 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given. 2 CTP08 is the rebate amount. Comments: 1 See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03 and CTP04. See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03, CTP04 and

CTP07.

! Rx Canadian ECR/ECRx/EFR must use (when possible) the CTP segment to transmit

pricing information.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes X CTP01 687 Class of Trade Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating class of trade >> CTP02 236 Price Identifier Code C ID 3/3 Code identifying pricing specification UCP Unit cost price Item list cost

Canadian ECR/ECRx/EFR: Unit price in the CTPO2 is dependant on how the product is ordered (i.e. if the product is ordered by the case, then the pricing in CTP02 is price per case)

>> CTP03 212 Unit Price O R 1/17 Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. The price is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., $15.95 would be

sent as "15.95", and $29.00 would be sent as "29". CTP04 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity CTP05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure C To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples



hi h h b k

26 810.004010




which a measurement has been taken X C00114 1018 Exponent O R 1/15 Power to which a unit is raised X C00115 649 Multiplier O R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X CTP06 648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O ID 3/3 Code indicating the type of price multiplier X CTP07 649 Multiplier C R 1/10 Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value X CTP08 782 Monetary Amount O R 1/18 Monetary amount CTP09 639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of unit price for an item NT Net Indicates a net unit price PE Price per Each X CTP10 499 Condition Value O AN 1/10 Identifies rate restrictions or provisions X CTP11 289 Multiple Price Quantity O N0 1/2 Quantity of units for a given price, e.g., 3 for $10.00

27 810.004010

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 060 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A





Notes: The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and are only printed in this guideline. This segment may be used to transmit semi-custom product descriptions, such as made-to-order window coverings, jewelry, furniture, apparel, automotive parts, and other customer specific products. When used for this purpose, PID04 will contain the multi-part VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code. The complete code list is contained in Section III. In addition to the VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code, PID05 may be used for text descriptions, PID06 for relative placement, and additional MEA segment(s) for actual measurement values.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description F Free-form The description will be found in PID05. PID02 750 Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3 Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic 08 Product PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values


VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI

PID04 751 Product Description Code C AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic


28 810.004010

CL Collateral GW Gift with purchase OS Size not within normal size range (odd size) PP Product sold only as part of a prepack (assortment) PW Purchase with pPurchase RN Product cannot be reordered RY Product can be reordered

PID05 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content X PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described X

PID07

822

Source Subqualifier

O

AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier X PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response X PID09 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list


29 810.004010

Segment: PO4 Item Physical Details Position: 100 Loop: IT1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item Syntax Notes: 1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required. 2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required. 3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required. 5 If PO410 is present, then PO413 is required. 6 If PO411 is present, then PO413 is required. 7 If PO412 is present, then PO413 is required. 8 If PO413 is present, then at least one of PO410 PO411 or PO412 is required. 9 If PO417 is present, then PO416 is required. 10 If PO418 is present, then PO404 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PO415 is used to indicate the relative layer of this package or range of packages














30 810.004010


X

PO404

103

Packaging Code

C

AN 3/5

Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1: Packaging Form, Part 2: Packaging Material; if the Data Element is used, then Part 1 is always required

X PO405 187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2 Code defining the type of weight

PO406 384 Gross Weight per Pack C R 1/9 Numeric value of gross weight per pack















31 810.004010

Segment: SDQ Destination Quantity Position: 140 Loop: IT1 Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Optional Max Use: 500 Purpose: To specify destination and quantity detail Syntax Notes: 1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SDQ11 or SDQ12 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SDQ13 or SDQ14 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SDQ15 or SDQ16 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SDQ17 or SDQ18 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SDQ19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SDQ21 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,



Notes: This segment is used to distribute the line item quantity to various locations. SDQ02 serves the same purpose as N103, and all occurrences of Data Element 67 in this segment function as N104. The SDQ segment functions as an N1 segment containing code BY in N101, that is, the SDQ segment specifies various buying locations. The N1 segment, in the basic invoice, specifies only one location. The sum of all quantities in the SDQ segment(s), for a line item, must equal the quantity invoiced in IT102.









>> SDQ03 67 Identification Code M AN 2/80

32 810.004010

Code identifying a party or other code >> SDQ04 380 Quantity M R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ05 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ06 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ07 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ08 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ09 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ11 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ12 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ13 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ14 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ15 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ16 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ17 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ18 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ19 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ20 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SDQ21 67 Identification Code C AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code SDQ22 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity X SDQ23 310 Location Identifier C AN 1/30 Code which identifies a specific location

33 810.004010

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 180 Loop: SAC Optional Level: Detail: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount








Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the summary area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the summary area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. SAC03 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes. This code list is maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and is located in Section III of this guideline.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code C ID 4/4

34 810.004010

Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Use for GST and

Harmonization Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Use for Harmonization

Sales Tax as well. H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Represents Provincial

Tobacco Tax H770 Tax - State Tax Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Represents Provincial

Sales Tax, eh! H806 Tax Credit Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Use for Provincal Tax

Credit SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)


Code C AN 1/10








specified SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2

35 810.004010


See Section III for code list. SAC10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will


X SAC11 380 Quantity O R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as














! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx - used for tax registration number

SAC15 352 Description C AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list

i i d b h i l S d d O i i ( SO 639)

36 810.004010


37 810.004010

Segment: TDS Total Monetary Value Summary Position: 010 Loop: Level: Summary: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the total invoice discounts and amounts Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 TDS01 is the total amount of invoice (including charges, less allowances) before

terms discount (if discount is applicable). 2 TDS02 indicates the amount upon which the terms discount amount is calculated. 3 TDS03 is the amount of invoice due if paid by terms discount due date (total invoice

or installment amount less cash discount). 4 TDS04 indicates the total amount of terms discount. Comments: 1 TDS02 is required if the dollar value subject to discount is not equal to the dollar

value of TDS01.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> TDS01 610 Amount M N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS02 610 Amount O N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS03 610 Amount O N2 1/15 Monetary amount TDS04 610 Amount O N2 1/15 Monetary amount

38 810.004010

Segment: SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information Position: 040 Loop: SAC Optional Level: Summary: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount








Notes: There is one segment for each Allowance, Charge, Service, or Promotion being specified. If this segment appears in the summary area of the transaction set, the data applies to the entire transaction set. If this segment appears in the detail area of the transaction set, the data applies only to that line item. The data specified in the summary area is exclusive of the data specified in the detail area; it is not the sum of the data in the detail area, i.e., allowances or charges. Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: SAC at summary level to indicate total given at the SAC detail level. SAC03 contains special service requirement codes and special processing codes. This code list is maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and is located in Section III of this guideline.


Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> SAC01 248 Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1 Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified A Allowance C Charge N No Allowance or Charge

39 810.004010

R Allowance Request SAC02 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code C ID 4/4 Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Use for GST and

Harmonization Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Use for Harmonization

Sales Tax as well. H490 Subject To Tax On Resale Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Represents Provincial

Tobacco Tax H770 Tax - State Tax Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Represents Provincial Sales

Tax, eh! H806 Tax Credit Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx: Use for Provincial Sales

Tax Credit. SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code C ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values VI Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS)


Code C AN 1/10






are off the net. 5 Base Price per Unit Line item discount 7 Base Price Amount Less Previous Discount Declining balance method SAC07 332 Percent C R 1/6 Percent expressed as a percent The percent is sent with a decimal point only when needed, e.g., 10.5% is sent


specified

40 810.004010

SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. SAC10 380 Quantity C R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity When SAC02 contains code D170, this data element is required and will


X SAC11 380 Quantity O R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity SAC12 331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2 Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge 01 Bill Back The allowance or charge amount will be adjudicated as














! Rx Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx - used for tax registration number

SAC14 770 Option Number O AN 1/20 A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered

41 810.004010

SAC15 352 Description O AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content SAC16 819 Language Code O ID 2/3 Code designating the language used in text, from a standard code list


42 810.004010

Segment: ISS Invoice Shipment Summary Position: 060 Loop: ISS Optional Level: Summary: Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify summary details of total items shipped in terms of quantity, weight, and

volume Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of ISS01 ISS03 or ISS05 is required. 2 If either ISS01 or ISS02 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either ISS03 or ISS04 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either ISS05 or ISS06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 ISS07 is the quantity of third party pallets. 2 ISS08 is the gross weight of third party pallets in pounds. Comments:

Notes:

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes ISS01 382 Number of Units Shipped C R 1/10 Numeric value of units shipped in manufacturer's shipping units for a line item

or transaction set ISS02 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. ISS03 81 Weight C R 1/10 Numeric value of weight ISS04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken See Section III for code list. X ISS05 183 Volume C R 1/8 Value of volumetric measure X ISS06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code C ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken X ISS07 380 Quantity O R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity X ISS08 81 Weight O R 1/10 Numeric value of weight

43 810.004010


and correctness.

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes >> CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set The number of IT1 segments present in the transaction set X CTT02 347 Hash Total O R 1/10 Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will





44 810.004010






transaction set.

Canadian Food & Drug Retail and Foodservice Implementation Guidelines for EDI

004010 205

Section VII – Business Examples ECR Business Scenarios Invoice (810) The X-12 Invoice is the standard format invoice for all retail users except Grocery, who use the Grocery Invoice format (UCS - 880). It is used to request payment for goods or services shipped to the buyer. For computer matching, the content of the invoice must be an exact replication of the quantities and prices contained in the purchase order Invoice (810) Benefits

• allows a buyer to record payment information • automatically update applicable financial systems. • provides automated cross-referencing of purchase order

and receiving data. • consolidated invoices support multiple invoices being

combined without manual intervention; • eliminates possible secondary or tertiary keypunch

operations. • can be reformatted into a Payment Remittance Advice

(820) • can initiate the Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) process.

EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Business Scenario The supplier, Good Biscuits, has shipped PO Number 005001234500 (Refer to Business Example 850 Purchase Order - Basic) complete to retailer, ABC Markets. ABC Markets location has a Dun’s number of 123456789 and suffix of 0123. Invoice Number 5940009400 was generated on October 4, 1998. Good Biscuits provided their remit-to address to ABC Markets for payment.


206 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*810*0001 810 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the

Invoice Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

BIG*19981004*5940009400*19980815*005001234500

19981004 is the Invoice Date (October 4, 1998). 5940009400 is the Invoice Number. 19980815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 1998). 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number.

REF*DP*10 REF*DP*10 DP is the Reference Number Qualifier which indicates the Reference Number that follows is a Department Number. 10 is the department number assigned by the buyer.

N1*BT*ABC Markets*9*1234567890123

BT is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that this N1 segment identifies the Bill To location ABC Markets is the name of name of the bill to party. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix 1234567890123 is the 9 digits DUNS number and 4 digit suffix

N1*RI*Good Biscuits*9*1234567890124

RI is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that this N1 segment identifies the Remit To party. Good Biscuits is the Name of the remit to party. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix 1234567890124 is the 9 digits DUNS number and 4 digit suffix

N3*1234 Any Street 1234 Any Street is the Address Information for the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment.

N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 Calgary is the City Name of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment. AB is the State or Province Code of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment. H2C 5A6 is the Postal Code of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment.

ITD*01*3**19981014**19981111**9732

01 is the Terms Type Code which indicates the terms are Basic. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code which indicates the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 19981014 is the Terms Discount Due Date (October 14, 1998). 19981111 is the Terms Net Due Date (November 11, 1998). 9732 is the Terms Discount Amount ($97.32).

DTM*011*19981004 011 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates the date that follows is the date Shipped. 19981004 is the ship date (October 4, 1998).

FOB*PP PP is the Shipment Method of Payment which indicates the transportation charges are pre-paid.


004010 207

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION IT1**200*EA***UP*012345000010 200 is the Quantity Invoiced.

EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 012345000010 is the U.P.C. number. 00001 is the buyer's catalog number.

CTP**UCP*21 UCP is the unit cost price code which indicates item list cost 21 is the item list cost ($21.00)

SAC*C*D360***294*2*7**DO*4200 C is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies a charge D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 294 is the amount of GST ($294.00) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars 4200 is the basis upon which the tax was charged

IT1**100*EA***UP*012345000034 100 is the Quantity Invoiced. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 012345000034 is the U.P.C. number. 00003 is the buyer's catalog number.

CTP**UCP*6.66 UCP is the unit cost price code which indicates item list 6.66 is the item list cost ($6.66)

SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**DO*666 C is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies a charge D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 4662 is the amount of GST($46.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 666 is the basis upon which the tax was charged

TDS*520662 5206.62 is the Total Invoice Amount ($5206.62)


208 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION SAC*A*A260***15000*******02 A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator which indicates

this SAC segment identifies an Allowance. A260 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code which indicates that this is an Advertising Allowance. 15000 is the Amount of the advertising allowance ($150.00). 02 is the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code which indicates that the allowance will be reflected in the total transaction amount.

SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**DO*4866

N is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies no allowance or charge. This is for a summary of the GST D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 340.62 is the amount of GST($340.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 4866 is the basis upon which the tax was charged

CTT*2 2 is the Number of Line Items (IT1 segments) present in this transaction set.

SE*21*0001 21 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.


004010 209

Raw Data ST*810*0001 BIG*19981004*5940009400*19980815*005001234500 REF*DP*10 N1*BT*ABC Markets*9*1234567890123 N1*RI*Good Biscuits*9*1234567890124 N3*1234 Any Street N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 ITD*01*3**19981014**19981111**9732 DTM*011*19981004 FOB*PP IT1**200*EA***UP*012345000010 CTP**UCP*21 SAC*C*D360***294*2*7**DO*4200 IT1**100*EA***UP*012345000034 CTP**UCP*6.66 SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**DO*666 TDS*520662 SAC*A*A260***15000*******02 SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**DO*4866 CTT*2 SE*21*0001


210 004010

Purchase Order (850) The Purchase Order (850) is sent from the buyer to the supplier to order product for shipment. All the customary information included on a paper purchase order can be included in an EDI purchase order, including terms, shipping instructions and other related information. Buyers try to establish defaults for the many variable items on their purchase orders, so only the minimum ordering information is transmitted on each EDI purchase order. Purchase Order (850) Benefits • Substantially reduces paper flow activities • Increases operating efficiencies through reduced data volume

and time required to complete transactions. EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Business Scenario The retailer, The Corner Store, is ordering two items from the supplier, Good Biscuits, for one of their stores. Listed below is the purchase order and item detail information that The Corner Store will send to Good Biscuits. • Purchase Order Date August 15, 1998 • Purchase Order Number 005001234500 • Department Number 10 • Buying Party 01 • Ship to Location Store Number 650 • Promotion Deal Number F948325 • Freight Terms Collect • Routing (Carrier SCAC) TINA • Special Instructions Back order if out of stock • Advertising Allowance $150.00 • Terms 2% 10 Net 30 • Requested Ship Date September 15, 1998 • Cancel After Date October 14, 1998

QUANTITY UNIT OF MEASURE

UNIT PRICE (PURCHASE PRICE)

BASIS OF UNIT PRICE CODE

UNIT RETAIL PRICE

SKU NUMBER

U.P.C. CODE

200 Each $21.00 Quoted by Supplier

$42.00 00001 012345000010

100 Each $ 6.66 Quoted by Supplier

$12.50 00003 012345000034


004010 211


Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

BEG*00*SA*005001234500**19980815

00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code, which indicates this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code, which indicates this is a Stand-alone Order. 005001234500 is the Purchase Order Number. 19980815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 1998).

REF*DP*10 DP is the Reference Number Qualifier which indicates the Reference Number that follows is a Department Number. 10 is the department number assigned by the buyer.

REF*PD*F948325 PD is the Reference Number Qualifier which indicates the Reference Number that follows is a Promotion/Deal Number. F948325 is the promotion/deal number.

FOB*CC CC is the Shipment Method of Payment, which indicates the Transportation charges are Collect.

SAC*A*G930***15000*******02 A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator which indicates this SAC Segment identifies an Allowance. G930 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code which indicates that this is a slip sheet Allowance. 15000 is the Amount of the Slip Sheet allowance ($150.00). 02 is the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code which indicates that the allowance will be reflected in the total transaction amount.

ITD*01*3*2**10**30 01 is the Terms Type Code which indicates the terms are Basic. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code which indicates the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 2 is the Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due. 10 is the Terms Discount Days Due. 30 is the Terms Net Days.

DTM*001*19981014 001 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates the Date that follows is the date after which the order is considered canceled (Cancel After). 19981014 is the cancel after date (October 14, 1998).

TD5*B*2*TINA B is the Routing Sequence Code which indicates Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). TINA is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.


212 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*BY**92*001 BY is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates this N1

segment identifies the Buying Party (Purchaser). 92 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is Assigned by [the] Buyer or Buyer's Agent. 001 is the Identification Code for the buying party.

N1*ST**92*650 ST is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates this N1 segment identifies the Ship To location. 92 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is Assigned by [the] Buyer or Buyer's Agent. 650 is the Identification Code for the ship to location.

PO1**200*EA***UP* 012345000010*CB*00001

200 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 012345000010 is the U.P.C. number. CB is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Catalog Number. 00001 is the buyer's catalog number.

CTP*RS*UCP*42 RS is the Class of Trade Code which indicates Resale. UCP is the Price Identifier Code which indicates the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 42 is the retail price ($42.00).

PO1**100*EA***UP*012345000034*CB*00003

100 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 012345000034 is the U.P.C. number. CB is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Catalog Number. 00003 is the buyer's catalog number.

CTP*RS*UCP*12.5 RS is the Class of Trade Code which indicates Resale. RES is the Price Identifier Code which indicates the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 12.5 is the retail price ($12.50).

CTT*2 2 is the Number of Line Items (PO1 segments) present in this transaction set.



004010 213

Raw Data for Basic Purchase Order ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*005001234500**19980815 REF*DP*10 REF*PD*F948325 FOB*CC SAC*A*G930***15000*******02 ITD*01*3*2**10**30 DTM*001*19981014 TD5*B*2*TINA N1*BY**92*001 N1*ST**92*650 PO1**200*EA***UP*012345000010*IN*00001 CTP*RS*UPC*42 PO1**100*EA***UP*012345000034*IN*00003 CTP*RS*UCP*12.5 CTT*2 SE*17*0001


214 004010

Purchase Order (850) EXAMPLE 2: SPREADSHEET Business Scenario The retailer, The Corner Store, is issuing PO Number 005001234500 to the supplier, Good Biscuits. The Spreadsheet PO will allow The Corner Store to specify the line item quantities for each of the four ship-to locations.



BEG*00*SA*005001234501**19980815

00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code which indicates this is an Original purchase order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code which indicates this is a Stand-alone Order. 005001234501 is the Purchase Order Number. 19980815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15, 1998).


REF*PD*F948325 PD is the Reference Number Qualifier which indicates the Reference Number that follows is a Promotion/Deal Number. F948325 is the promotion/deal number.

FOB*CC CC is the Shipment Method of Payment which indicates the Transportation charges are Collect.

SAC*A*G930***15000*******02 A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies an Allowance. G930 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code which indicates that this is an slip-sheet Allowance. 15000 is the Amount of the Slip Sheet allowance ($150.00). 02 is the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code which indicates that the allowance will be reflected in the total transaction amount.


004010 215

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ITD*01*3*2**10**30 01 is the Terms Type Code which indicates the terms

are Basic. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code which indicates the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 2 is the Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due. 10 is the Terms Discount Days Due. 30 is the Terms Net Days.

DTM*001*19981014 001 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates the Date that follows is the date after which the order is considered canceled (Cancel After). 19981014 is the cancel after date (October 14, 1998).

TD5*B*2*TINA B is the Routing Sequence Code which indicates Origin/ Delivery Carrier (Any Mode). 2 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). TINA is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code of the carrier.

PO1**200*EA***UP* 012345000010*IN*00001

200 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 012345000010 is the U.P.C. number. IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00001 is the buyer's catalog number.

CTP*RS*UCP*42 RS is the Class of Trade Code which indicates Resale. UCP is the Price Identifier Code which indicates the Unit Price that follows is the Unit Cost Price. 42 is the retail price ($42.00).


216 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION SDQ*EA*92*150*50*300*50*450*50* 550*50

EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. 92 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code(s) that follow are Assigned by [the] Buyer or Buyer's Agent. 150 is the Identification Code for the first destination (store number 150). 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 150. 300 is the Identification Code for the Second destination (store number 300). 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 300. 450 is the Identification Code for the Third destination (store number 450). 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 450. 550 is the Identification Code for the fourth destination (store number 550). 50 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 550.

PO1**100*EA***UP* 012345000034*IN*00003

100 is the Quantity Ordered. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 012345000034 is the U.P.C. number. IN is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a Buyer's Item Number. 00003 is the buyer's catalog number.

CTP*RS*UCP*12.5 RS is the Class of Trade Code which indicates Resale. UCP is the Price Identifier Code which indicates the Unit Price that follows is the Unit cost price. 12.5 is the retail price ($12.50).


004010 217

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION SDQ*EA*92*150*25*300*25*450*25* 550*25

EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. 92 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code(s) that follow are Assigned by [the] Buyer or Buyer's Agent. 150 is the Identification Code for the first destination (store number 150). 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 150. 300 is the Identification Code for the second destination (store number 300). 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 300. 450 is the Identification Code for the third destination (store number 450). 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 450. 550 is the Identification Code for the fourth destination (store number 550). 25 is the line item Quantity to be distributed to store number 550.

CTT*2 2 is the Number of Line Items (PO1 segments) present in this transaction set.



218 004010

Raw Data for Spreadsheet Purchase Order ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*005001234501**19980815 REF*DP*10 REF*PD*F948325 FOB*CC SAC*A*G930***15000*******02 ITD*01*3*2**10**30 DTM*001*19981014 TD5*B*2*TINA PO1**200*EA***UP* 012345000010*IN*00001 CTP*RS*UCP*42 SDQ*EA*92*150*50*300*50*450*50* 550*50 PO1**100*EA***UP* 012345000034*IN*00003 CTP*RS*UCP*12.5 SDQ*EA*92*150*25*300*25*450*25*550*25 CTT*2 SE*17*0001


004010 219

Product Activity Data (852) The Product Activity Data (852) is most useful when the supplier is maintaining inventory replenishment model stocks for the buyer. The buyer provides sales/inventory data to the supplier. The transaction allows a buyer to provide a supplier with a complete picture of the buyer’s inventory position as an aid in forecasting and executing a supplier-driven replenishment system. The buyer must also specify if this transaction constitutes a commitment to purchase products or if it is for informational purposes only. The number of reporting locations and/or volume of stock keeping units (SKUs) will determine the size of the transaction. Some buyers report end sales to be replenished, while others report movement from their distribution centers to their final sales locations, expecting the supplier to replenish their distribution centers. Various types of product activity data can be reported by the buyer to the supplier using the Product Activity Data (852), including: • Sales • Movement of inventory from warehouse to final sales location • Current inventory levels • Additional or exceptional demand over and above scheduled

replenishment levels • Out of stock quantities, e.g., lost sales, rainchecks or shortfalls

on order quantities as • reflected in the buyer’s system • Adjustments to inventory Product Activity Data (852) Benefits • Reports inventory movement for data analysis • Aids in the automation of the replenishment cycle • Facilitates Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI) programs • Helps to streamline and improve inventory management

operations • Reduces inventory handling costs Vendor Managed Inventory Business Scenario 1 (Basic) The following is an 852 where the vendor (Corner Vendor Co.) plans the orders for a single distribution. In this case, the distributor is reporting for 1998/02/19 for the Corner Stores Inc. distribution centre. They are also providing the vendor with the purchase order number range of 1100 to 1200 for the creation of the purchase orders. The table shows the inventory information for each product.


220 004010

Quantity Product (SCC14) On Hand

(QA) Committed (QC)

Out of Stock (QO)

Sold Inventory (QS)

01055555010001 10 2 0 5 01055555020201 0 0 10 5 01055555030101 5 0 0 0 01055555040501 4 0 0 3 01055555050501 0 0 5 5 In addition, Product 01055555010001 has a Promotion from 1998/03/01 to 1998/03/15.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*852*1000001 852 is the Transaction Set Identifier for the Productivity

Data 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number

XQ*G*19980219 G is the Transaction Handling Code which indicates this is transaction is for Plan Order(s) and Ship Product. 19980219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.

XPO*1100*1200 1100 is the starting Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders. 1200 is the ending Purchase Order Number for the creation of purchase orders.

N1*ST*CORNER STORES INC.*9*1234567891234

ST is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates this N1 segment identifies the Ship To location. CORNER STORES is the name of the Ship To Location. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Duns+4 number. 1234567891234 is the Duns+4 number for the Ship To Location.

N1*SU*CORNER VENDOR CO.*9*2345678910001

SU is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates this N1 segment identifies the Supplier. CORNER VENDOR CO. is the name of the supplier. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Duns+4 number. 2345678910001 is the Duns+4 number for the Supplier.

LIN**UK*01055555010001 UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates that the Product/Service ID that follows is a UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code. 01055555010001 is the UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code.

PO4*6*2.84*LT 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.


004010 221

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ZA*QA*10*CA*007*19980219 QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment

provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.

ZA*QC*2*CA*007*19980219 QC is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Committed. 2 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.

ZA*QS*5*CA*007*19980219 QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.

DTM*015*19980301 015 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates that the Date that follows is the Promotion Start date. 19980301 is the Promotion Start Date.

DTM*016*19980315 016 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates that the Date that follows is the Promotion End date. 19980315 is the Promotion End Date.


PO4*24*250*ML 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in millilitres.

ZA*QO*10*CA*007*19980219 QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 10 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.


222 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ZA*QS*5*CA*007*19980219 QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment

provides the Quantity Sold. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.

LIN**UK*01055555030101 UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier, which indicates that the Product/Service ID that follows is a UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code. 01055555030101 is the UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code.

PO4*12*500*ML 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in milliliters.

ZA*QA*5*CA*007*19980219 QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 5 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.


PO4*6*1*KG 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in kilograms.




004010 223

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LIN**UK*01055555050501 UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier, which

indicates that the Product/Service ID that follows is a UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code. 01055555050501 is the UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code.




CTT*5 5 is the number of Line Items (LIN segments) present in this transaction set.

SE*32*1000001 32 is the total number Of segments included in the transaction set. 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.


224 004010

Raw Data for Single Distribution Centre ST*852*1000001 XQ*G*19980219 XPO*1100*1200 N1*ST*CORNER STORES INC.*9*1234567891234 N1*SU*CORNER VENDOR CO.*9*2345678910001 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA*10*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QC*2*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*19980219 DTM*015*19980301 DTM*016*19980315 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QO*10*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*19980219 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA*5*CA*007*19980219 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA*4*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QS*3*CA*007*19980219 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QO*5*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*19980219 CTT*5 SE*32*1000001


004010 225

Vendor Managed Inventory Business Scenario 2 (Spreadsheet) The following is a spreadsheet 852 where the vendor (Corner Vendor Co.) plans the orders for a multiple distribution centre. In this case, the distributor is reporting for 1998/02/19 for three distribution centres. They are also providing the vendor with the purchase order number range of 1100 to 1200 for the creation of the purchase orders. The table shows the inventory information for each product at each location.

Quantity Product (SCC14) Distribution

Centre (Duns #)

On Hand (QA)

Committed (QC)

Out of Stock (QO)

Sold Inventory (QS)

01055555010001 1234567890001 10 2 0 5 1234567890002 0 0 0 9 1234567890003 5 0 0 10 01055555020201 1234567890001 0 0 10 5 1234567890002 8 0 0 12 01055555030101 1234567890001 6 0 0 4 1234567890003 2 0 0 7 01055555040501 1234567890001 0 0 5 9 1234567890002 0 0 4 32 1234567890003 1 0 0 10 01055555050501 1234567890001 2 0 0 5

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*852*1000001 852 is the Transaction Set Identifier for the

Productivity Data 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number



N1*SU*CORNER SUPPLIER CO.*9*2345678910001




226 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO4*6*2.84*LT 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in

each pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.

ZA*QA***007*19980219 QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.

SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*10*9*1234567890003*5

CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Duns+4 number. 1234567890001 is the Duns+4 number for the Ship To Location. 10 is the Inventory Quantity

SDQ*CA*9*1234567890003*5 CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Duns+4 number. 1234567890003 is the Duns+4 number for the Ship To Location. 5 is the Inventory Quantity

ZA*QC***007*19980219 QC is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Committed. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.


ZA*QS***007*19980219 QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Sold. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.



004010 227

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION SDQ*CA*9*1234567890002*9 CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for

the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Duns+4 number. 1234567890002 is the Duns+4 number for the Ship To Location. 9 is the Inventory Quantity






ZA*QO***007*19980219 QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.


228 004010







PO4*12*500*ML 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Millilitres.




004010 229







PO4*6*1*KG 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Kilograms.



230 004010



ZA*QO***007*19980219 QO is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Out of Stock. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.







004010 231










SE*51*1000001 51 is the total number of segments included in the transaction set. 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.


232 004010

Raw Data For Multiple Distribution Centres ST*852*1000001 XQ*G*19980219 XPO*1100*1200 N1*SU*CORNER SUPPLIER CO.*9*2345678910001 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*10 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890003*5 ZA*QC***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*2 ZA*QS***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*5 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890002*9 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890003*10 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QA***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890002*8 ZA*QO***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*10 ZA*QS***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*5 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890002*12 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*6 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890003*2 ZA*QS***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*4 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890003*7 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890003*1 ZA*QO***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*5 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890002*4 ZA*QS***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*9 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890002*32 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890003*10 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*2


004010 233

ZA*QS***007*19980219 SDQ*CA*9*1234567890001*5 CTT*5 SE*51*1000001


234 004010

Perpetual Inventory Business Scenario 1 The following is an 852 where a 3rd party warehouse (Region Warehouse) is updating a vendor (Corner Vendor) with the current inventory levels of Corner Vendors products in Region Warehouse. In this case, the warehouse is reporting for 2000/04/12. The table shows the inventory information for each product.

Quantity Product (SCC14) On Hand

(QA) Damaged or on hold (QH)

Out of Stock (QO)

On order, not received (QP)

Returned (QU)

01055555010001 10 0 0 4 0 01055555020201 0 0 10 20 0 01055555030101 5 4 0 10 0 01055555040501 4 0 0 0 3 01055555050501 0 0 5 0 0



XQ*H*19980219 H is the Transaction Handling Code which indicates this is transaction is for Notification Only. 19980219 is the reporting date of the information in this transaction.

N1*ST*REGION WAREHOUSE*9*1234567891234

ST is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates this N1 segment identifies the Ship To location. REGION WAREHOUSE is the name of the Ship To Location. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Duns+4 number. 1234567891234 is the Duns+4 number for the Ship To Location.

N1*SU*CORNER VENDOR CO.*9*2345678910001




004010 235

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO4*6*2.84*LT 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each

pack. 2.84 is the Size of each unit LT is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Litres.


ZA*QP*4*CA*007*19980219 QP is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity On Order, Not Yet Received. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.


PO4*24*250*ML 24 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 250 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Millilitres.





236 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO4*12*500*ML 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in

each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Millilitres.


ZA*QH*4*CA*007*19980219 QH is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Damaged or On Hold. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.



PO4*6*1*KG 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Kilograms.


004010 237

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ZA*QA*4*CA*007*19980219 QA is the Activity Code indicating that this

segment provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 4 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.

ZA*QU*3*CA*007*19980219 QU is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Returned By Customer. 3 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19980219 is the Date.





SE*32*1000001 32 is the total number of segments included in the transaction set. 1000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.


238 004010

Raw Data For Perpetual Inventory ST*852*1000001 XQ*H*19980219 N1*ST*REGION WAREHOUSE*9*1234567891234 N1*SU*CORNER VENDOR CO.*9*2345678910001 LIN**UK*01055555010001 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QA*10*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QP*4*CA*007*19980219 LIN**UK*01055555020201 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QO*10*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QP*20*CA*007*19980219 LIN**UK*01055555030101 PO4*12*500*ML ZA*QA*5*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QH*4*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QP*10*CA*007*19980219 LIN**UK*01055555040501 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QA*4*CA*007*19980219 ZA*QU*3*CA*007*19980219 LIN**UK*01055555050501 PO4*6*2.84*LT ZA*QO*5*CA*007*19980219 CTT*5 SE*32*1000001


004010 239

Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Within VICS EDI, this transaction serves two distinct purposes. It can be sent by the supplier to the buyer to provide proof that a purchase order has been received and the content is correct or incorrect. In supplier-managed replenishment programs, the Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) becomes a reverse purchase order and notifies the buyer that either: 1) the actual order that has been placed on their behalf or; 2) these are the recommended replenishment order up to quantities. Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Benefits • Provides an efficient means of confirming buyer purchase orders The following example represents a Continuous Replenishment relationship between trading partners, whereby the vendor is notifying the retailer of a vendor generated replenishment order for 100 cases of product.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*855*00001

855 is the transaction set identifier, 00001 is the transaction set control number that is sequentially assigned by the sender.

BAK*00*AP*1234546*20000428

00 indicates this is the original 855 AP indicates the 855 is for product replenishment whereby the vendor generates the order 123456 is the # assigned to the order by the vendor 20000428 is the date the order was created.

REF*IT*777

IT is the qualifier indicating the identification #assigned to the retailer, for use within the vendor’s system 777 is that number.

DTM*068*20000501

068 is the qualifier identifying the delivery requested date, 20000501 is the actual date.

N1*BT**9*1002003001111

BT is the code identifying the bill-to-party 9 is the qualifier identifying the DUNS # 1002003001111 is the actual bill-to-party DUNS # with 4 character suffix.

N1*ST**9*1002003001112

ST is the qualifier identifying the ship-to party, 9 is the qualifier identifying the DUNS# 1002003001112 is the actual ship-to DUNS# with 4 character suffix.

N1*SF**9*1112223330000

SF is the qualifier identifying the ship-from party 9 is the qualifier identifying the DUNS# 1112223330000 is the actual ship-from DUNS# with 4 character suffix.


240 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION P01**100*CA***UK*10111112222201

100 is the quantity ordered, CA is the unit in which the quantity is being ordered UK is the code indicating the U.P.C/EAN Shipping Container Code is being used to identify the product, and 10111110000001 is the U.P.C.

CTP**UCP*25.50

UCP indicates the price to follow is the unit cost price, 25. 50 is the price per unit.

PO4*6

6 is the number of inner pack units per outer pack.

SAC*A*I170***100***1*CA***02

A represents an allowance, I170 indicates the allowance is a trade discount. 100 is the total amount of the allowance, 1 is the allowance or charge rate per unit expressed as a monetary amount. CA is the unit that the rate refers to 02 indicates an off invoice allowance. The SAC segment would read as follows: the 855 is indicating for the U.P.C specified in the PO1 segment, there should be an trade discount of $100 which is calculated at a rate of $1.00 per case, based on 100 cases as also indicated in the PO1 segment. Also, it is an off invoice allowance.

CTT*1

1 indicates the number of P01 lines in the transaction.

SE*13*00001 13 is the number of segments in the transaction including ST and SE segments, & 00001 is the transaction set control # which must be the same as the # in the ST02.


004010 241

Raw Data for Continous Replenishment Purchase Order Acknowledgement ST*855*00001 BAK*00*AP*1234546*20000428 REF*IT*777 DTM*068*20000501 N1*BT**9*1002003001111 N1*ST**9*1002003001112 N1*SF**9*1112223330000 P01**100*CA***UK*10111112222201 CTP**UCP*25.50 PO4*6 SAC*A*I170***100***1*CA***02 CTT*1 SE*13*00001 In the example below, assume the retailer generated an order for 200 cases, and the vendor is sending the acknowledgment with changes made.


855 is the transaction set identifier 0002 is the transaction set control number that is sequentially assigned by the sender.

BAK*19*AC*102345*20000428

19 indicates this is an acknowledgement with a seller-initiated change (the vendor is making a change to the retailer’s order) AC represents the acknowledgement type- an acknowledgement with detail and change. 102345 is the retailer’s purchase order # 20000428 is the date the 855 was created.

REF*IT*567

IT is the qualifier indicating the identification # assigned to the retailer, for use within the vendor’s system ( a reference # that could be used by both parties). 567 is that number.

DTM*068*20000501 068 is the qualifier identifying the delivery requested date, & 20000501 is the actual date.

N1*BT**9*1002003001111

BT is the code identifying the bill-to-party, 9 is the qualifier identifying the DUNS# 1002003001111 is the actual bill-to-party DUNS# with the four character suffix.


242 004010

N1*ST**91002003001112

ST is the qualifier identifying the ship-to party, 9 is the qualifier identifying the DUNS# 1002003001112 is the actual ship-to DUNS # with 4 character suffix.

N1*SF**9*1112223330000

SF is the qualifier identifying the ship-from party 9 is the qualifier identifying the DUNS# 1112223330000 is the actual ship-from DUNS# with 4 character suffix.

P01**100*CA***UK*10011111222201

100 is the quantity ordered by the retailer on the purchase order, CA is the unit in which the quantity being ordered, 25. 50 is the price per unit. UK is the code identifying the Shipping Container Code is being used to identify the product, and 10111112222201 is the U.P.C.

CTP**UCP*25.50

UCP indicates the price to follow is the unit cost price 25. 50 is the price per unit.

P04*6 6 is the number of inner pack units per outer pack.

SAC*A*I170***100***1*CA***02 A represents an allowance I170 indicates the allowance is a trade discount. 100 is the total amount of the allowance, 1 is the allowance or charge rate per unit expressed as a monetary amount. CA is the unit that the rate refers to 02 indicates an off invoice allowance. The SAC segment would then read as follows: the 855 is indicating for the U.P.C specified in the P01 segment, the vendor has in their system a trade discount allowance of $100 which is calculated at a rate of $1.00 per case, based on the 100 cases from the P01 segment. Also, it is an off invoice allowance.

ACK*IC*100*CA*068*20000501

IC is the code indicating the item is accepted, but changes made, 100 is the quantity to which the change applies. Note: 850 from retailer ordered 200 cases. CA is the measurement code the quantity is being ordered in, 068 is the date/time qualifier associated with Current Scheduled Delivery date 20000501 is the actual date.

CTT*1

1 is the number of P01 segments in the transaction.


004010 243

SE*14*13 14 is the total number of segments in the transaction, including ST and SE 00002 is the transaction set control number must be the same as # in ST02.

Raw Data for Basic Purchase Order Acknowledgement ST*855*00002 BAK*19*AC*102345*20000428 REF*IT*567 DTM*068*20000501 N1*BT**9*1002003001111 N1*ST**91002003001112 N1*SF**9*1112223330000 P01**100*CA***UK*10011111222201 CTP**UCP*25.50 P04*6 SAC*A*I170***100***1*CA***02 ACK*IC*100*CA*068*20000501 CTT*1 SE*1*13


244 004010

Advance Ship Notice (856) The supplier or public warehouse to advise the buyer of shipment information uses the Ship Notice/Manifest (856). The structure of the transaction set allows information to be sent at the shipment, order, pallet, case and item levels. Transportation information is included at the shipment level. This includes carrier, routing, trailer SSCC-18 number, bill of lading number and shipping and delivery dates, as well as volume and weight. At the order level, the buyer's purchase order number and the status of the order are reported. The tare, or pallet level accommodates pallet identification, using the SSCC-18 UCC/EAN-128 pallet license plate. The case level allows the identification of shipping containers using the SCC-14 or SSCC-18 code numbers. The item level contains product quantity and specific pack information, used to up-date inventory data. Advance Ship Notice (856) FLOW OF INFORMATION In th Ship Notice/Manifest, the item is the lowest level, i.e. the specification of the consumer unit is always within the shipping container; the shipping container on the pallet; and the pallet in the order. The orders of the hierarchical levels are Shipment, Order, Pallet (Tare), Shipping Container (Pack), and Item.

HIERARCHICAL NUMBERING SYSTEM SHIPMENT 'S' Data which applies to the whole shipment, such as the bill of lading number; total quantity of the shipment; bill to; etc. ORDER 'O' Data relating to the order(s) and the receiver's original purchase order. There may be more than one order in the shipment. TARE 'T' The Tare level is used to identify pallets. If there are no identifiable pallets, this section may be omitted. PACK 'P' The pack level is used to identify cases or shipping containers. ITEM 'I' This level identifies SKU data. In the example below, the Shipment (01) contains two Orders. The first Order (02) has two shipping containers, (03) and (07), with different contents. The first shipping container contains three different SKU's (04,


004010 245

05, 06). The second shipping container (07), contains one type of SKU (08). The second Order (09), has one shipping container (10), which contains 6 different SKU's, (11 through 16). Note that the numbering system flows through the first Order, to the first shipping container, to it's contents and continues to the second shipping container and contents, before moving to the second Order level. Each shipping container represents one hierarchical level (one HL segment followed by data elements). The number in the top Left hand corner of each box is the hierarchical sequence number, ( the number in HL01). The number in the top Right hand corner is the Parent I.D., (HL02). Advance Ship Notice (856) Benefits • eliminates the need for paper based communications • ensures accuracy between product shipped and product received • reduces off-loading time at receiving dock • reduces check-in time from receipt tos elling floor • facilitates the cross docking process • allows for advance order allocation • facilitates mechanized receiving • allows for integration of data to multiple systems without multiple data

entry • allows for resource scheduling by the receiver • smooths the payment process by facilitating accurate matching Business Scenario 1 Standard Case Environment. One pallet with 10 cases of one product and 15 cases of another, and another pallet with 30 cases of yet another product.


246 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*856*347001 856 indicates that this is an ASN

347001 is the Transaction Set Control Number BSN*00*0021849*19980211*0706*0001

00 indicates that this is the original ASN 0021846 is the Shipment Identification Number 19980211 is the shipment date (Feb. 11/98) 0706 is the shipment time (7:06am) 0001 is the hierarchical structure code that indicates that this ASN is in the pick and pack structure

HL*1**S*1 1 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure S indicates the shipment level 1 is the hierarchical child code

TD1*CTN*55****G*7291.8*KG CTN indicates standard cartons 55 is the lading quantity of the above G indicates gross weight 7291.8 is the weight KG indicates kilograms

TD1*PLT*2****G*7291.8*KG PLT indicates wood pallets 2 is the lading quantity of the above G indicates gross weight 7291.8 is the weight KG indicates kilograms

TD5*B*2*SCAC*M B is the routing sequence code that indicates origin/delivery carrier 2 is the ID code qualifier that indicates a SCAC code SCAC is the SCAC code of the carrier M is the Transportation Method/Type code that indicates motor carrier

TD3*TL**6993006 TL is the Equipment Description code that indicates a trailer number 6993006 is the trailer number

REF*BM*0021849 BM is the reference ID qualifier that indicates a bill of lading number 0021849 is the bill of lading number

DTM*011*19980211*0655 011 is the date qualifier that indicates the shipped date 19980211 is the date (Feb. 11/98) 0655 is the time (6:55am)

DTM*067*19980211*1730 067 is the date qualifier that indicates the scheduled delivery date 19980211 is the date (Feb. 11/98) 1730 is the time (5:30pm)

N1*SF*P&G FACELLE WHSE*9*2492610660000

SF is the entity ID code that indicates the ship from entity P&G FACELLE WHSE is the ship from entity 9 is the ID code qualifier that indicates DUNS number and suffix 2492610660000 is the DUNS number and suffix


004010 247

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*ST*SHOPPER PLANET*9*1234567890123

ST is the entity ID code that indicates the ship to entity SHOPPER PLANET is the ship to entity 9 is the ID code qualifier that indicates DUNS number and suffix 1234567890123 is the DUNS number and suffix

N3*KENNEDY ROAD KENNEDY ROAD is address information N4*SCARBOROUGH*ON*L6T 3G6*CA

SCARBOROUGH is the city name ON is the province code L6T 3G6 is the postal code CA is the country code

HL*2*1*O*1 2 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 1 is the hierarchical parent ID number O indicates the order level 1 is the hierarchical child code

PRF*102345***19980204 102345 is the purchase order number 19980204 is the PO date

TD1*CTN*55 CTN indicates standard cartons 55 is the lading quantity of the above

TD1*PLT*2 PLT indicates wood pallets 2 is the lading quantity of the above

HL*3*2*T*1 3 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 2 is the hierarchical parent ID number T indicates the tare level 1 is the hierarchical child code

MAN*GM*00100370006802524594 GM indicates the UCC-128 label 00100370006802524594 is UCC-128

PAL*6***25***********5 6 is the pallet type code which indicates wood pallets 25 is the pack or number of cases on the pallet 5 is the pallet exchange code which indicates third party pallet exchange

HL*4*3*P*1 4 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 3 is the hierarchical parent ID number P indicates the pack level 1 is the hierarchical child code

LIN**UA*005780003108*LT*7295W340

UA is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC case code 005780003108 is the UPC case code LT is the Product ID qualifier that indicates lot number 7295W340 is the lot number

SN1**25*CA 25 is the number of units shipped CA is the unit of measure that indicates cases

HL*5*4*I*0 5 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 4 is the hierarchical parent ID number I indicates the item level 0 is the hierarchical child code


248 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION LIN**UP*057800031035 UP is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC

item code 057800031035 is the item code

SN1**480*EA 480 is the number of units shipped EA is the unit of measure that indicates eaches

PO4*48*150*GR 48 is the pack which indicates that there are 48 items in a pack 150 is the item size GR is the unit of measure that indicates grams

DTM*036*19981231 036 is the date qualifier that indicates expiration date 19981231 is the date (Dec 31/98)

HL*6*2*T*1 6 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 2 is the hierarchical parent ID number T indicates the tare level 1 is the hierarchical child code

MAN*GM*00100370006805691767 GM indicates the UCC-128 label 00100370006805691767 is UCC-128

PAL*6***30***********5 6 is the pallet type code which indicates wood pallets 30 is the pack or number of cases on the pallet 5 is the pallet exchange code which indicates third party pallet exchange

HL*7*6*P*1 7 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 6 is the hierarchical parent ID number P indicates the pack level 1 is the hierarchical child code

LIN**UA*005780003333*LT*7342W520

UA is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC case code 005780003333 is the UPC case code LT is the Product ID qualifier that indicates lot number 7342W520 is the lot number

SN1**30*CA 30 is the number of units shipped CA is the unit of measure that indicates cases

HL*8*7*I*0 8 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure 7 is the hierarchical parent ID number I indicates the item level 0 is the hierarchical child code

LIN**UP*057800033332 UP is the Product ID qualifier that indicates UPC item code 057800033332 is the item code

SN1**360*EA 360 is the number of units shipped EA is the unit of measure that indicates eaches

PO4*12*8*EA 12 is the pack which indicates that there are 48 items in a pack 8 is the item size EA is the unit of measure that indicates eaches

CTT*8 8 indicates the number of line items SE*41*0000001 41 is the total number of segments included in the


004010 249

transaction set. 0000001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.


250 004010

Raw Data ST*856*347001 BSN*00*0021849*19980211*0706*0001 HL*1**S*1 TD1*CTN*55****G*7291.8*KG TD1*PLT*2****G*7291.8*KG TD5*B*2*SCAC*M TD3*TL**6993006 REF*BM*0021849 DTM*011*19980211*0655 DTM*067*19980211*1730 N1*SF*P&G FACELLE WHSE*9*2492610660000 N1*ST*SHOPPER PLANET*9*1234567890123 N3*KENNEDY ROAD N4*SCARBOROUGH*ON*L6T 3G6*CA HL*2*1*O*1 PRF*102345***19980204 TD1*CTN*55 TD1*PLT*2 HL*3*2*T*1 MAN*GM*00100370006802524594 PAL*6***25***********5 HL*4*3*P*1 LIN**UA*005780003108*LT*7295W340 SN1**10*CA HL*5*4*I*0 LIN**UP*057800031035 SN1**480*EA PO4*48*150*GR DTM*036*19981231 HL*6*2*T*1 MAN*GM*00100370006805691767 PAL*6***30***********5 HL*7*6*P*1 LIN**UA*005780003333*LT*7342W520 SN1**30*CA HL*8*7*I*0 LIN**UP*057800033332 SN1**360*EA PO4*12*8*EA CTT*8


004010 251

Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) The Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) transaction set is used by a DSD supplier to request payment from the distributor for deliveries made to the distributor’s stores. The transaction set functions much as a statement, since it summarizes delivery tickets/invoices that were created at the time product was delivered. Each statement summarizes one or more invoices. It does not include full line item detail. This document is currently not included as part of the suite of VICS 4010 transactions so must be maintained as part of the UCS 4010 guideline. Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) Benefits Direct Store Delivery Summary information

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*882*8900002 852 indicates that this a DSD

8900002 is the Transaction Set Control Number G47*YYYYMMDD*0275320 YYYYMMDD indicates the date of the statement

0275320 indicates the statement number N1*RE*XYZ Distributor*9*1234567890001 RE is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that

this N1 segment identifies the Party to receive the Commercial Invoice Remittance XYZ Distributor is the Name of the statement receiver 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix 12345678900001 is the 9 digit DUNS number and 4 digit suffix

N1*VN* ABC Supplier *9*2345678990003 VN is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that this N1 segment identifies the Vendor ABC Supplier the Name of the statement sender 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix 23456789900003 is the 9 digit DUNS number and 4 digit suffix

N9*GT*R121212121 GT is the Reference Identification Qualifier which indicates the Reference Number that follows is a Goods and Service Tax Registration Number R121212121 is the Goods and Service Tax Registration Number

N9*AI*16 AI is the Reference Identification Qualifier which indicates the Reference Number that follows is an Associated Invoice Number 16 is the Associated Invoice Number


252 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION G48*0933181*19980123*111111 0933181 is the Invoice Number assigned by the

issuer 19980123 is the date of the Invoice 111111 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet

G72*990*18******19894 990 is the Code which indicates the type of allowance is the Goods and Service Charge 18 is the code which indicates that the change is a Non-Payable Tax 19894 is the total dollar amount

G31*5*CA*49.3*KG 5 indicates the number of units shipped CA is the unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Case 49.3 is the weight of the cases KG is the Unit or Basis for Measure Code which indicates Kilogram

G33*315089 315089 is the monetary amount of the invoice G48*0969658*19980123*111222 0969658 is the Invoice Number assigned by the

issuer 19980123 is the date of the Invoice 111222 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet

G33*363996 36399 is the monetary amount of the invoice G48*0969659*19980123*111333 0969659 is the Invoice Number assigned by the

issuer 19980123 is the date of the invoice 111333 is the unique number to identify the retail outlet

G72*490*18**16****-7700 490 is the Code which indicates the type of allowance is the Goods and Service Credit Allowance 18 is the code which indicates that the change is a Non-Payable Tax 16 is -7700 is the total dollar amount

G33*-178700 -178700 is the credit monetary amount of the invoice

G49*500385 500385 is the total monetary amount for all changes billed on a statement since issuance of the last statement.

SE*17*8900002 17 is the Number of Included Segments in this transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 8900002 is the Transaction Set Control Number


004010 253

Raw Data for The 882 ST*882*8900002 G47*YYYYMMDD*0275320 N1*RE*ABC Supplier*9*1234567890001 N1*BT*XYZ Distributor*9*2345678990003 N9*GT*R121212121 N9*AI*16 G48*0933181*19980123*111111 G72*990*18******19894 G31*5*CA*49.3*KG G33*315089 G48*0969658*19980123*111222 G33*363996 G48*0969659*19980123*111333 G72*490*18**16****-7700 G33*-178700 G49*500385 SE*46*8900002


254 004010

997 Functional Acknowledgement The Functional Acknowledgment is bidirectional from both buyer and supplier. The transaction set identifies the specific document it is verifying and allows the sender to indicate whether that document was syntactically correct or incorrect. In most implementation, the Functional Acknowledgement (007_ is automatically created by the trading partner's translation software. Failure to receive a Functional Acknowledgment (997) within a day or two of initial document transmission, can be a sign of problems at some point along the path from trading partner to trading partner, and normally requires further research to resolve the situation. Benefits Response to a previously transmitted EDI document indicates their EDI document was received by the trading partner, documents are automatically checked for syntax FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 1: ACCEPT Business Scenario The supplier, Healthy Pills is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have accepted all three POs that were contained in Control Group 11.

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*997*0001 997 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for

the Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number for this transaction set.

AK1*PO*11 PO is the Functional Group ID of the functional group being acknowledged. 11 is the Group Control Number assigned by The Corner Store retailer in the transmission being acknowledged.

AK9*A*3*3*3 A is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code indicating acceptance. The first 3 is the number of purchase orders included in the functional group. The second 3 is the number of purchase orders received. The last 3 is the number of purchase orders accepted in the functional group.


004010 255

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION SE*4*0001 4 is the total number of segments included in

this transaction set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.

EXAMPLE 1: ACCEPT ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK9*A*3*3*3 SE*4*0001


256 004010

FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 2: Business Scenario The supplier, Healthy Pills, is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have rejected all three POs that were contained in Control Group 11.




AK9*R*3*3*0 R is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code which indicates the functional group was Rejected. The first 3 is the Number of Transaction Sets [purchase orders] Included in the functional group. The second 3 is the Number of Received Transaction Sets (purchase orders). 0 is the Number of Accepted Transaction Sets (purchase orders).

SE*4*0001 4 is the total number of segments included in this transaction set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.

EXAMPLE 2: REJECT ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK9*R*3*3*0 SE*4*0001


004010 257

FUNCTIONAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (997) EXAMPLE 3: PARTIAL Business Scenario The supplier, Healthy Pills, is acknowledging to the retailer, Favorite Pharmacy, that they have partially accepted the POs that were contained in Control Group 11.




AK2*850*0002 850 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Purchase Order Transaction Set. 0002 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

AK5*R*5 R is the Transaction Set Acknowledgment Code which indicates the transaction set was Rejected. 5 is the Transaction Set Syntax Code which indicates One or More Segments [in the transaction set were] in Error.

AK9*P*3*3*2 P is the Functional Group Acknowledge Code which indicates the functional group was Partially Accepted, At Least One Transaction Set Was Rejected. The first 3 is the Number of Transaction Sets [purchase orders] Included in the functional group. The second 3 is the Number of Received Transaction Sets (purchase orders). 2 is the Number of Accepted Transaction Sets (purchase orders).

SE*6*0001 6 is the total number of segments included in this transaction set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.


258 004010

EXAMPLE 3: PARTIAL ST*997*0001 AK1*PO*11 AK2*850*0002 AK5*R*5 AK9*P*3*3*2 SE*6*0001


004010 259

EFR Business Scenarios Invoice (810) The X-12 Invoice is the standard format invoice for all retail users except Grocery, who use the Grocery Invoice format (UCS - 880). It is used to request payment for goods or services shipped to the buyer. For computer matching, the content of the invoice must be an exact replication of the quantities and prices contained in the purchase order Invoice (810) Benefits

• allows a buyer to record payment information • automatically update applicable financial systems. • provides automated cross-referencing of purchase order and

receiving data. • consolidated invoices support multiple invoices being combined

without manual intervention; • eliminates possible secondary or tertiary keypunch operations. • can be reformatted into a Payment Remittance Advice (820) • can initiate the Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) process.

Business Example

The distributor, Serve U Right, has shipped PO number 005001234500 complete to the operator, Everyone’s Favourite Ribs. Everyone’s Favourite Ribs location has a Dun’s number of 123456789 and a suffix of 123. The Invoice Number 5940009400 was generated on October 4th, 1998. Serve U Right provided their remit-to address to Everyone’s Favourite Ribs for payment.


260 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION

ST*810*0001 810 is the Transaction Set Identifier Code for the Invoice Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

BIG*19981004*5940009400*19980815*005001234500

19981004 is the Invoice Date (October 4, 1998). 5940009400 is the Invoice Number. 19980815 is the Purchase Order Date (August 15 1998)N1*BT*Everyone’sFavourite

Ribs*9*1234567890123 BT is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that this N1 segment identifies the Bill To location Everyone’s Favourite Ribs is the name of name of the bill to party. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix. 1234567890123 is the 9 digits DUNS number and 4 digit suffix.

N1*RI*Serve U Right*9*1234567890124

RI is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that this N1 segment identifies the Remit To party. Serve U Right is the Name of the remit to party. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix. 1234567890124 is the 9 digits DUNS

N3*1234 Any Street 1234 Any Street is the Address Information for the remit to party identified in the

i N1 tN4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 Calgary is the City Name of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment. AB is the Province or State Code of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment. H2C 5A6 is the Postal Code of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment.

IT1**14*EA*100**UK*1001234545624 14 is the Quantity Invoiced. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. 100 is the item list cost ($100.00) UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a S.C.C. Case Code (1-2-5-5-1). 10012345456234 is the S.C.C. number.


004010 261

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PID*F****Beef Burgers 4 oz. 24/case F is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates

the format of a description being free-form. Beef Burgers 4 oz. 24/case is the free-form description for the S.C.C. number in the previous IT1 segment.

P04*24*4*OZ. 24 is the number of eaches per the outer container for the product in the previous IT1 segment. 4 is the size of supplier units in pack for the product in the previous IT1 segment. OZ. is the code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed for the product in the previous IT1 segment.

SAC*C*D360***9800*2*7**DO*1400 C is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies a charge. D360 indicates that this is a GST charge. 9800 is the amount of GST ($98.00) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item. 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7%. DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 1400 is the basis upon which the tax was charged.($1400.00)

IT1**5*CS*240**UK*90012345456247 5 is the Quantity Invoiced. CS is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Case. 240 is the item list cost ($240.00) UK is the Product/Service ID Quailifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a S.C.C. Case Code (1-2-5-5-1). 90012345456247 is the S.C.C. number.

PID*F****Striploin 2 pieces/case F is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates the format of a description being free-form. 0 Striploin 2 pieces/case is the free-

form description for the S.C.C. number in the previous IT1 segment.

PO4*2*8*OZ. 2 is the number of eaches per the outer container for the product in the previous IT1 segment. 8 is the size of supplier units in pack for the product in the previous IT1 segment. OZ. is the code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed for the product in the previous IT1 segment.


262 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION SAC*C*D360***8400*2*7**DO*1200 C is the Allowance or Charge indicator which

indicates this SAC segment identifies a charge. D360 indicates that this is a GST charge. 8400 is the amount of GST ($84.00) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item. 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7%. DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 1200 is the basis upon which the tax was charged.($1200.00)

IT1**4*CS*187.5**UK *90012345456254

4 is the Quantity Invoiced. CS is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Case. 187.5 is the item list cost ($187.50) UK is the Product/Service ID Quailifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a S.C.C. Case Code (1-2-5-5-1). 90012345456254 is the S.C.C. number.

PID*F****Cooked Roast Beef F is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates the format of a description being free-form. 1 Cooked Roast Beef is the free-form

description for the S.C.C. number in the previous IT1 segment

PO4*1*10*KG 1 is the number of eaches per the outer container for the product in the previous IT1 segment. 10 is the size of supplier units in pack for the product in the previous IT1 segment. KG is the code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed for the product in the previous IT1 segment.

SAC*C*D360***5250*2*7**DO*750 C is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies a charge. D360 indicates that this is a GST charge. 5250 is the amount of GST ($52.50) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item. 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7%. DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 750 is the basis upon which the tax was charged.($750.00)

TDS*358450 358450 is the Total Invoice Amount ($3584.50)


004010 263

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION

SAC*A*A260***15000*******02 A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies an allowance. A260 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code which indicates that this is an Advertising Allowance. 15000 is the Amount of the advertising allowance ($150.00). 02 is the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code which indicates that the

SAC*N*D360***23450*2*7**DO*3350 ***R123456789

N is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies no allowance or charge. This is for a summary of the GST. D360 indicates that this is a GST charge. 23450 is the amount of GST ($234.50) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item. 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 3350 is the basis upon which the tax was charged.($3350.00) R123456789 is the GST registration number.




264 004010

Raw Data ST*810*0001 BIG*19981004*5940009400*19980815*005001234500 N1*BT*Everyone’sFavourite Ribs*9*1234567890123 N1*RI*Serve U Right*9*1234567890124 N3*1234 Any Street N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 IT1**14*EA*100**UK*1001234545624 PID*F****Beef Burgers 4 oz. 24/case P04*24*4*OZ.SAC*C*D360***9800*2*7**DO*1400 IT1**5*CS*240**UK*90012345456247 PID*F****Striploin 2 pieces/casePO4*2*8*OZ. SAC*C*D360***8400*2*7**DO*1200 IT1**4*CS*187.5**UK*90012345456254PID*F****Cooked Roast BeefPO4*1*10*KGSAC*C*D360***5250*2*7**DO*750TDS*358450 SAC*A*A260***15000*******02 SAC*N*D360***23450*2*7**DO*3350 ***R123456789 CTT*3 SE*23*0001


004010 265

Purchase Order (850)

The Purchase Order (850) is sent from the buyer to the supplier to order product for shipment. All the customary information included on a paper purchase order can be included in an EDI purchase order, including shipping instructions, promotional allowances and other related information. Buyers try to establish defaults for the many variable items on their purchase orders, so only the minimum ordering information is transmitted on each EDI purchase order. Purchase Order (850) Benefits • Substantially reduces paper flow activities • Increases operating efficiencies through reduced data volume and time

required to complete transactions • Reduces erroneous data by reducing keying errors EXAMPLE 1: BASIC ORDER Business Scenario The distributor, Serve U Right, is ordering two items from the supplier, The Steer Factory, to stock for customer orders. Listed below is the purchase order and item detail information that Serve U Right will send to The Steer Factory. • Purchase Order Date September 18, 1998 • Purchase Order Number 067234 • Buyer is Tom Bossey • Freight Terms Prepaid (by Seller) • Terms 2% 10 Net 30 • Delivery Requested for September 23, 1998 • Routing (Carrier 91) Motor • Special Instructions Back order from PO 059769 • Ship To Location 0100 • Off Invoice Amounts $1.50 & $0.80

Qty Unit Of

Measure Unit Price

SCC Code Internal Number

Pack Size Unit of Measure

Allowance

100 CA 21.00 1001234545623 123456 24 4 Oz 1.50 50 CA 9.00 9001234545624 234567 2 Kg 25 CA 8.75 9001234545625 345678 Kg .80


266 004010



BEG*00*SA*254321*19980918 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code which indicates this is an Original Purchase Order. SA is the Purchase Order Type Code which indicates this is a Stand-alone Order. 254321 is the Purchase Order Date (September 18,1998)

PER*BD*TOM BOSSEY*TE*4162225555 BD is the Contact Function Code which indicates Buyer Name. TOM BOSSEY is the buyer’s name TE is the Communications Number Qualifier for Telephone 4162225555 is the Buyer’s telephone number.

FOB*PP PP is the Shipment Method of Payment which indicates the Transportation charges are delivered at the suppliers expense

ITD*01*3*2**10**30 01 is the Terms Type Code which indicates the terms are Basic 03 is the Terms Basis Date Code which indicates the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period 2 is the Terms Discount Percent available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Days Due 10 is the Terms Discount Days Due 30 is the Terms Net Days

DTM*002*19980923 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates Requested Delivery Date 19980923 is the date that the product is to be delivered

TD5*B**M B is the Routing Sequence Code which indicates Origin/Delivery Carrier (Any Mode) M is the Transportation Method/Type Code which indicates Motor (Common Carrier)

N9*AH*254321 This segment is mandatory if you are going to send a message on the purchase order AH is the Reference Identification Qualifier 254321 is the Reference Identification which will be the purchase order number

MSG* Back order from PO 059769 This segment is used to send any special instructions or important notes

N1*BS*SERV U RIGHT*9*12345678900100 BS is the Entity Code that indicates the Bill-To and Ship-To distributor SERV U RIGHT is the distributor name 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the D-U-N-S number with the four character suffix is used to identify the location 12345678900100 is the Identification Code of the distributor location


004010 267

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO1**100*CA**UK*1001234545623*IN*123456 100 is the quantity ordered

CA is the Unit or Basis For Measurement Code which indicates case UK is the Product/Service ID which indicates an SCC (Shipping Container) code 1001234534623 is the Product/Service ID or SCC code for this product IN is the Product/Service ID or the buyers internal number for this product 123456 is the Product/Service ID or buyers internal number for this product

CTP**UCP*21 UCP is the Price Identifier Code which in this case means Unit Cost Price 21 is the unit cost price. There is an implied 2 decimal position so the price is actually 21.00

PID*F****BEEF BURGERS F is the Item Description Type which indicates Free-Form BEEF BURGER is the product description

PO4*24*4*OZ 24 indicated the Pack this indicates the number of eaches 4 indicates the Size this is the size of the units in the pack OZ indicates the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code in this case as the pack code

SAC*A****120*******02 A indicates the Allowance or Charge Indicator which in this case is an Allowance 120 indicates that there is a $1.20 allowance on this product 02 indicates the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Charge as in this case indicates Off Invoice

PO1**50*CA**UK*9001234545624*IN*234567 50 is the quantity ordered CA is the Unit or Basis For Measurement Code which indicates case UK is the Product/Service ID which indicates an SCC (Shipping Container) code 9001234545624 is the Product/Service ID or SCC code for this product IN is the Product/Service ID or the buyers internal number for this product 234567 is the Product/Service ID or buyers internal number for this product


PID*F****STRIPLOIN F is the Item Description Type which indicates Free-Form STRIPLOIN is the product description


268 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO4*2**KG 2 indicated the Pack this indicates the number of

eaches KG indicates the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code in this case as the pack code

PO1**25*CA**UK*9001234545625*IN*345678 25 is the quantity ordered CA is the Unit or Basis For Measurement Code which indicates case UK is the Product/Service ID which indicates an SCC (Shipping Container) code 9001234545625 is the Product/Service ID or SCC code for this product IN is the Product/Service ID or the buyers internal number for this product 345678 is the Product/Service ID or buyers internal number for this product

CTP**UCP*8.75 UCP is the Price Identifier Code which in this case means Unit Cost Price 8.75 is the unit cost price.

PID*F****BEEF ROAST COOKED F is the Item Description Type which indicates Free-Form BEEF ROAST COOKED is the product description

PO4*1**KG 1 indicated the Pack this indicates the number of eaches KG indicates the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code in this case as the pack code

SAC*A****80*******02 A indicates the Allowance or Charge Indicator which in this case is an Allowance 80 indicates that there is a $0.80 allowance on this product 02 indicates the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Charge as in this case indicates Off Invoice

CTT*3 3 is the total number of line items in the Transaction Set

SE*26*0001 26 represents the number of included segments. You can look at this as the total number of line items included in the document 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. This number should be the same as the ST segment


004010 269

Raw Data ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*254321*19980918 PER*BD*TOM BOSSEY*TE*4162225555 FOB*PP ITD*01*3*2**10**30 DTM*002*19980923 TD5*B**M N9*AH*254321 MSG* Back order from PO 059769 N1*BS*SERV U RIGHT*9*12345678900100 PO1**100*CA**UK*1001234545623*IN*123456 CTP**UCP*21 PID*F****BEEF BURGERS PO4*24*4*OZ SAC*A****120*******02 PO1**50*CA**UK*9001234545624*IN*234567 CTP**UCP*9 PID*F****STRIPLOIN PO4*2**KG PO1**25*CA**UK*9001234545625*IN*345678 CTP**UCP*8.75 PID*F****BEEF ROAST COOKED PO4*1**KG SAC*A****80*******02 CTT*3 SE*26*0001


270 004010

Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855)

Within VICS EDI, this transaction serves two distinct purposes. It can be sent by the supplier to the buyer to provide proof that a purchase order has been received and the content is correct or incorrect. In supplier managed replenishment programs, the Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) becomes a reverse purchase order that notifies the buyer that either: 1) the actual order that has been placed on their behalf or, 2) these are the recommended replenishment order up to quantities. Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Benefits • Provides an efficient means of confirming buyer purchase orders The following example represents a purchase order acknowledgment from The Steer Factory to the distributor Serve U Right. This acknowledgment is for the purchase order 067234. There was a problem with one line item and the manufacturer is advising of the problem.


004010 271


Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set. 00001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

BAK*00*AE*067234*19980918 00 is the Transaction Set Purpose Code which indicates this is an Original Purchase Order Acknowledgment. AE is the Acknowledgment Type which indicates that the purchase order is Acknowledged but with Exception Detail only 067234 is the original purchase order number 19980918 is the Purchase Order Date (September 18,1998)

DTM*002*19980923 002 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates Delivery Requested 19980923 is the date that the product is to be delivered

N1*BS**9*12345678900100 BS is the Entity Code that indicates the Bill-To and Ship-To distributor 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the D-U-N-S number with the four character suffix is used to identify the location 12345678900100 is the Identification Code of the distributor location

PO1**100*CA**UK*1001234545623 100 is the quantity ordered CA is the Unit or Basis For Measurement Code which indicates case UK is the Product/Service ID which indicates an SCC (Shipping Container) code 1001234534623 is the Product/Service ID or SCC code for this product


CTP**OPP*21 OPP is the Price Identifier Code which in this case means Old Purchase Price 21 was the unit cost price. There is an implied 2 decimal position so the price is actually 21.00

ACK*IC IC is the line item status code. In this case it means Item Accepted – Changes Made

CTT*1 1 is the total number of line items in the Transaction Set

SE*10*00001 10 represents the number of included segments. You can look at this as the total number of line items included in the document 00001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. This number should be the same as the ST segment


272 004010

Raw Data ST*850*0001 BAK*00*AE*067234*19980918 DTM*002*19980923 N1*BS**9*12345678900100 PO1**100*CA**UK*1001234545623 CTP**UCP*19 CTP**OPP*21 ACK*IC CTT*1 SE*10*00001


004010 273

ECRx business Examples Invoice (810) The X-12 Invoice is the standard format invoice for all retail users except Grocery, who use the Grocery Invoice format (UCS - 880). It is used to request payment for goods or services shipped to the buyer. For computer matching, the content of the invoice must be an exact replication of the quantities and prices contained in the purchase order Invoice (810) Benefits

• allows a buyer to record payment information • automatically update applicable financial systems. • provides automated cross-referencing of purchase order and

receiving data. • consolidated invoices support multiple invoices being combined

without manual intervention; • eliminates possible secondary or tertiary keypunch operations. • can be reformatted into a Payment Remittance Advice (820) • can initiate the Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) process.

EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Business Scenario The supplier, ABC Cosmetic Company, has shipped PO Number 00123456789 complete to retailer, XYZ Drug Store. ABC Cosmetics Company had a Duns number of 1234567890321. XYZ Drug Store location has a Dun’s number of 9876543210 and suffix of 0123. Invoice Number 551234567 was generated on Jan 1, 1999. ABC Cosmetic Company provided their remit-to address to XYZ Drug Store for payment.


274 004010


Invoice Transaction Set. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

BIG*19990101*00123456789*19980815*0012345678

19990101 is the Invoice Date (Jan 1 1999). 00123456789 is the Invoice Number. 19981005 is the Purchase Order Date (October 5, 1998). 0012345678 is the Purchase Order Number.


N1*BT*XYZ Drug Store*9*9876543210123

BT is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that this N1 segment identifies the Bill To location XYZ Drug Store is the name of name of the bill to party. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix 9876543210123 is the 9 digits DUNS number and 4 digit suffix

N1*RI*ABC Cosmetics Company*9*1234567890321

RI is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates that this N1 segment identifies the Remit To party. ABC Cosmetics Company is the Name of the remit to party. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates that the Identification code which follows is the DUNS number and suffix 1234567890321 is the 9 digits DUNS number and 4 digit suffix

N3*1234 Any Street 1234 Any Street is the Address Information for the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment.

N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 Calgary is the City Name of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment. AB is the State or Province Code of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment. H2C 5A6 is the Postal Code of the remit to party identified in the previous N1 segment.

ITD*01*3**19990110**19981111**9732

01 is the Terms Type Code which indicates the terms are Basic. 3 is the Terms Basis Date Code which indicates the Invoice Date is the beginning of the terms period. 19990110 is the Terms Discount Due Date (Jan 10, 1999). 19990131 is the Terms Net Due Date (Jan 31 1999). 9732 is the Terms Discount Amount ($97.32).

DTM*011*19981220 011 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates the date that follows is the date Shipped. 19981220 is the ship date (December 20, 1999).


004010 275

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION FOB*PP PP is the Shipment Method of Payment which indicates

the transportation charges are pre-paid. IT1**200*EA***UP*012345000010 200 is the Quantity Invoiced.

EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-5-5-1). 012345000010 is the U.P.C. number.

CTP**UCP*21 UCP is the unit cost price code which indicates item list cost 21 is the item list cost ($21.00)

SAC*C*D360***294*2*7**DO*4200 C is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies a charge D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 294 is the amount of GST ($294.00) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars 4200 is the basis upon which the tax was charged

IT1**100*EA***UP*012345000034 100 is the Quantity Invoiced. EA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code which indicates Each. UP is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates the Product/Service ID that follows is a U.P.C. Consumer PackageCode (1-5-5-1). 012345000034 is the U.P.C. number. 00003 is the buyer's catalog number.

CTP**UCP*6.66 UCP is the unit cost price code which indicates item list 6.66 is the item list cost ($6.66)

SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**DO*666 C is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies a charge D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 4662 is the amount of GST($46.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 666 is the basis upon which the tax was charged

TDS*520662 5206.62 is the Total Invoice Amount ($5206.62)


276 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION SAC*A*I170***15000*******02 A is the Allowance or Charge Indicator which indicates

this SAC segment identifies an Allowance. I170 is the Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code which indicates that this is an Trade discount 15000 is the Amount of the advertising allowance ($150.00). 02 is the Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code which indicates that the allowance will be reflected in the total transaction amount.

SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**DO*4866

N is the Allowance or Charge indicator which indicates this SAC segment identifies no allowance or charge. This is for a summary of the GST D360 indicates that this is a GST charge 340.62 is the amount of GST($340.62) 2 indicates that the GST is applied on the net cost of the item 7 indicates the Tax percentage of 7% DO is the unit or basis of measurement code which indicates dollars. 4866 is the basis upon which the tax was charged




004010 277

Raw Data ST*810*0001 BIG*19990101*00123456789*19980815*0012345678 REF*DP*10 N1*BT*XYZ Drug Store*9*9876543210123 N1*RI*ABC Cosmetics Company*9*1234567890321 N3*1234 Any Street N4*Calgary*AB*H2C 5A6 ITD*01*3**19990110**19981111**9732 DTM*011*19981220 FOB*PP IT1**200*EA***UP*012345000010 CTP**UCP*21 SAC*C*D360***294*2*7**DO*4200 IT1**100*EA***UP*012345000034 CTP**UCP*6.66 SAC*C*D360***4662*2*7**DO*666 TDS*520662 SAC*A*I170***15000*******02 SAC*N*D360***34062*2*7**DO*4866 CTT*2 SE*21*0001


278 004010

Purchase Order (850) The Purchase Order (850) is sent from the buyer to the supplier to order product for shipment. All the customary information included on a paper purchase order can be included in an EDI purchase order, including terms, shipping instructions and other related information. Buyers try to establish defaults for the many variable items on their purchase orders, so only the minimum ordering information is transmitted on each EDI purchase order. Purchase Order (850) Benefits • Substantially reduces paper flow activities • Increases operating efficiencies through reduced data volume and time

required to complete transactions. EXAMPLE 1: BASIC Business Scenario The retailer, XYZ Drug Store, is ordering one item (hand cream) from the supplier, ABC Cosmetics Company, for one of their stores. Listed below is the purchase order and item detail information that XYZ Drug Store will send to ABC Cosmetics Company. • Purchase Order Date November 20th, 1999 • Purchase Order Number 17911 • Bill to Party Duns number is 248958068 • Ship to Location Duns + 4 number is 2489580680030 • Freight Terms Pre-paid • Terms 2% 10 Net 30 • Requested delivery date December 23rd, 1999

QUANTITY UNIT OF MEASURE

UNIT PRICE (PURCHASE PRICE)

U.P.C. CODE

144 Each $2.06 012345678905


004010 279



BEG*00*SA*17911*19991120 00 is the transaction set purpose code indicating original. SA is the purchase order type code indicating stand alone purchase order. 17911 is the purchase order number. 19991120 is the purchase order date (November 20th, 1999

PER*BD*Elmer D Irvine*TE*416-493-1220

BD is the contact function code indicating buyer’s name or department. Elmer D Irvine is the contact name TE is the communications number qualifier for telephone number. 416-493-1220 is the telephone number

FOB*DF*DE*Destination DF is the shipment method of payment code which indicated defined by buyer and seller. DE is the location qualifier which indicated destination. Destination is the free-form destination name.

ITD*14*2*2**10**30 14 is the terms type code for previously agreed upon. 2 is the terms basis date code for delivery date. 2 is the terms discount percent. 10 is the terms discount days due 30 is the terms net days.

DTM*002*19991223 002 is the date/time qualifier for delivery requested 19991223 is the delivery date.

TD5*****Road&Rail Road & Rail is the free-form routing description N1*SU**92*01234567 SU is the entity identifier code for supplier

92 is the identification code qualifier for assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent 01234567 is the identification code.

N1**BT**1*248958068 BT is the entity identifier code for Bill to Party 1 is the identification code qualifier for DUNS Number 248958068 is the DUNS Number

N1*ST**9*2489580680030 ST is the entity identifier code for Ship To. 9 is the identification code qualifier for DUNS + 4 Number 2489580680030 is the DUNS + 4 Number

P01**144*EA***UP*012345678905 144 is the quantity EA is the unit or basis of measurement code for each UP is the product service I.D. qualifier for U.P.C. code 012345678905 is the product U.P.C.

CTP**UCP*2.0625 UCP is the price identifier code for Unit Cost Price 2.0625 is the unit cost price ($2.0625)

PID*F****Hand Cream F is the Item description Type which indicated Free-form description. Hand Cream is the free-form description

P04*12*50*ML 12 is the pack size (number of eaches in a case) 50 is the size of the units in the pack (case) ML is the unit or basis of measurement code for millilitres.


280 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION CTT*1 1 is the Number of Line Items present in this

transaction set. SE*16*0001 16 is the Number of Included Segments in this

transaction set, including the ST and SE segments. 0001 is the Transaction Set Control Number.

Raw Data ST*850*0001 BEG*00*SA*17911*19991120 PER*BD*Elmer D Irvine*TE*416-493-1220 FOB*DF*DE*Destination ITD*14*2*2**10**30 DTM*002*19991223 TD5*****Road&Rail N1*SU**92*01234567 N1**BT**1*248958068 N1*ST**9*2489580680030 P01**144*EA***UP*012345678905 CTP**UCP*2.0625 PID*F****Hand Cream P04*12*50*ML CTT*1 SE*16*0001


004010 281

Product Activity Data (852) The Product Activity Data (852) is most useful when the supplier is maintaining inventory replenishment model stocks for the buyer. The buyer provides sales/inventory data to the supplier. The transaction allows a buyer to provide a supplier with a complete picture of the buyer’s inventory position as an aid in forecasting and executing a supplier-driven replenishment system. The buyer must also specify if this transaction constitutes a commitment to purchase products or if it is for informational purposes only. The number of reporting locations and/or volume of stock keeping units (SKUs) will determine the size of the transaction. Some buyers report end sales to be replenished, while others report movement from their distribution centers to their final sales locations, expecting the supplier to replenish their distribution centers. Various types of product activity data can be reported by the buyer to the supplier using the Product Activity Data (852), including: • Sales • Movement of inventory from warehouse to final sales location • Current inventory levels • Additional or exceptional demand over and above scheduled

replenishment levels • Out of stock quantities, e.g., lost sales, rainchecks or shortfalls on order

quantities as • reflected in the buyer’s system • Adjustments to inventory Product Activity Data (852) Benefits • Reports inventory movement for data analysis • Aids in the automation of the replenishment cycle • Facilitates Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI) programs • Helps to streamline and improve inventory management operations • Reduces inventory handling costs Vendor Managed Inventory Business Scenario 1 (Basic) The following is an 852 where the vendor (XYZ Drug Store.) plans the orders for a single distribution. In this case, the distributor is reporting for 1999/11/25 for the XYZ Drug Store Inc. distribution centre. They are also providing the vendor with the purchase order number range of 1700 to 1800 for the creation of the purchase orders. The table shows the inventory information for each product.


282 004010

Quantity Product SCC14 for Cases On Hand

(QA) Committed (QC)

Out of Stock (QO)

Sold Inventory (QS)

10012345000012 8 2 0 5 10012345000025 0 0 7 2 10012345000067 5 0 0 0 10012345000193 10 0 0 0 10012345000254 0 0 5 5





N1*ST*XYZ Drug Store INC.*9*1234567891234

ST is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates this N1 segment identifies the Ship To location. XYZ Drug Store Inc. is the name of the Ship To Location. 9 is the Identification Code Qualifier which indicates the Identification Code that follows is a Duns+4 number. 1234567891234 is the Duns+4 number for the Ship To Location.

N1*SU* ABC Cosmetics Company *92*01234567

SU is the Entity Identifier Code which indicates this N1 segment identifies the Supplier. ABC Cosmetics Company is the name of the supplier. 92 is the Identification code qualifier for assigned by buyer or buyer’s agent 01234567 is the location code assigned by the buyer.


PO4*8*50*ML 8 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 50 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Millilitres.


004010 283

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ZA*QA*8*CA*007*19991125 QA is the Activity Code indicating that this segment

provides the Current Inventory Quantity Available for Shipment or Sale. 8 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19991125 is the Date.

ZA*QC*2*CA*007*19991125 QC is the Activity Code indicating that this segment provides the Quantity Committed. 2 is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19991125 is the Date.


DTM*015*19991201 015 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates that the Date that follows is the Promotion Start date. 19991201 is the Promotion Start Date.

DTM*016*19991224 016 is the Date/Time Qualifier which indicates that the Date that follows is the Promotion End date. 19991224 is the Promotion End Date.

LIN**UK*10012345000025 UK is the Product/Service ID Qualifier which indicates that the Product/Service ID that follows is a UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code. 10012345000025is the UPC/EAN Shipping Container Code.




284 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ZA*QS*2*CA*007*19991125 QS is the Activity Code indicating that this segment

provides the Quantity Sold. 2is the Inventory Quantity CA is the Unit or Basis for Measurement Code for the Quantity indicating that the Quantity is in Cases. 007 is the Date/Time Qualifier indicating that the following date is the Effective date for the Quantity 19991125 is the Date.


PO4*10*500*ML 10 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 500 is the Size of each unit ML is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in milliliters.



PO4*12*100*ML 12 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each pack. 100 is the Size of each unit Ml is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in millilitres.




004010 285

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION PO4*6*1*KG 6 is the Pack Size. That is the number of units in each

pack. 1 is the Size of each unit KG is the Unit or Basis of Measurement Code for the Size of each Unit. In this case, the size is in Kilograms.




SE*32*00001 32 is the total number Of segments included in the transaction set. 00001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.


286 004010

Raw Data ST*852*0001 XQ*G*19991125 XPO*1700*1800 N1*ST*XYZ Drug Store INC.*9*1234567891234 N1*SU* ABC Cosmetics Company *92*01234567 LIN**UK*10012345000012 PO4*8*50*ML ZA*QA*8*CA*007*19991125 ZA*QC*2*CA*007*19991125 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*19991125 DTM*015*19991201 DTM*016*19991224 LIN**UK*10012345000025 PO4*24*250*ML ZA*QO*7*CA*007*19991125 ZA*QS*2*CA*007*19991125 LIN**UK*1001234500067 PO4*10*500*ML ZA*QA*5*CA*007*19991125 LIN**UK*10012334000183 PO4*12*100*ML ZA*QA*10*CA*007*19991125 LIN**UK*10012345000254 PO4*6*1*KG ZA*QO*5*CA*007*19991125 ZA*QS*5*CA*007*19991125 CTT*5 SE*32*00001


004010 287

Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Within VICS EDI, this transaction serves two distinct purposes. It can be sent by the supplier to the buyer to provide proof that a purchase order has been received and the content is correct or incorrect. In supplier-managed replenishment programs, the Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) becomes a reverse purchase order and notifies the buyer that either: 3) the actual order that has been placed on their behalf or; 4) these are the recommended replenishment order up to quantities. Purchase Order Acknowledgment (855) Benefits • Provides an efficient means of confirming buyer purchase orders In the example below, assume that XYZ Drug Store generated an order for 144 cases, and the ABC Cosmetics Company is sending the acknowledgment with changes made.


855 is the transaction set identifier 0002 is the transaction set control number that is sequentially assigned by the sender.

BAK*19*AC*17911*19991121

19 indicates this is an acknowledgement with a seller-initiated change (the vendor is making a change to the retailer’s order) AC represents the acknowledgement type- an acknowledgement with detail and change. 17911 is the retailer’s purchase order nnumber 19991121 is the date the 855 was created.

REF*IT*0015

IT is the qualifier indicating the identification # assigned to the retailer, for use within the vendor’s system 0015 is the identification number.

DTM*068*19991223 068 is the qualifier identifying the delivery requested date 19991223 is the actual date.

N1*SU**92*01234567 SU is the entity identifier code for supplier 92 is the identification code qualifier for assigned by Buyer or Buyer’s Agent 01234567 is the identification code

N1**BT**1*248958068 BT is the entity identifier code for Bill to Party 1 is the identification code qualifier for DUNS Number 248958068 is the DUNS Number


288 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*ST**9*2489580680030 ST is the entity identifier code for Ship

To. 9 is the identification code qualifier for DUNS + 4 Number 2489580680030 is the DUNS + 4 Number

P01**144*EA***UP*012345678905

144 is the quantity ordered by the retailer on the purchase order. EA is the unit in which the quantity being ordered, UP is the code identifying the U.P.C. code. 012345678905 is the U.P.C.

CTP**UCP*2.0625

UCP indicates the price to follow is the unit cost price 2.0625 is the price per unit.

ACK*IC*100*EA*068*20000101

IC is the code indicating the item is accepted, but changes made. 100 is the quantity to which the change applies. Note: 850 from retailer ordered 144 of the item. EA is the measurement code the quantity is being ordered in, 068 is the date/time qualifier associated with Current Scheduled Delivery date 20000101 is the actual date.

CTT*1

1 is the number of P01 segments in the transaction.

SE*1*12 12 is the total number of segments in the transaction, including ST and SE 00002 is the transaction set control number .

Raw Data ST*855*00002 BAK*19*AC*17911*19991121 REF*IT*0015 DTM*068*19991223 N1*SU**92*01234567 N1**BT**1*248958068 N1*ST**9*2489580680030 P01**144*EA***UP*012345678905 CTP**UCP*2.0625 ACK*IC*100*EA*068*20000101 CTT*1 SE*1*12


004010 289


290 004010

Advance Ship Notice (856) The supplier or public warehouse to advise the buyer of shipment information uses the Ship Notice/Manifest (856). The structure of the transaction set allows information to be sent at the shipment, order, pallet, case and item levels. Transportation information is included at the shipment level. This includes carrier, routing, trailer SSCC-18 number, bill of lading number and shipping and delivery dates, as well as volume and weight. At the order level, the buyer's purchase order number and the status of the order are reported. The tare, or pallet level accommodates pallet identification, using the SSCC-18 UCC/EAN-128 pallet license plate. The case level allows the identification of shipping containers using the SCC-14 or SSCC-18 code numbers. The item level contains product quantity and specific pack information, used to up-date inventory data. Advance Ship Notice (856) FLOW OF INFORMATION In the Ship Notice/Manifest, the item is the lowest level, i.e. the specification of the consumer unit is always within the shipping container; the shipping container on the pallet; and the pallet in the order. The orders of the hierarchical levels are Shipment, Order, Pallet (Tare), Shipping Container (Pack), and Item.

HIERARCHICAL NUMBERING SYSTEM SHIPMENT 'S' Data which applies to the whole shipment, such as the bill of lading number; total quantity of the shipment; bill to; etc. ORDER 'O' Data relating to the order(s) and the receiver's original purchase order. There may be more than one order in the shipment. TARE 'T' The Tare level is used to identify pallets. If there are no identifiable pallets, this section may be omitted. PACK 'P' The pack level is used to identify cases or shipping containers. ITEM 'I' This level identifies SKU data. Advance Ship Notice (856) Benefits • eliminates the need for paper based communications


004010 291

• ensures accuracy between product shipped and product received • reduces off-loading time at receiving dock • reduces check-in time from receipt to selling floor • facilitates the cross docking process • allows for advance order allocation • facilitates mechanized receiving • allows for integration of data to multiple systems without multiple data

entry • allows for resource scheduling by the receiver smooths the payment process by facilitating accurate matching Note that the numbering system flows through the Order, to the first shipping container, to it's contents and continues to the second shipping container and contents, etc. Each shipping container represents one hierarchical level (one HL segment followed by data elements).

Business Scenario In the example below, the Shipment (01) contains one order. The order (02) has three shipping containers, (04), (06) and (08), with different contents. The first shipping container contains 1 SKU (05). The second shipping container (06), contains one SKU (07), and the final (08) case contains two SKU’s (09, 10).


292 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION ST*856*00001 856 is the transaction set identifier which

indicates that this document is an Advance Shipping Notice 00001 is the Transaction Set Control Number. This number should be the same as the SE segment

BSN*00*ABC1234569*19990927*1135*0001 00 is the transaction set purpose code indicating original. ABC1234569 is the shipment identification number. 19990927 is the date. 1135 is the time. 0001 is the hierarchical structure code indicating Pick and Pack.

HL*1**S 1 is the hierarchical ID number to identify a particular data segment in the hierarchical structure S indicates the shipment level

TD1*PLT94*1****G*80*KG PLT94 is the packaging code indicating wooden pallet 1 is the lading quantity (number of pieces) G is the weight qualifier indicating gross weight. 80 is the weight KG is the unit or basis of measurement code indicating Kilograms

TD5****M*CP Transport M is the transportation method/type code indicating motor CP Transport is the name of the originating carrier.

REF*BM*BOL10005634 BM is the reference identification qualifier for bill of lading number BOL10005634 is the bill of lading number

PER*DI*GILLIAN ANDERSON*TE*905-666-5555 DI is the contact function code indicating delivery instructions contact GILLIAN ANDERSON is the contact name TE is the communication number qualifier indicating telephone number 905-666-5555 is the telephone number

DTM*067*19991002 067 is the date/time qualifier indicating current delivery schedule 19991002 is the date.

N1*ST**9*2489580680010 ST is the entity identifier code for ship to 9 is the Identification code qualifier for DUNS + number 2489580680010 is the DUNS + 4 number


004010 293

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION N1*SF**92*20511101 SF is the entity identifier code for ship from

92 is the Identification code qualifier for assigned by buyer or buyer’s agent 20511101 is the location code assigned by the buyer

HL*2*1*O 2 is the hierarchical ID number 1 is the parent ID number O is the hierarchical code indicating order

PRF*17911 17911 is the retailer’s original purchase order number.

HL*3*2*T 3 is the hierarchical ID number 2 is the parent ID number T is the hierarchical code indicating Tare (pallet)

MAN*GM*00100123451111111111 GM is the marks and numbers qualifier indicating SSCC-18 and application identifier. 00100123451111111111 is the pallet SSCC-18 code with application identifier.

HL*4*3*P 4 is the hierarchical ID number 3 is the parent ID number P is the hierarchical code indicating Pack (carton)

MAN*GM*000000123452222222222 GM is the marks and numbers qualifier indicating SSCC-18 and application identifier. 00000123452222222222 is the Pack SSCC-18 code with application identifier.

HL*5*4*I 5 is the hierarchical ID number 4 is the parent ID number I is the hierarchical code indicating Item

LIN**EN*0012345678905 EN is the product service ID qualifier for EAN-13 code. 0012345678905 is the item EAN-13 code.

SN1**24*EA 24 is the number of units shipped EA is the unit or basis of measurement code

DTM*036*19991008 036 is the date/time qualifier indicating expiration date 19991008 is the expiration date




294 004010

EDI TRANSMISSION DATA EXPLANATION HL*7*6*I 7 is the hierarchical ID number

6 is the parent ID number I is the hierarchical code indicating Item

LIN**EN*0012345678905*LT*12345 EN is the product service ID qualifier for EAN-13 code. 0012345678905 is the item EAN-13 code LT is the product service ID qualifier for Lot number 12345 is the lot number


DTM*036*19991208 036 is the date/time qualifier indicating expiration date 19991208 is the expiration date




LIN**UP*005555511111 UP is the product service ID qualifier for U.P.C. code 005555511111 is the item U.P.C. code



LIN**UP*005555522222 UP is the product service ID qualifier for U.P.C. code 005555522222 is the item U.P.C. code


CTT*10 10 indicates the number of line items SE*36*00001 36 is the total number of segments included

in the transaction set. 00001 is the Transaction Set Control Number of this transaction set.


004010 295

Raw Data ST*856*00001 BSN*00*ABC1234569*19990927*1135*0001 HL*1**S TD1*PLT94*1****G*80*KG TD5****M*CP Transport REF*BM*BOL10005634 PER*DI*GILLIAN ANDERSON*TE*905-666-5555 DTM*067*19991002 N1*ST**9*2489580680010 N1*SF**92*20511101 HL*2*1*O PRF*17911 HL*3*2*T MAN*GM*00100123451111111111 HL*4*3*P MAN*GM*000000123452222222222 HL*5*4*I LIN**EN*0012345678905 SN1**24*EA DTM*036*19991008 HL*6*3*P MAN*GM*00000012345333333333 HL*7*6*I LIN**EN*0012345678905*LT*12345 SN1**24*EA DTM*036*19991208 HL*8*3*P MAN*GM*00000012345444444444 HL*9*8*I LIN**UP*005555511111 SN1**12*EA HL*10*8*I LIN**UP*005555522222 SN1**24*EA CTT*10 SE*36*00001


004010 179

Section VI VERSION MIGRATION from 003070VICS to 004010VICS INTRODUCTION What are the rules for version migration? Version 004010 is the first version to contain the single solution for transmitting century information in EDI. In order to facilitate a timely migration to Version 004010, the VICS EDI implementation guidelines will be published two months earlier than the normal publication date and implemented four months earlier than the normal implementation date. The retail industry conventions and implementation guidelines will be assembled, printed, distributed and implemented on the following cycle: March 1, 1998 Print 004010VICS July 1, 1998 Implement 004010VICS November 1, 1998 Drop 003060VICS May 1, 1999 Print 004020VICS November 1, 1999 Implement 004020VICS Drop 003070VICS When do I need to change? July 1, 1998 is the magic date. Programming of 004010VICS must be completed and the system tested and installed. Your trading partners will expect you to be ready no later than July 1, 1998. What about subsequent releases? Versions are released in yearly intervals. Programming may be scheduled between May and October, and implementation will be every November 1. Implementation Considerations • When implementing a new version, code and test all transactions you

are using and implement all of the system changes at one time. This will allow you to concentrate on implementations with trading partners. It may be difficult to do both at the same time.

• EDI users should contact their network and software providers to verify

that they support the new version requested.

• Prior to sending or receiving a new version, trading partners must modify their application systems to accept all changes required by the new version. In order to minimize implementation problems, each trading partner should test the new version processing within their own system, i.e., unit test. In addition, trading partners should have generated their own test data simulating all of the variable conditions which will occur when data is sent or received in the new version.

• When migrating from one version to another, the sender may be

requested to send the same data as two (2) different versions for

Canadian Food & Drug Retail Implementation Guidelines for EDI

180 004010

parallel testing. In this situation, one version will be identified as production and the other version as test.

• The receiver may elect to receive test and production data using the same or different Receiver ID’s.

Example A Version Status Receiver ID 003070VICS 004010VICS

Production Test

3333330001 3333330001

Example B Version Status Receiver ID 003070VICS 004010VICS

Production Test

3333330001 3333330002

• The sender may elect to send test and production data using the

sameor different Sender ID’s. Example A Version Status Receiver ID 003070VICS 004010VICS

Production Test

3333330001 3333330001

Example B Version Status Receiver ID 003070VICS 004010VICS

Production Test

3333330001 3333330002

• The contents of ISA15 (Test Indicator) always determines whether a

transmission contains test or production data. • The data contents of GS08 (Version ID) always determines the version

number of the functional group. • SUGGESTION: When implementing a new version, code and test all

transactions you are using and implement all of the system changes at one time. This will allow you to concentrate on implementations with trading partners. It may be difficult to do both at the same time.

VICS EDI CHANGE SUMMARY Introduction This section summarizes changes to the VICS EDI Industry Conventions and Implementation Guidelines of the ASC X12 Transaction Sets, Segments, and Data Elements included in this document. The summary only includes changes since the last release of this publication (003070VICS).


004010 181

ASC X12 Changes All ASC X12 changes, since the last release, which impact the VICS EDI implementation of the transaction sets printed in 004010VICS are in-cluded. Any ASC X12 changes which did not impact the VICS EDI implementation of the transaction sets printed in 004010VICS have not been included. CANADIAN ECR has included only those highlights that affect the formats included. VICS EDI Change Summary Highlights • The code list for Data Element 426 (Adjustment Reason Code) has

been categorized in Section III (Extended Data Element Information). • The PO4 Usage section in Section V (Data Mapping) has been replaced

with a new section titled Pack/Inner Pack Usage. • VICS EDI has migrated from Version 00307 of the Interchange Control

Structure to Version 00401. • The minimum/maximum of all DT (Date) type data elements has been

changed from 6/6 to 6/8 with the exception of Data Element I09 (Interchange Date) in the ISA segment.

• Code RE (Party to receive commercial invoice remittance) has been replaced with code RI (Remit To) in Data Element 128 (Reference Identification Qualifier) in Transaction Sets 810 and 812.

• The definition of code VN has been changed from Vessel Name to Vendor Order Number in Data Element 128 (Reference Identification Qualifier) everywhere code VN is used in the VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines.

• Code CB (Buyer’s Catalog Number) in Data Element 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier) will be deleted from the VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines after Version 004010.

• Code IN (Buyer’s Item number) in Data Element 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier) has been added to the VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines everywhere code CB is currently used.

• Code VC (Vendor’ (Seller’s) Catalog Number) in Data • Element 235 (Product/Service ID Qualifier) will be deleted from the VICS

EDI Implementation Guidelines after Version 004010. • Code VN (Vendor’s (Seller’s) Item number) in Data Element 235

(Product/Service ID Qualifier) has been added to the VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines everywhere code VC is currently used.

Table of Contents 560 •••• Data Element has been deleted from Section III (Extended Data Element Information).


182 004010

223 •••• Transaction Set has been added. 224 •••• Transaction Set has been added. 940 •••• Transaction Set has been added. 990 •••• Transaction Set has been deleted.

Version Migration •••• Dates and versions have been updated for Version 004010VICS.

VICS EDI Change Summary •••• Has been updated for Version 004010VICS.

Extended Data Element Information 150

• Code 002 has been added. • Code 004 has been added. • Code 006 has been added. • Code 007 has been added. • Code 008 has been added. • Code 009 has been added. • Code 011 has been added. • Code 012 has been added. • Code 016 has been added. • Code 017 has been added. • Code BU2 has been added. • Code BU4 has been added. • Code CA1 has been added. • Code CA2 has been added. • Code CA4 has been added. • Code CFC has been added. • Code CFL has been added. • Code CGT has been added. • Code CLD has been added. • Code COP has been added. • Code DCE has been added. • Code DCV has been added. • Code DDZ has been added.


004010 183

• Code DEZ has been added. • Code DFD has been added. • Code DGE has been added. • Code DOV has been added. • Code DPD has been added. • Code DPE has been added. • Code EXD has been added. • Code FAK has been added. • Code FLS has been added. • Code GMS has been added. • Code HZD has been added. • Code IDC has been added. • Code IDD has been added. • Code IMS has been added. • Code LC2 has been added. • Code LC4 has been added. • Code LCL has been added. • Code LEC has been added. • Code LFD has been added. • Code LMD has been added. • Code LME has been added. • Code LPD has been added. • Code LQD has been added. • Code LTE has been added. • Code MAT has been added. • Code OCN has been added. • Code OOD has been added. • Code OWC has been added. • Code PRS has been added. • Code PVP has been added. • Code RDH has been added. • Code RFM has been added. • Code RPD has been added. • Code RST has been added. • Code SFB has been added. • Code SFD has been added. • Code SFE has been added. • Code SSU has been added. • Code STD has been added. • Code STQ has been added. • Code VCL has been added. • Code WBB has been added. • Code WCT has been added. • Code WFG has been added. • Code WFT has been added. • Code WRB has been added. • Code WRI has been added.


184 004010

355 • Code BA has been added. • Code BO has been added. • Code BR has been added. • Code CE has been added. • Code CW has been added. • Code DS has been added. • Code FA has been added. • Code KE has been added. • Code HR has been added. • Code MO has been added. • Code TE has been added. • Code TK has been added. • Code V2 has been added. • Code WG has been added. • Code YR has been added.

426 • Code BA has been added. • Code BB has been added. • Code BC has been added. • Code BE has been added. • Code BF has been added. • Code BG has been added. • Code BH has been added. • Code BI has been added. • Code BJ has been added. • Code BK has been added. • Code BL has been added. • Code BM has been added. • Code BP has been added.

560 • Data Element has been deleted.

751 • Code EV has been deleted from Part 01. • Code VC has been deleted from Part 02.

1300 • Code ALPT has been added. • Code BU2T has been added. • Code BU4T has been added. • Code BUAT has been added. • Code CA2T has been added. • Code CA4T has been added. • Code CFCT has been added. • Code CFLT has been added. • Code CGTT has been added. • Code CLDT has been added. • Code CRLT has been added.


004010 185

• Code CTLT has been added. • Code CUFT has been added. • Code DCET has been added. • Code DCVT has been added. • Code DDZT has been added. • Code DEZT has been added. • Code DFDT has been added. • Code DGET has been added. • Code DOVT has been added. • Code DPDT has been added. • Code DPET has been added. • Code EXLT has been added. • Code FAKT has been added. • Code FLST has been added. • Code GMST has been added. • Code H605 has been added. • Code HZDT has been added. • Code IDCT has been added. • Code I720 has been added. • Code I730 has been added. • Code I740 has been added. • Code I750 has been added. • Code I760 has been added. • Code LC2T has been added. • Code LC4T has been added. • Code LCLT has been added. • Code LECT has been added. • Code LFDT has been added. • Code LMDT has been added. • Code LNDT has been added. • Code LPDT has been added. • Code LQDT has been added. • Code LTET has been added. • Code MATT has been added. • Code OCNT has been added. • Code OODT has been added. • Code OWCT has been added. • Code PRST has been added. • Code PVPT has been added. • Code RDHT has been added. • Code RFMT has been added. • Code RPDT has been added. • Code RSTT has been added. • Code SFBT has been added. • Code SFDT has been added. • Code SFET has been added. • Code SSCT has been added. • Code SSUT has been added.


186 004010

• Code STDT has been added. • Code STFT has been added. • Code STOT has been added. • Code TERT has been added. • Code VCLT has been added. • Code WBBT has been added. • Code WCFT has been added. • Code WFTT has been added. • Code WRBT has been added. • Code WRIT has been added.

1301 • Code DC has been added to Part 02 under code OH

(Part 01). • Code KY has been added to Part 02 under code OH

(Part 01). • Code 11 has been added to Part 02 under code TC (Part

01). • VICS EDI Note has been added to Part 03 under code

TC (Part 01). • Code 12 has been added to Part 03 under code TC (Part

01). • Code 13 has been added to Part 03 under code TC (Part


01). • VICS EDI Note has been added to Part 04 under code

TC (Part 01). • Code 06 has been added to Part 04 under code TC (Part











01).


004010 187

• Code 17 has been added to Part 04 under code TC (Part 01).







• VICS EDI Note has been added to new Part 05 under code TC (Part 01).

• Code 01 has been added to new Part 05 under code TC (Part 01).















188 004010

External Code Sources 70 •••• Name has been changed to Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard (VICS) EDI •••• ‘‘Source’’ has been changed. 98 •••• Name has been changed to SSCC-18 and Application Identifier. •••• ‘‘Source’’ has been changed. •••• ‘‘Available From’’ has been changed. •••• ‘‘Abstract’’ has been changed. 583 •••• Code source has been added. 664 •••• Code source has been added.

Data Mapping - Element Type: ID •••• Definition has been changed. AN •••• Definition has been changed. DT •••• Definition has been changed. TM •••• Definition has been changed. Nn •••• Name has been changed. •••• Definition has been changed. R •••• Definition has been changed.

Data Mapping - Product Identification: •••• All references to code CB have been replaced with code IN. •••• All references to code VC have been replaced with codeVN.

Data Mapping - Pack/Inner Pack: •••• The PO4 Usage section in Section V (Data Mapping) has been replaced with a new section titled Pack/Inner Pack Usage


004010 189

Interchange Control Structures: ISA • VICS EDI Note has been modified. • VICS EDI Note has been deleted from ISA01. • Code 01 has been deleted from ISA01. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on ISA02. • Code 13 has been deleted from ISA05. • Code 13 has been deleted from ISA07. • Code 00307 has been deleted from ISA12. • Code 00401 has been added to ISA12. GS •••• Code AS has been deleted from GS01. • Code GF has been deleted from GS01. • Code IM has been deleted from GS01. • Code MI has been deleted from GS01. • Code OW has been added to GS01. • Code PV has been deleted from GS01. • Code QM has been deleted from GS01. • Code SM has been deleted from GS01. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on GS04. • Code 003070VICS has been deleted. • Code 004010VICS has been added. Transaction Sets 810 Invoice BIG

• Code CO has been deleted from BIG07 (Position 1/020). • Code DU has been deleted from BIG07. • Usage of BIG08 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code 00 has been added to BIG08. • Code 07 has been added to BIG08. • Code CO has been added to BIG08.

CUR • Usage of CUR07 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used"

(Position 1/040). • Code 007 has been added to CUR07. • Usage of CUR08 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".


190 004010

REF • Code ABS has been added to REF01 (Position 1/050). • Code FW has been added to REF01. • Code PI has been added to REF01. • Code V3 has been added to REF01. • Definition of code VN has been changed in REF01. • VICS EDI Note has been deleted from code VN in REF01.

N1 • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position 1/070). • Code RE has been deleted from N101. • Code RI has been added to N101. • Code 14 • Code UL has been added to N103. • Code O4 has been added to N106. • Code ZZ has been deleted from N104.

N4 • Usage of N401 has been changed from "Required" to "Used"

(Position 1/100). • Usage of N402 has been changed from "Required" to "Used".

PID

• Code EV has been added to PID04 (Position 1/160). • Code FA has been added to PID04. • Code FP has been added to PID04. • Code TF has been added to PID04. • Code VC has been added to PID04. • Code WA has been added to PID04.

IT1 • Code BV has been added to IT106 (Position 2/010). • VICS EDI Note has been added to code CB in IT106. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in IT106. • Code IN has been added to IT106. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in IT106. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in IT106. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in IT106. • Code VN has been added to IT106

IT3 • VICS EDI Note has been added (Position 2/030).

CTP • Usage of CTP09 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used"

(Position 2/050). • Code NT has been added to CTP09. • Code PE has been added to CTP09. • Usage of CTP10 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • VICS EDI Note has been added to CTP10.


004010 191

PID • Code 35 has been added to PID02 (Position 2/060). • Code AGE has been added to PID02. • Code B8 has been added to PID02. • Code BCC has been added to PID02. • Code BEV has been added to PID02. • Code BND has been added to PID02. • Code FLV has been added to PID02. • Code FQ has been added to PID02. • Code P6 has been added to PID02. • Code PRI has been added to PID02. • Code R3 has been added to PID02. • Code VI has been added to PID02. • Code WF has been added to PID02. • Code AL has been added to PID03.

PKG • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

2/090). PO4

• VICS EDI Note has been changed. • Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO403 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO414 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

REF • Code PL has been added to REF01 (Position 2/120).

SDQ • Code UL has been added to SDQ02 (Position 2/140). • Code UM has been added to SDQ02.

CAD • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

2/160). SLN

• Code BV has been added to SLN09 (Position 2/200). • VICS EDI Note has been added to code CB in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in SLN09. • Code IN has been added to SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in SLN09. • Code VN has been added to SLN09

CAD • VICS EDI Note has been added (Position 3/030). • Code 08 has been added to CAD07. • Code 97 has been added to CAD07.


192 004010

ISS • VICS EDI Note has been added (Position 3/060). • Data Element 380 (Quantity) has been added as ISS07 and is

"Used". • Data Element 81 (Weight) has been added as ISS08 and is

"Used". PID

• Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position 3/065).

850 Purchase Order BEG

• Code 22 has been added to BEG01 (Position 1/020). • Code BL has been added to BEG02. • Usage of CUR07 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code 007 has been added to CUR07. • Usage of CUR08 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

REF • VICS EDI Note has been deleted (Position 1/050). • Code ABS has been added to REF01. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code DP in REF01. • Code PN has been added to REF01. • Definition of code VN has been changed in REF01. • VICS EDI Note has been deleted from code VN in REF01. • Code V3 has been added to REF01.

TAX • VICS EDI Note has been deleted (Position 1/070). • Usage of TAX02 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code 93 has been added to TAX02. • Usage of TAX03 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Usage of TAX12 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code 1 has been added to TAX12. • Code 2 has been added to TAX12. • Usage of TAX13 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code C has been added to TAX13. • Code W has been added to TAX13.

FOB • Code FO has been added to FOB01 (Position 1/080). • Code HP has been added to FOB01. • Code PB has been added to FOB01.

ITD • Max use has been changed from 5 to >1 (Position 1/130). • VICS EDI Note has been added.


004010 193

DTM • Code 087 has been added to DTM01 (Position 1/150).

PID • Code EV has been added to PID04 (Position 1/190). • Code FA has been added to PID04. • Code FP has been added to PID04. • Code TF has been added to PID04. • Code VC has been added to PID04. • Code WA has been added to PID04.

PWK • Code C9 has been added to PWK01 (Position 1/210).


1/220). TD5

• Code 3 has been added to TD502 (Position 1/240). • Code 4 has been added to TD502. • Code LT has been added to TD504. • Code SR has been added to TD504. • Code X has been added to TD504.

TD3 • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

1/250). PCT


CTB • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

1/280). N1

• VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position 1/310). • Code BL has been added to N101. • Code CB has been added to N101. • Code CN has been added to N101. • Code NP has been added to N101. • Code VN has been deleted from N101. • Code 14 has been added to N103. • Code UL has been added to N103.


(Position 1/340). • Usage of N402 has been changed from "Required" to "Used". • Usage of N405 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code BS has been added to N405. • Code H as been added to N405.


194 004010

PER • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

1/360). PO1

• VICS EDI Note has been added to code CB in PO106 (Position 2/010).

• VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in PO106. • Code IN has been added to PO106. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in PO106. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ on PO106. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in PO106. • Code VN has been added to PO106.

CTP • Usage of CTP09 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used"

(Position 2/040). • Code NT has been added to CTP09. • Code PE has been added to CTP09. • Usage of CTP10 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • VICS EDI Note has been added to CTP10.

PID • Code WD has been added to PID02 (Position 2/050). • Code AL has been added to PID03.

PO4 • VICS EDI Note has been changed.(Position 2/090). • Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO403 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO414 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

ITD • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

2/150). SDQ

• Code UL has been added to SDQ02 (Position 2/190). • Code UM has been added to SDQ02.


2/305). N9

• VICS EDI Note has been added to code DP in N901 (Position 2/330).

N1 • VICS EDI Note has been added. • Code CN has been added to N101 (Position 2/350).




004010 195

• Usage of N405 has been changed from "Required" to "Used". • Code BS has been added to N105. • Code H has been added to N105.

REF • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (position

2/390). PER

• Code OC has been added to PER01 (Position 2/400). • Code HP has been added to PER03. • Code WP has been added to PER03. • Usage of PER05 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code HP has been added to PER05. • Code TE has been added to PER05. • Code WP has been added to PER05. • Usage of PER06 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Usage of PER07 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Code HP has been added to PER07. • Code TE has been added to PER07. • Code WP has been added to PER07. • Usage of PER08 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

DTM • Segment has been added and is "Used" (Position 2/406).

SLN • VICS EDI Note has been added to code CB in SLN09 (Position

2/470). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in SLN09. • Code IN has been added to SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in SLN09. • Code VN has been added to SLN09.

CTP • Segment has been moved from Position 2/522 to Position

(2/516). PO4

• Segment has been moved from Position 2/524 to Position (2/518).

• VICS EDI Note has been changed. CTT

• Usage of CTT03 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position 3/010).

• Usage of CTT04 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Usage of CTT05 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used". • Usage of CTT06 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

AMT • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

3/020).


196 004010

852 Product Activity Data XPO

• Code UL has been added to XPO03 (Position 1/030). N1

• Code 14 has been added to N101 (Position 1/060). • Code UL has been added to N101.



LIN • Position has been changed from 2/150 to 2/010. • Code AG has been added to LIN02 (Position 2/010). • Code BL has been added to LIN02. • Code BV has been added to LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code CB in LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in LIN02. • Code CN has been added to LIN02. • Code IN has been added to LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in LIN02. • Code VN has been added to LIN02. • Code VT has been added to LIN02.

CTP • Position has been changed from 2/160 to 2/020.

PO4 • Position has been changed from 2/170 to 2/030. • VICS EDI Note has been changed. • Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO403 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO414 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

AMT • Position has been changed from 2/175 to 2/050.

ZA • Position has been changed from 2/180 to 2/080. • Code BS has been added to ZA01. • Code BT has been added to ZA01. • Code DG has been added to ZA01. • Code HL has been added to ZA01. • Code MS has been added to ZA01. • Code OF has been added to ZA01. • Code OP has been added to ZA01.


004010 197

• Code QF has been added to ZA01. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code QH in ZA01. • Code WQ has been added to ZA01. • Definition of code VN has been changed in ZA06. • VICS EDI Note has been deleted from code VN in ZA06.

CTP • Position has been changed from 2/190 to 2/100.

SDQ • Position has been changed from 2/200 to 2/110. • Code UL has been added to SDQ02. • Code UM has been added to SDQ02.

G95 • Position has been changed from 2/202 to 2/120.

DTM • Position has been changed from 2/204 to 2/130.

CTT • Position has been changed from 3/210 to 3/010.

SE • Position has been changed from 3/220 to 3/020.

855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment REF

• Definition of code VN has been changed in REF01 (Position 1/050).

• VICS EDI Note has been deleted from code VN in REF01. SAC


N1 • Code 14 has been added to N101 (Position 1/300). • Code UL has been added to N101.

N4 • Usage of N401 has been changed for "Required" to "Used"

(Position 1/320). PO1

• VICS EDI Note has been added to code CB in PO106 (Position 2/010).

• VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in PO106. • Code IN has been added to PO106. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in PO106. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ on PO106. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in PO106. • Code VN has been added to PO106.


198 004010

PID • Usage has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position

2/050). PO4

• VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position 2/090). • Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO403 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO414 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

SAC • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position 2/130).

SDQ • Add code UL to SDQ02 (Position 2/190). • Add code UM to SDQ02.


2/470). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in SLN09. • Code IN has been added to SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in SLN09. • Code VN has been added to SLN09.

856 Ship Notice/Manifest HL

• VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position S/010). TD1

• VICS EDI Note has been deleted from 71 in Part 2 of TD101 (Position S/110).

MAN • Code AA has been added to MAN01 (Position S/190). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code GM in MAN01.

DTM • Code 017 has been added to DTM01 (Position S/200).

N1 • Code UL has been added to N101 (Position S/220).

HL • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position U/010).

MAN • Code AA has been added to MAN01 (Position U/190). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code GM in MAN01.

HL • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position O/010).

PRF


004010 199

• Usage of PRF06 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used" (Position O/050).

PID • Code EV has been added to PID04 (Position O/070). • Code VC has been added to PID04.

REF • Definition of code VN has been changed in REF01 (Position

O/150). • VICS EDI Note has been deleted from code VN in REF01.

DTM • VICS EDI Note has been deleted (Position O/200). • Code 371 has been added to DTM01. • Usage of DTM03 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

N1 • Code UL has been added to N103 (Position O/220).


(Position O/250) • Usage of N402 has been changed from "Required" to "Used".

HL • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position T/010).

MAN • Code AA has been added to MAN01 (Position T/190). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code GM in MAN01.

HL • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position P/010).

LIN • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position P/020). • Code UK has been added to LIN02.


P/040). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in SLN09. • Code IN has been added to SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in SLN09. • Code VN has been added to SLN09.

PO4 • VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position P/060). • Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO403 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO414 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

MAN • Code AA has been added to MAN01 (Position T/190). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code GM in MAN01.


200 004010

HL • VICS EDI Note has been changed (I/010).

LIN • VICS EDI Note has been added to code CB in LIN02 (Position

I/020). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in LIN02. • Code IN has been added to LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in LIN02. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in LIN02. • Code VN has been added to LIN02.


P/040). • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code CM in SLN09. • Code IN has been added to SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SM in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been changed on code SZ in SLN09. • VICS EDI Note has been added to code VC in SLN09. • Code VN has been added to SLN09.

PRF • Usage of PRF06 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used"

(Position I/050). PO4

• VICS EDI Note has been changed (Position I/060). • Usage of PO402 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO403 has been changed from "Used" to "Not Used". • Usage of PO414 has been changed from "Not Used" to "Used".

. 997 Functional Acknowledgment Transaction Set Note has been changed (Position 1/010). Segments The following segment changes apply everywhere the segment appears in the VICS EDI 004010 implementation guidelines. AK4

• Segment purpose has been changed. • Semantic note 1 has been added.

AK9 • Comment A has been changed.

BAK

• Data Element 373 has replaced C041 as BAK04.


004010 201

BCH • Data Element 373 has replaced Composite Data Element • C041 as BCH06. • Data Element 373 has replaced Composite Data Element • C041 as BCH11.

BEG • Data Element 373 has replaced Composite Data Element • C041 as BEG05.

BGN • Semantic note 6 has been deleted. • BGN10 (Data Element 624) has been deleted.

CTP • Requirement designator for CTP03 has been changed • from Optional to Conditional. • Syntax note 5 has been added.

DTM • DTM05 (Data Element 624) has been deleted. • Sequence number of Data Element 1250 has been • changed from DTM06 to DTM05. • Sequence number of Data Element 1251 has been • changed from DTM07 to DTM06. • Syntax note 1 has been changed. • Syntax note 3 has been changed.

G51 • Segment name has been changed. • Syntax note 1 has been added. • Requirement designator of G5101 has been changed from • Mandatory to Conditional. • Requirement designator of G5102 has been changed from • Mandatory to Conditional.

G55 • Data Element 810 has been added as G5532 and Optional. • Data Element 103 has been added as G5533 and Optional.

G62 • G6206 (Data Element 624) has been deleted.

ISS • Semantic note 1 has been added. • Semantic note 2 has been added. • Data Element 380 has been added as ISS07 and Optional. • Data Element 81 has been added as ISS08 and Optional.

PID • Syntax note 3 has been changed. • Syntax note 4 has been changed.

Data Elements The following data element changes apply everywhere the data element


202 004010

appears in the VICS EDI 004010 implementation guidelines. 54

• Data element name has been changed. 67

• Minimum/maximum has bee changed from 2/20 to 2/80. 103

• Data element purpose has been changed. 107

• Minimum/maximum has been changed from 1/1 to 1/2. 282

• Data element purpose has been changed. • Minimum/maximum has been changed from 6/6 to 8/8.

330 • Minimum/maximum has been changed from 1/9 to 1/15.

356 • Data element purpose has been changed.

370 • Data element purpose has been changed. • Minimum/maximum has been changed from 6/6 to 8/8.








810 • Data element purpose has been changed.

I14

• Data element name has been changed. • Data element purpose has been changed.


004010 203

ECCC Control No:_________________________

Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx Committee

EDI GUIDELINES CHANGE REQUEST FORM

All change requests must be typed. Use additional pages as needed.

A. Originator: Name: Company: Address: Phone: Fax: E-mail:

B. Proposed Action: List specific changes needed, if known, to the Canadian EDI guidelines to satisfy the business

need.

C. Business Function/Purpose: Explain, in detail, the business function, operation, or problem that will be satisfied by the change, i.e., what is this change accomplishing from a business perspective.

D. Ramifications: List only those areas that will be used by the business function. Transaction Set(s): Segments(s): Data Element(s): EDI Business Example(s):

E. Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx EDI Committee Action: Date:

Return to: Electronic Commerce Council of Canada, email address: (eccc.org) mail address: 885 Don Mills Rd., Suite 301, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M3C 1V9 Phone: (416) 510-8039 Fax: (416) 510-8043


204 004010

Additional Space (if required)


004010 145

SECTION V DATA MAPPING TABLE OF CONTENTS Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx Implementation Format Implementation Guideline Format VICS EDI Conventions Envelope & Group Mapping Control Segments (ISA, IEA, GS, GE)

810 Invoice 850 Purchase Order 852 Product Activity Data 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment 856 Ship Notice/Manifest 882 Promotion Announcement 997 Functional Acknowledgment

Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx Implementation Format The purpose of this section is to provide the necessary information to enable trading partners to utilize the ASC X12 standards for the exchange of electronic business documents within the retail industry. The transmission, in the ASC X12 format, is comprised of an outer envelope (transmission envelope), which identifies the sender and receiver. Within the transmission envelope are one or more functional groups. The functional groups are analogous to batches of like documents, e.g. purchase orders, invoices, etc. Each functional group contains one or more transaction sets (electronic documents). Each transaction set is an ordered collection of segments. Each segment is an ordered collection of data elements. Each segment has been assigned a two or three character identifier. This identifier marks the beginning of each segment. Each element within the segment is separated by a data element separator character (a ‘‘*’’ is used to depict the data element separator in printed examples). A segment terminator character is used to mark the end of a segment (A ‘‘N/L’’ is used to depict the segment terminator in printed examples). SEGMENT EXAMPLE 1 * * * N/L N/L Many of the data elements are optional, i.e., if the data element is not applicable it is not required to be sent. When a data element is omitted the data element separators remain to explicitly indicate the omission. See Example 2.

BEG Data Element1

Data Element2

Data Element3


146

SEGMENT EXAMPLE 1 * ** N/L DATA ELEMENT 2 OMITTED When the data elsegment termina SEGMENT EXAMPLE 3 DATA ELEMENTS 2 AND 3 OMITTED As with the data segment is omitteomission of a dat IMPLEMENT Each transactionwhich will contaiintroduction, the ASC X12 SegmeThe ASC X12 seASC X12 standahierarchy is the V

DataElement

DataElement

BEG

ement that is being omitted is at the end of the segment, the tor is placed after the last data element used. See Example 3.

* N/L

elements, sod it is not sa segment.

ATION G

set in the n any condASC X12 se

nt Hierarchgment hierard. See the ICS EDI se

1 3

BEG
DataElement 1
004010

me of the segments are optional. However, when a ent. There is no need to explicitly indicate the

UIDELINE FORMAT

data mapping section begins with an introduction, itions applicable only to that transaction. After the gment hierarchy is listed.

y rchy lists all segments, in order, available from the example below. Following the ASC X12 segment gment hierarchy.


004010 147

Page Num

ber wher

e a detai

led descriptio

n of this seg

ment is

located.

Indicates that this seg

ment is

VICS EDI Segment Hierarchy The VICS EDI segment hierarchy lists all the segments, in order, that are used by VICS EDI. This provides the user of the VICS EDI conventions and guidelines with a list of segments available for use, and in the sequence to be used. Following the VICS EDI segment hierarchy, a detailed description of each segment is provided, in order.

ASC X12 810Invoice FUNCTIONAL GROUP ID = IN This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Invoice Transaction Set (810) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the billing for goods and services provided.

Header PAGE # POS. # SEG. ID NAME

REQ. DES. MAX USE LOOP REPEAT

564 565 N/U 567 570 N/U 572 573 576 577 578 N/U N/U N/U 579 582 584 586 N/U N/U N/U N/U

010 020 030 040 050 055 060 070 080 090 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200

ST BIG NTE CUR REF YNQ PER N1 N2 N3 N4 REF PER DMG ITD DTM FOB PID MEA PWK PKG L7

Transaction Set Header Beginning Segment for Invoice Note/Special Instruction Currency Reference Identification Yes/No Question Administrative Communications Contact

LOOP ID - N1 Name Additional Name Information Address Information Geographic Location Reference Identification Administrative Communications Contact Demographic Information Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale Date/Time Reference F.O.B. Related Instructions Product/Item Description Measurements Paperwork Marking, Packaging, Loading Tariff Reference

M M O O O O O

O O O O O O

O

O O O O O O O O

1 1

100 1

12 10 3

1 2 2 1

12 3

1

>1 10 1

200 40 25 25 1

200

Indicates that this segment is not used

Page number where a detailed description of this segment is located


148 004010

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Level: Detail Loop: PO1/PID Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000

Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

Syntax: 1 C0403 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

2 R0405 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 C0703 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

4 C0803 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required. 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being

referred to. Semantic:

2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.

3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A “Y” indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an “N” indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: A If PID01 equals “F”, then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals “S”, then PID04 is

used. If PID01 equals “X”, then both PID04 and PID05 are used. B Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being

described in the segment. C PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes

The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and are only printed in this guideline.


REF. DATA DES. ELEMENT NAME ATTRIBUTES

ASC X12Data

VICS EDIConventions

for thissegment

PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Conditions fordata elements

with “C”attribute

Indicates thatthis data

element must beused

VICS EDI note forthis codedefinition

The description will be found in PID05.

The description will be found in PID03 and PID04.

The description will be found in PID03 and PID04, and PID05.


004010 149

Segment Detail Each segment is listed with the segment ID and name, level (header, detail, or summary), loop (if the segment is contained within a loop), loop repeat (for the first segment in the loop), requirement within the transaction set, maximum use, purpose (as defined by ASC X12, ASC X12 syntax notes, ASC X12 semantic notes, ASC X12 comments for segment usage, and notes that explain the VICS EDI convention for this segment within the transaction set. It is important to note, all shaded text in this section is the VICS EDI conventions and terminology. The unshaded areas contain codes, definitions, and comments from the ASC X12 standard. Within the ASC X12 Standards a few segment comments have been relocated to a Figures Appendix. When appropriate for the retail industry, those comments appear in this Data Mapping section. The data element summary lists each data element, in order, for the segment. For each data element, there is one line to identify reference designator, data element number, data element name, and attributes. When a data element is designated by ASC X12 as mandatory, or the data element is required by VICS EDI, a ä will appear in the left margin next to the data element. Below the one line summary is the usage notes and actual values identified for retail use. Reference Designator: This is the segment identifier with the data element sequence number within the segment. Data Element Number: This is the number assigned to the data element by ASC X12. This number may be used for direct reference into the ASC X12 Data Element Dictionary. Data Element Name: This is the name assigned to the data element by ASC X12, in the ASC X12 Data Element Dictionary. Attributes: Each data element has three ASC attributes: element usage, element type, and Minimum / Maximum length. Element Usage:

M Mandatory The data element must be used if the segment is used.. O Optional The data element may be used if the segment is used. C Conditional The data element may be used only if other elements are used within the segment. The particular condition/relation will be stated in the Data Element Summary for the segment when used.

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Level: Detail Loop: PO1/PID Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000

Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

Syntax: 1 C0403 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

2 R0405 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 C0703 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

4 C0803 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required. 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being

referred to. Semantic:

2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.

3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A “Y” indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an “N” indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: A If PID01 equals “F”, then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals “S”, then PID04 is

used. If PID01 equals “X”, then both PID04 and PID05 are used. B Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being

described in the segment. C PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes

The PID segment is used to provide product/item descriptions in text and or coded formats. The codes in PID04 are maintained by the VICS EDI SMC and are only printed in this guideline.


REF. DATA DES. ELEMENT NAME ATTRIBUTES

ASC X12Data

VICS EDIConventions

for thissegment

PID01 349 Item Description Type M ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Conditions fordata elements

with “C”attribute

Indicates thatthis data

element must beused

VICS EDI note forthis codedefinition

The description will be found in PID05.

The description will be found in PID03 and PID04.

The description will be found in PID03 and PID04, and PID05.


150 004010

Guideline Designators: X in the left-hand margin: Indicates that this data element is not recommended for use in the

Canadian Food and Drug Retail Implementation Guidelines for EDI >> in the left-hand margin: Indicates that the use of this element is mandatory if this segment is used.

Element Type: ID Identifier Values for the identifier-type data elements are taken from a pre-defined list in the ASC X12 Data Element Dictionary. AN String Values for the string-type data elements are a sequence of any printable characters. DT Date A date data element is used to express the standard date in either YYMMDD or CCYYMMDD format in which CC is the first two digits of the calendar year, YY is the last two digits of the calendar year, MM is the month (01-12), and DD is the day in the month (01 to 31). TM Time The time data element is used to express the time in HHMMSSd..d format in which HH is the hour for a 24-hour clock (00 to 23), MM is the minute (00 to 59), SS is the second (00 to 59) and d..d is decimal seconds. Seconds and decimal seconds are optional. Trailing zeros in decimal seconds should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement or unless necessary to indicate precision. Nn Numeric The value of a numeric data element includes an implied decimal point. It is used when the position of the decimal point within the data element is permanently fixed and is not being transmitted with the data. The representation for this data element type is Nn where “N” indicates that it is numeric and “n” indicates the number of decimal positions to the right of the implied decimal point (N is equivalent to N0). For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) shall not be transmitted. Leading zeroes should be suppressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. The length of a numeric type data element does not include the optional minus sign. EXAMPLES:


004010 151

Example 1 Value is 100.00 Number type is N The data stream value is 100 Example 2 Value is 999.99 Numeric type is N2 where “2" indicates an implied decimal placement two positions from the right The data stream value is 99999 Example 3 Value is -100.00 Numeric type is N2 where “2" indicates an implied decimal place-ment two positions from the right The data stream value is -10000

R Decimal A decimal data element contains an explicit decimal point and is used for numeric values that have a varying number of decimal positions. The decimal point always appears in the character stream if the decimal point is at any place other than the right end. If the value is an integer (decimal point is at the right end) the decimal point should be omitted. For negative values, the leading minus sign (-) is used. Absence of a sign indicates a positive value. The plus sign (+) shall not be transmitted. Leading zeroes should be sup-pressed unless necessary to satisfy a minimum length requirement. Trailing zeros following the decimal point should be suppressed unless necessary to indicate precision. The use of triad separators (for example, the commas in “1,000,000) is expressly prohibited. The length of a numeric type data element does not include the optional minus sign or decimal point.

EXAMPLES: Example 1 Value is 0123.00 Decimal type is R The data stream value is 123 Example 2 Value is 0123.45 Decimal type is R The data stream value is 123.45 Example 3 Value is -123.45 Decimal type is R The data stream value is -123.45

Minimum/Maximum: This is the minimum and maximum length of the data element. e.g.


152 004010

2/2 - fixed length of 2 characters. 4/9 - minimum length of 4 characters and maximum length of 9

characters.

VICS EDI CONVENTIONS

The following conventions are provided to help put the mapping conventions in perspective to the business practices of the user and their trading partner(s).

Functional Acknowledgments Functional Acknowledgments (FA), Transaction Set 997, are required for each functional group transmitted. The FA must be sent by the receiver of the functional group, to the sender, by the close of the next business day after receipt, to acknowledge the receipt and the syntactical condition of the functional group. The minimum level of detail for the FA is the group, e.g., it is not required to acknowledge at the transaction set, nor is it required to acknowledge specific segments and data elements in error. Acknowledgment at a level lower than the group is by agreement between the trading partners.

Control Numbers

ASC X12 standards provide three syntax control levels: Interchange, Group, and Transaction Set. Within each level there is a control number which provides a positive match between the headers and trailers, e.g., ISA and IEA segments (Interchange level), OS and GE segments (Group level), and ST and SE segments (Transaction Set level). The VICS EDI conventions specify how to assign these control numbers at each level. ISA/IEA

Interchange Control Numbers (ISA13/IEAO2) The number is sequentially assigned, by the sender, starting with one within each trading partner. The trading partner at the interchange level is defined by the Interchange Receiver ID (15A08). The control number is incremented by one for each interchange envelope sent to the trading partner. When the control number reaches 999999999 (maximum size) the next interchange envelope will have the control number of 000000001. The sequential assignment of interchange control numbers enables the receiver to detect a missing or duplicate transmission. Unlike the group level, no functional acknowledgement is used at the interchange level. Therefore, it is important for the receiver to notify the sender if an out of sequence interchange control number is detected.

GS/GE Data Interchange Control Numbers (GSO6/GEO2) The number assigned by the sender must be unique within each trading partner. The trading partner at the group level is defined by the Application Receiver Code (GSO3). The uniqueness must be maintained until such time that a Functional Acknowledgement is received for that group.


004010 153

In a distributed EDI environment, where groups may be processed at different locations from the sending/receiving point for the interchange it is impossible to maintain sequential control numbers. In this type of environment, one location serves as the gateway to the other locations Only the group level is passed on to other locations, and, in turn, the distributed locations format the groups and send them to the gateway for transmission. In addition, the Functional Acknowledgment provides positive means of control at the group level. The above two reasons support the convention for the group control number.

ST/SE Transaction Set Control Numbers (STO2/SEO2) The number is sequentially assigned, by the sender, starting with one within each functional group. For each functional group, the first transaction set control number will be 0001 and incremented by one for each additional transaction set within the group. Because of the rigorous control number structure at the interchange and group level, the transaction set control number is used to identify position within the group to ease error identification and resolution. The sequential numbering will allow easy location of a particular transaction set, within the transmission, if the need should arise.

Sender/Receiver IDs

The UCC assigned EDI Comm ID is the convention for identification of the sender and receiver of the EDI transmission. The DUNS number and the telephone number are documented only to provide a migration path to the EDI Comm ID usage. All members should encourage their respective trading partners to obtain and use the EDI Comm ID. The common means of identification of transportation carriers is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). When sending to or receiving from a transportation carrier, the SCAC should be used to identify the carrier.

Location Identification

The convention of the retail industry is the use of location codes/numbers to represent stores, warehouses, and distribution centers for ship to, bill to, buying locations, etc. The vendor will maintain the list of valid locations and their respective addresses for each retailer, and the retailer will maintain the location codes for each vendor. This alleviates the need to send full addresses. The location code and type (buying, ship-to, etc.) are sent in the N1 segment.

Buying Location in the Purchase Order

When using the purchase order, there must be one buying location specified. The buying location tells the vendor who the merchandise is for. It is assumed the vendor has the ship to and bill to locations for any retailer's buying location. The ship to location, for a store location, may be a distribution center (predistribution) or the store (direct ship). The buying location may be a distribution center with ship to the same location (post distribution). With the basic purchase order, a single buying location is specified with a N1 segment.


154 004010

With the spreadsheet order, one or more buying locations are specified by using the SDQ segment.

Product Identification

The convention for the retail industry is UPC-A. The UPC-A code is comprised of a one digit number system character, five digit manufacturer ID, five digit item number, and a one digit check digit for a total of twelve digits. Other codes are documented only as a migration path to the usage of the UPC-A by all trading partners. The identification is at the SKU level for all line items. There are three variations for identifying SKUs:

1. Use one Product ID Qualifier/Product ID set. This is the most efficient method of identification. This may be U.P.C.-A, EAN, ISBN, Buyer's Item Number (code IN), or Vendor's (Seller's) Item Number (code VN). 2. Use two Product ID Qualifier/Product ID sets. This is used to specify a buyer's assigned product and size (codes IN and IZ respectively), or to specify a vendor's assigned product and size (codes VN and SZ respectively). 3.Use three Product ID Qualifier/Product ID sets. This is used to specify a buyer's assigned style, color, and size (codes IT, BO, and IZ respectively), or to specify a vendor's assigned style, color, and size (codes VA, VE, and SZ respectively).

Coordinates

To identify coordinates, another Product ID Qualifier/Product ID is used with a code of CO and a unique number for the coordinate. All SKUs with the same unique number will be considered within the coordinate grouping. The uniqueness only applies within the transaction set to differentiate between coordinates.

Product Descriptions

All product descriptions will be in the PID segment. There will be no descriptions in the IT1, LIN, P01, SLN, etc.

CUR Usage

Monetary values are assumed to be expressed in the currency of the country of the transaction originator unless the optional CUR segment is used to specify a different currency. The CUR segment also permits the transaction originator to indicate a specific exchange rate, foreign exchange location and date/time as the basis for a currency conversion.

1.Assuming the currency of the transaction originator is U.S. dollars, the following CUR segment, when used in the heading area of a transaction set, indicates: • All monetary values are expressed in Canadian Dollars (CAD).


004010 155

• The exchange rate is at the discretion of the receiver. CUR*BY*CAD 2.Assuming the currency of the transaction originator is U.S. dollars, the following CUR segment, when used in the detail area of a transaction set, describes a currency conversion for that particular item from U.S. dollars to Canadian dollars. It also indicates that a specific exchange rate, at a specified foreign exchange location on a given date/time be used as the basis for the currency conversion. CUR*BY*USD*1 . 2OO*SE*CAD*NY*OO7*1998O4O1*14OO •••• CURO1=BY, CURO2=USD Identifies the buyer's currency as U.S. dollars •••• CURO3=1.200 The multiplier, 1.200, is the exchange rate factor for this conver sion •••• CURO4=SE, CURO5=CAD Identifies the seller's currency as Canadian dollars • CURO6=NY, CURO7=007, CURO8=19980401, CURO9=1400

Indicates the basis for the exchange rate as the New York Foreign Exchange, the effective date/time as April 1, 1998 at 2:00 PM.

If the unit price value was 7.50 U.S. dollars, the actual unit price conversion would be:

The unit price value (7.50), multiplied by the exchange rate (1.20) equals 9.00 Canadian dollars (7.50 x 1.20 = 9.00). CURlO through CUR21 provide for four additional dates/times relating to the currency conversion, i.e., effective date, expiration date, etc.

Pack/lnner Pack Usage

Introduction

Historically, there has been a great deal of confusion within the EDI community on the use of the 039, 055 and P04 segments to specify packaging of items within cartons, specifically the designation of inner pack and size information. Joint UCS and VICS EDI guidelines were introduced in Version 003040 to address this issue. However, the issue was not fully resolved. The 003040 guidelines addressed the use of the P04 segment in the Purchase Order and Invoice. As more business processes have been included in the scope of EDI, we have determined the issue is not just about POs and Invoices, but rather is about the "lifecycle" of item maintenance throughout the supply chain. The solu-


156 004010

tion to this issue must address the life of an item including introduction, setup, new item creation, item maintenance, and promotions, as well as the ordering, shipment notification, and invoicing of the item. These guidelines were developed for the following reasons:

• The 003040 guideline resulted in multiple uses for Data Element

357 (Size) when inner packs are involved. • The 003040 guideline effectively prohibited providing both size and inner pack information in the same segment. • The 003040 guideline cannot be applied consistently across all item-related transaction sets, i.e., 810, 832, 850, 875, 879, 880, 888, 889, etc.

In previous versions, Data Element 357 (Size) was sometimes used to communicate product size information and sometimes used to communicate inner pack information. By utilizing Data Element 810 (Inner Pack), Data Element 357 is now used for a single purpose, namely, the communication of product size information. Note: These guidelines are to be utilized for standard content cases only. They do not apply to variable content cases. Additionally, these guidelines are to be utilized during the ordering proces when the item being ordered is specified using consumer unit U.P.C. When items are specified using case U.P.C. or SCC-14, the pack/inner pack configuration is automatically defined by the product identification provided and pack/inner pack information need not be communi-cated in the purchase order or the invoice.

Data Element Definitions OLD DEFINITION (Version 003070) NEW DEFINITION (Version 004010) 356 Pack - Number of inner pack units per outer pack unit

356 Pack - The number of inner containers, or number of eaches if there are no inner containers, per outer container

810 Inner Pack - Number of units in each selling pack or inner container

810 Inner Pack - The number of eaches per inner container

Using Pack And Inner Pack To Determine The Packaging Configu-ration And Number Of Eaches Ordered

Data Elements 356 (Pack) and 810 may be used to specify the packaging of the item in the case or carton. Two levels of packaging may be specified. The first level, specified using Data Element 356, may be actual items, e.g., consumer units, or may be the number of smaller containers within the case. The second level, specified using Data Element 810, is the number of eaches in each inner container when Data Element 356 is the number of smaller containers within the


004010 157

case.

Example A - No inner pack, ordering quantities specified in Cases: In the Purchase Order, the item U.P.C. is specified and the unit of measure is


158 004010

Case. Data Element 356 is used and Data Element 810 is not used. The absence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are not present. VICS EDI Example UCS Example PO102 15 G6801 15

PO103 CA G6802 CA

P0401 10 G7001 10

P0414 not used G7010 not used

The total number of cases ordered is 15. The total number of eaches ordered is 150, case quantity ordered multiplied by the Pack quantity (15 x 10=150)

Example B - No inner pack, ordering quantities specified in Eaches: In the Purchase Order, the item U.P.C. is specified and the unit of measure is Each. Data Element 356 is used and Data Element 810 is not used. The absence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are not present. VICS EDI Example UCS Example PO102 150 G6801 150

PO103 EA G6802 EA

PO401 10 07001 10

PO414 not used 07010 not used

The total number of eaches ordered is 150. The total number of cases ordered is 15, eaches quantity ordered divided by the Pack quantity (150/10 = 15).

Example C - Inner packs, ordering quantities specified in Cases: In the Purchase Order, the item U.P.C. is specified and the unit of measure is Case. Data Elements 356 and 810 are both used. The presence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are used, i.e., each case contains 6 smaller containers and each smaller container contains 4 of the units specified by the item U.P.C. VICS EDI Example UCS Example PO102 10 G6801 10

PO103 CA G6802 CA

PO401 6 G7001 6 PO414 4 G7010 4 The total number of cases ordered is 10. The total number of eaches ordered is 240, case quantity ordered multiplied by the product of Pack quantity and Inner Pack quantity (10 x (6 x 4) =240). Example D - Inner packs, ordering quantities specified in


004010 159

Eaches: In the Purchase Order, the item U.P.C. is specified and the unit of measure is Each. Data Elements 356 and 810 are both used. The presence of Data Element 810 indicates that inner packs are used, i.e., each case contains 6 smaller containers and each smaller container contains 4 of the units specified by the item U.P.C. VICS EDI Example UCS Example

PO102 240 G6801 240 PO103 BA G6802 BA PO401 6 G7001 6 PO414 4 G7010 6 The total number of caches ordered is 240. The total number of cases ordered is 10, eaches quantity ordered divided by the product of Pack quantity and Inner Pack quantity (240/(6 x 4) = 10).The examples that follow demonstrate the use of data elements 356, 357 and 810 in item setup and ordering. These examples utilize consumer unit U.P.C. to identify the ordered item. In this case, Pack and Inner Pack are required to specify the packing configuration. When ordered items are identified using case U.P.C. or SCC-14, the pack/inner pack configuration is automatically defined by the product identification provided and pack/inner pack information need not be communicated in the purchase order or the invoice. Usage Examples Example 1- No inner packs The item in this example is a household cleaning product, packed 12 to a case. The shipping container is marked with a case U.P.C. and the item is marked with a consumer U.P.C. The product size is 15 ounces.


160 004010

UCS Example VICS EDI Example Transaction Set 888 Transaction Set 832 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

G3901 438 U.P.C. Case Code

Case U.PC. LIN02 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UA

G3917 356 Pack 12 LIN03 234 Prod/Serv ID

Case U.P.C.

G3927 810 Inner Pack not used G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP

G5501 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UP G5502 234 Prod/Serv

ID Consumer U.P.C.

G5502 234 Prod/Serv ID

Consumer U.P.C. G5513 356 Pack 1

G5513 356 Pack 1 G5514 357 Size 15

G5514 357 Size 15 05515 355

Unit/Basis Meas code

OZ

G5515 355 Unit/Basis Meas Code

OZ

G3901 438

U.P.C. Case Code

Case U.P.C.

G3917 356 Pack 12

G3927 810 Inner Pack not used

Transaction Set 875 Transaction Set 850 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

G6805 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual

UP PO106 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual

UP


Consumer U.P.C.

PO107 234 Prod/Serv ID

Consumer U.P.C.

G7001 356 Pack 12 PO401 356 Pack 12 G7010 810 Inner Pack not used PO414 810 Inner Pack not used

Example 2A - Simple inner packs The item in this example is a cosmetic. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 2 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 6 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a case U.PC., the inner containers are not marked with any U.P.C. marking, and the item is marked with a consumer U.P.C. The product size is 3 ounces.


004010 161

UCS Example VICS EDI Example Transaction Set 888 Transaction Set 832 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value



ID Qual UA

G3917 356 Pack 2 LIN03 234 Prod/Serv ID

Case U.P.C.

G3927 810 Inner Pack 6 G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


ID Consumer U.P.C.


Consumer U.P.C. G5513 356 Pack 1

G5513 356 Pack 1 G5514 357 Size 3

G5514 357 Size 3 05515 355


OZ


OZ

G3901 438

U.P.C. Case Code

Case U.P.C.

G3917 356 Pack 2

G3927 810 Inner Pack 6


162 004010


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value



UP


Consumer U.P.C.

PO107 234 Prod/Serv ID

Consumer U.P.C.

G7001 356 Pack 2 PO401 356 Pack 2 G7010 810 Inner Pack 6 PO414 810 Inner Pack 6

Example 2B - Simple inner packs The item in this example is a men's shirt. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 2 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 24 consumer units--each consumer unit is a poly bag containing I men's shirt. The shipping container is marked with a shipping container code (SCC- 14), the inner containers are not marked with any U.P.C. marking, and the item is marked with a consumer U.P.C. The product size is "Medium".

UCS Example VICS EDI Example Transaction Set 832

Element Ref.

Designator Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

LIN02 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UK

LIN03 234

Prod/Serv ID

Shipping Container Code

This example is not applicable to the UCS standard G3901 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UK

G3902 234

Prod/Serv ID


G3917 356 Pack 2 G3927 810 Inner Pack 24 G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.


IZ


Medium

G5513 356 Pack 1


004010 163

Transaction Set 850 Element Ref.

Designator Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

PO106 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual

UP


Consumer U.P.C.

PO401 356 Pack 2 PO414 810 Inner Pack 24 Example 3A - Complex inner packs The item in this example is a canned vegetable. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 6 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 4 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a case U.P.C., the inner containers are marked with a consumer U.P.C. (U.P.C.1 - considered a saleable item), and the item is marked with a consumer U.P.C. (U.P.C.2 - also considered a saleable item). The product size is 8 ounces. UCS Example VICS EDI Example Transaction Set 888 Transaction Set 832 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value



ID Qual UA G3917 356 Pack 6 LIN03 234 Prod/Serv Case

U P C


164 004010

ID U.P.C. G3927 810 Inner Pack 4 G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


ID Consumer U.P.C.1


Consumer U.P.C.1

G5513 356 Pack 4

G5513 356 Pack 4 G5514 357 Size 8

G5514 357 Size 8 G5515 355


OZ


OZ

G3901 438

U.P.C. Case Code

Case U.P.C.

G5501 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UP G3917 356 Pack 6


Consumer U.P.C.2


G5513 356 Pack 4 G5514 357 Size 8 LIN02 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UA

G5515 355 Unit/ Basis Meas Code

OZ

LIN03 234 Prod/Serv ID

Case U.P.C.

G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.2

G5513 356 Pack 1 G5514 357 Size 8

G5515 355 Unit/ Basis Meas code

OZ


Case U.P.C.

G3917 356 Pack 6

G3927 810 Inner Pack 4 Transaction Set 875 — U.P.C.1 Transaction Set 850 — U.P.C. 1 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

G6805 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UP PO106 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP

G6806 234 Prod/Serv Consum PO107 234 Prod/Serv Consumer


004010 165

ID er U.P.C.1

ID U.P.C. 1

G7001 356 Pack 6 PO401 356 Pack 6 G7010 810 Inner Pack not used PO414 810 Inner Pack not used Transaction Set 875 — U.P.C.2 Transaction Set 850 — U.P.C. 2 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value



UP


Consumer U.P.C. 2

PO107 234

Prod/Serv ID

Consumer U.P.C. 2


Example 3B - Complex inner packs

The item in this example is golf balls. The product is shipped using inner containers. There are 6 inner containers per shipping container and each inner container holds 12 consumer units. The shipping container is marked with a shipping container code (SCC-14), the inner containers are marked with a consumer U.P.C. (U.P.C.1 - considered a sale-able item), and the item is marked with a consumer U.P.C. (U.P.C.2 -also considered a saleable item). The consumer unit is a 3-pack of golf balls that cannot be further subdivided for sale.

UCS Example VICS EDI Example Transaction Set 888 Transaction Set 832


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

G3902 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UK LIN02 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UK



LIN03 234

Prod/Serv ID


G3917 356 Pack 6 G3927 810 Inner Pack not used G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.


UB G5513 356 Pack 12


Consumer U.P.C.1

G5513 356 Pack 12 G3902 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UK

G3903 234

Prod/Serv ID


G5501

235

Prod/Serv ID Qual

UP

G3917 356 Pack 6


166 004010


Consumer U.P.C.2


G5513 356 Pack 3 G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.

G5513 356 Pack 12

LIN02 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UK

LIN03 234 Prod/Serv

ID Shipping Container Code

G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.

G5513 356 Pack 1 G3902 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UK

G3903 234

Prod/Serv ID


G3917 356 Pack 6



004010 167

Transaction Set 875 — U.P.C.1 Transaction Set 850 — U.P.C. 1 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.1


Consumer U.P.C.

G7001 356 Pack 6 PO401 356 Pack 6 G7010 810 Inner Pack not used PO414 810 Inner Pack not used Transaction Set 875 — U.P.C.2 Transaction Set 850 — U.P.C. 2 Element Ref. Designator

Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C. 2

PO107 234

Prod/Serv ID

Consumer U.P.C. 2


Example 4- Simple inner packs

The item in this example is a canned soup. The vendor selling unit is a pallet. The product is shipped using 120 trays per pallet. Each tray con-tains 24 cans. The pallet is marked with a pallet U.P.C., the trays (inner containers) are not marked with any U.P.C. marking, and the item is marked with a consumer U.P.C. The product size is 6 ounces.

UCS Example VICS EDI Example Transaction Set 888 Transaction Set 832


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value

G3902 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UK LIN02 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UK G3903 234 Prod/Serv

ID Shipping Container Code (Pallet U.P.C.)

LIN03 234 Prod/Serv ID

Shipping Container Code (Pallet U.P.C.)

G3917 356 Pack 120 G3927 810 Inner Pack 24 G5501 235 Prod/Serv

ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.


UP G5513 356 Pack 1


Consumer U.P.C.

G5514 357 Size 6

G5513 356 Pack 1 G5515 355 Unit/ Basis Meas Code

OZ

G5514 357 Size 6 G5515 355 Unit/

Basis Meas Code

OZ G3902 235 Prod/Serv ID Qual UK

G3903 234 Prod/Serv Shipping


168 004010

ID Container Code (Pallet U.P.C.)

G3917 356 Pack 120



Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


Element Number

Element Name

Entry/ Value


ID Qual UP


Consumer U.P.C.


Consumer U.P.C.


ITD Terms Specification

With "best of terms selection" becoming a common practice in the retail industry, the need for a standard method of formatting and interpreting invoice terms has become more important. The terms documented in this section (and depicted in the grid to follow) are not inclusive of all possible terms, but have been identified as those most widely used within the retail industry. Formatting of terms not illustrated must be negotiated by trading partner agreement to ensure their correct interpretation. (Additional formulas may be added to the guidelines through the normal VICS EDI SMC Change Request process.) The Terms Discount Due Date (ITD04) and the Terms Net Due Date (ITD06) are not depicted as mandatory elements within the formula grid, except in Formulas 2 and 7. In general, the receiver of the invoice will recalculate all due dates. The Terms Basis Date Code (ITD02) is depicted as a check mark to indicate various values may be used. The only exceptions are Formulas 2 and 7, where a specific value is present in 1TD02. The Percent of Invoice Payable (ITD11) is also depicted using the check mark, as various values can be present in Formula 3. Tiered terms can be described as having multiple due dates, or different discounts offered depending on prompt payment. An example is "3% 10 Days, 1.5% 30 Days, Net 31" (refer to Formula 6). The term is formatted using 2 ITD segments, utilizing Formula 4 for the first occurrence of the ITD and Formula 5 to format "1.5% 30 Days, Net 31". The most commonly used invoice terms can be grouped into 4 categories, described as follows:

A. Discount Not Applicable

The total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date. The


004010 169

end of term period is either a specified date (as defined in ITD()6) or is derived by adding "E" number of days (ITDO7) to the beginning of term period date, as qualified by ITD02. For example, if ITD02 =3, the beginning of term period date is the invoice date. The date the total invoice amount becomes due is calculated by adding "E" number of days to the date of invoice.

• Applicable Formulas: 1, 2, 3

B. Prompt Payment Discount Offered

A discount percentage (1TD03) can be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date is either a specified date (as defined by 1TD04) or is derived by adding "C" number of days (ITD05) to the beginning of term period, as qualified by ITDO2. For example, if ITD02 = 2, the beginning of term period date is the delivery date. The discount percentage can be deducted from the total invoice amount if paid within "C" number of days from the delivery date. The total (net) invoice amount is payable by the end of the term period if prompt payment is not made. Refer to category A for determination of the end of term period date.

• Applicable Formulas: 4, 5, 6, 7

C. EOM (End of Month) The EOM month is determined using the beginning of term period date (YYMMDD), as qualified by ITD02, and a cut-off day (25th of the month). The EOM month is derived one of two ways:

• If the value of DD (day) is less than or equal to 25 (the cut-off day), add one (1) to the beginning of term period month (MM). Example 1: if the beginning of term period date is 19980603, the EOM month is July 1998.

• If the value of DD (day) is greater than 25 (the cut-off day), add

two (2) to the beginning of term period month (MM). Example 2: if the beginning of term period date is 19980629, the EOM month is August 1998.

When a prompt payment discount is not offered, the total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date, which is the 6th day (ITD13) of the calculated EOM month. If ITD05 is also present, additional days may be added to the 6th day of EOM.

In Example 1 above, the end of term period is the Gth day of July 1998. In Example 2, the end of term period is the 6th day of August 1998. If ITDO5 is also present, the value of 1TD05 (number of additional days) is added to the 6th day of July (Example 1) or the Gth day of August


170 004010

(Example 2).

• Applicable Formulas: 8, 9, 10, 11 Prompt payment discounts may be offered, with a discount percentage (ITD03) to be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date for EOM terms is the calculated EOM date as described in the preceding two paragraphs. The total (net) invoice amount becomes due either the day following the calculated prompt payment date or as of Net "E" days (ITD07).

• Applicable Formulas: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17

D. Proximo Proximo terms use the next calendar month as the month in which to pay the invoice, based on the month of the beginning of term period date, as qualified by ITD02. For example, if the beginning of term period date is 19980629, the Proximo month is July 1998.

When a prompt payment discount is not offered, the total (net) invoice amount is due by the end of term period date, which is the 6th day (ITD13) of the Proximo month. If 1TD05 is also present, additional days may be added to the 6th day of Prox. In the example above, the Proximo date is the 6th day of July 1998. If ITD05 is also present, the value of ITD05 (number of additional days) will be added to the 6th day of July 1998.

• Applicable Formulas: 18, 19 Prompt payment discounts may be offered, with a discount percentage (1TD03) to be deducted from the total invoice amount if the invoice is paid by the prompt payment date. The prompt payment date for Proximo terms is the calculated Proximo date as described in the preceding two paragraphs. The total (net) invoice amount becomes due either the day following the calculated prompt payment date or as of Net "E" days (1TD07).

• Applicable Formulas: 20, 21, 22


004010

ENVELOPE AND GROUP MAPPING The ISA segment marks the beginning of the transmission and provides sender/receiver identification. Each GS segment marks the beginning of a functional group. There may be one or more than one functional groups within each transmission. The ST segment marks the beginning of each transaction set (electronic document). There can be up to 999,999 transaction sets within each functional group. The interchange control structure is common to all transaction sets.

—————————-Segment Hierarchy——————————

Transaction Set 1

Functional Group 1

TransmissionEnvelope

ST

SE

SEST

ST

SE GE GS

GE

GS GE

IEA

Transaction Set 2

ISA GS

171

Transaction Set n

• • •

Functional Group 2

• • •

Functional Group n


172 004010

Segment: ISA Interchange Control Header Purpose: To start and identify an interchange of zero or more functional groups and

Interchange-related control segments The ISA segment is fixed length (min/max are equal for each element), However, data element separators are used between data elements to be consistent with the basic syntax of segment structure. The following control characters have been identified for use in the retail industry: Segment Terminator NEW LINE— (HEX ‘‘15’’ in EBCDIC) CR— (HEX ‘‘OD’’ in ASCII) This segment terminator that is to be used in the transmission is defined by the first occurrence of the segment terminator in the ISA segment; e.g., ISA*00....N/L Whichever character is used for the segment terminator must be used throughout the transmission. Element Separator Recommended Character BELL— (HEX ‘‘2F’’ in EBCDIC) (HEX ‘‘07’’ in ASCII) Alternate Character ‘‘✻ ’’— (HEX ‘‘5C’’ in EBCDIC) (HEX ‘‘2A’’ in ASCII) The element separator that is to be used in the transmission is defined by the first occurrence of the element separator in the ISA segment; e.g., ISA*00.... Component Separator ‘‘>’’— (HEX ‘‘6E’’ in EBCDIC) (HEX ‘‘3E’’ in ASCII) CAUTION: Any time a printable character is used to indicate the separation of data elements or segments, that control character cannot be used as data within the transmission. Some systems/network protocols may translate control characters when going from EBCDIC to ASCII and back. The ISA segment supports the UCS Communication Standard as well as the normal ASC X12 convention for identification of the receiver and the sender.

Notes:

ISA03 and ISA04 are used only if the trading partners are using the UCS Communication Standard. If the UCS Communication Standard is NOT used, ISA03 will contain code 00 and ISA04 will contain spaces. If the UCS Communication Standard is being used, ISA03 will contain code 01, ISA04 will contain the password, ISA05 will contain code 08, ISA06 will contain the sender’s UCC EDI Comm ID, ISA07 will contain code 08 and ISA08 will contain the receiver’s UCC EDI Comm ID.


004010 173


REF. DES.

DATA ELEMENT NAME ATTRIBUTES

ISA01 I01 Authorization Information Qualifier M ID 2/2 Code to identify the type of information in the Authorization Information

00 No Authorization Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I02)

ISA02 I02 Authorization Information M AN 10/10 Information used for additional identification or authorization of the interchange sender or

the data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Authorization Information Qualifier (I01)

Normally this field is blank.

ISA03 I03 Security Information Qualifier M ID 2/2 Code to identify the type of information in the Security Information

Security Information is used only when using the UCS Communication Standard. Normally the value is 00. 00 No Security Information Present (No Meaningful Information in I04)

01 Password

ISA04 I04 Security Information M AN 10/10 This is used for identifying the security information about the interchange sender or the

data in the interchange; the type of information is set by the Security Information Qualifier (I03)

Normally this field is blank. If ISA03 contains code 01, this field will contain a password that has been agreed to by the sender and receiver.

ISA05 I05 Interchange ID Qualifier M ID 2/2

Qualifier to designate the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified The Interchange ID Qualifier is used to define the code used, in ISA06, to identify the sender of the interchange. The Uniform Code Council assigned EDI Communications ID (Comm ID) is the convention for the identification of the sender and receiver of the EDI transmission. All members should encourage their respective trading partners to obtain and use the UCC Comm ID. The common means of identification of transportation carriers is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). When sending to or receiving from a transportation carrier, the SCAC should be used to identify the carrier. 01 Duns (Dun & Bradstreet) Nine digit 02 SCAC (Standard Carrier Alpha Code) 08 UCC EDI Communications ID (Comm ID) UCC assigned Comm ID, VICS EDI Comm ID 12 Phone (Telephone Companies) Telephone number including area code without any punctuation 14 Duns Plus Suffix 19 EDI Council of Australia (EDICA) Communications ID Number (COMM ID) AM Association Mexicana del Codigo de Producto (AMECOP) Communication ID

See External Code Source 497 in Section III for reference document.

ISA06 I06 Interchange Sender ID M AN 15/15 Identification code published by the sender for other parties to use as the receiver ID to route data to them; the sender always codes this value in the sender ID element

The identification code described by ISA05, left justified, blank filled.

ISA07 I05 Interchange ID Qualifier M ID 2/2 Qualifier to designate the system/method of code structure used to designate the sender or receiver ID element being qualified

The Interchange ID Qualifier is used to define the code used, in ISA08, to identify the receiver of the interchange.


174 004010

The Uniform Code Council assigned EDI Communications ID (Comm ID) is the convention for the identification of the sender and receiver of the EDI transmission. All members should encourage their respective trading partners to obtain and use the UCC Comm ID. The common means of identification of transportation carriers is the Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC). When sending to or receiving from a transportation carrier, the SCAC should be used to identify the carrier. 01 Duns (Dun & Bradstreet) Nine digit 02 SCAC (Standard Carrier Alpha Code) 08 UCC EDI Communications ID (Comm ID) UCC assigned Comm ID, VICS EDI Comm ID 12 Phone (Telephone Companies) Telephone number including area code without any punctuation 14 Duns Plus Suffix 19 EDI Council of Australia (EDICA) Communications ID Number (COMM ID) AM Association Mexicana del Codigo de Producto (AMECOP) Communication ID

See External Code Source 497 in Section III for reference document.

ISA08 I07 Interchange Receiver ID M AN 15/15 Identification code published by the receiver of the data; When sending, it is used by the sender as their sending ID, thus other parties sending to them will use this as a receiving ID to route data to them

The identification code described by ISA07, left justified, blank filled.

ISA09 I08 Interchange Date M DT 6/6 Date of the interchange The date the interchange was created in the sender’s system; submit date. Format is YYMMDD.

ISA10 I09 Interchange Time M TM 4/4

Time of the interchange The time the interchange was created in the sender’s system; submit time. Format is HHMM; 24 hour clock.

ISA11 I10 Interchange Control Standards Identifier M ID 1/1 Code to identify the agency responsible for the control standard used by the message

that is enclosed by the interchange header and trailer U U.S. EDI Community of ASC X12, TDCC, and UCS

ISA12 I11 Interchange Control Version Number M ID 5/5

This version number covers the interchange control segments This version number is for the envelope only. It is not the same as the version number in GS08. 00401 Draft Standards for Trial Use Approved for Publication by ASC X12 Procedures Review Board through October 1997, Version 4, Release 1

Version 4, Release 1

ISA13 I12 Interchange Control Number M N0 9/9 A control number assigned by the interchange sender The number is sequentially assigned, by the sender, starting with one within each trading partner. The trading partner at the interchange level is defined by the Interchange Receiver ID (ISA08). The control number is incremented by one for each interchange envelope sent to the trading partner. When the control number reaches 999999999 (maximum size), the next interchange envelope will have control number 000000001.

ISA14 I13 Acknowledgment Requested M ID 1/1

Code sent by the sender to request an interchange acknowledgment (TA1) The retail industry is not using transmission acknowledgments. The transmission acknowledgment is not the same as the functional group acknowledgment.

0 No Acknowledgment Requested

ISA15 I14 Usage Indicator M ID 1/1


004010 175

Code to indicate whether data enclosed by this interchange envelope is test, production or information The test indicator is valuable for start-up system tests. The indicator applies to the entire transmission.

P Production Data T Test Data

ISA16 I15 Component Element Separator M 1/1

Type is not applicable; the component element separator is a delimiter and not a data element; this field provides the delimiter used to separate component data elements within a composite data structure; this value must be different than the data element separator and the segment terminator

> The value identified for retail use.


176 004010

Segment: IEA Interchange Control Trailer

Purpose: To define the end of an interchange of zero or more functional groups and interchange-related control segments


REF. DES.


IEA01 I16 Number of Included Functional Groups M N0 1/5

A count of the number of functional groups included in an interchange The number of GS segments within the transmission.

IEA02 I12 Interchange Control Number M N0 9/9

A control number assigned by the interchange sender This must be the same number as is in the ISA segment (ISA13) for the transmission.


004010 177

Segment: GS Functional Group Header Purpose: To indicate the beginning of a functional group and to provide control

information Semantic: 1 GS04 is the group date.

2 GS05 is the group time. 3 The data interchange control number GS06 in this header must be identical

to the same data element in the associated functional group trailer, GE02. Comments: A A functional group of related transaction sets, within the scope of X12

standards, consists of a collection of similar transaction sets enclosed by a functional group header and a functional group trailer.


REF. DES.


GS01 479 Functional Identifier Code M ID 2/2 Code identifying a group of application related transaction sets

AG Application Advice (824) AN Return Merchandise Authorization and Notification (180) BS Shipment and Billing Notice (857) CD Credit/Debit Adjustment (812) CT Application Control Totals (831) FA Functional Acknowledgment (997) IB Inventory Inquiry/Advice (846) IN Invoice Information (810,819) OR Organizational Relationships (816) OW Warehouse Shipping Order (940) PC Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated (860) PD Product Activity Data (852) PO Purchase Order (850) PR Purchase Order Acknowledgement (855) PS Planning Schedule with Release Capability (830) QG Product Information (878, 879, 888, 889, 893, 896) RA Payment Order/Remittance Advice (820) RC Receiving Advice/Acceptance Certificate (861) RI Routing and Carrier Instruction (853) RP Commission Sales Report (818) RQ Request for Quotation (840) and Procurement Notices (836) RR Response to Request For Quotation (843) RS Order Status Information (869, 870) SC Price/Sales Catalog (832) SH Ship Notice/Manifest (856) TX Text Message (864)

GS02 142 Application Sender’s Code M AN 2/15

Code identifying party sending transmission; codes agreed to by trading partners A unique code to identify the sender. This is usually the same as the code used in ISA06. It could be used to define sub organizations, e.g., companies of a corporation, departments, etc. The trading partners must agree on the codes.

GS03 124 Application Receiver’s Code M AN 2/15

Code identifying party receiving transmission. Codes agreed to by trading partners A unique code to identify the receiver. This is usually the same as the code used in ISA08. It could be used to define sub organizations, e.g., companies of a corporation, departments, etc. The trading partners must agree on the codes.


178 004010

GS04 373 Date M DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD

The date the group was created in the sender’s system; submit date. Format is CCYYMMDD.

GS05 337 Time M TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99) The time the group was created in the sender’s system; submit time. Format is HHMM; 24 hour clock.

GS06 28 Group Control Number M N0 1/9

Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender The number assigned by the sender must be unique within each trading partner. The trading partner at the group level is defined by the Application Receiver Code (GS03). The uniqueness must be maintained until such time that a Functional Acknowledgment is received for that group.

GS07 455 Responsible Agency Code M ID 1/2

Code used in conjunction with Data Element 480 to identify the issuer of the standard X Accredited Standards Committee X12

GS08 480 Version / Release / Industry Identifier Code M AN 1/12

Code indicating the version, release, subrelease, and industry identifier of the EDI standard being used, including the GS and GE segments; if code in DE455 in GS segment is X, then in DE 480 positions 1-3 are the version number; positions 4-6 are the release and subrelease, level of the version; and positions 7-12 are the industry or trade association identifiers (optionally assigned by user); if code in DE455 in GS segment is T, then other formats are allowed This is the version/release/industry subset of the transaction sets within the group. This is not the same as the version number in ISA12.

004010VICS Draft Standards Approved for Publication by ASC X12 Procedures Review Board through October 1997, Version 4, Release 1, the VICS EDI subset


004010 179

Segment: GE Functional Group Trailer

Purpose: To indicate the end of a functional group and to provide control information

Semantic: 1 The data interchange control number GE02 in this trailer must be identical to the same data element in the associated functional group

header, GS06. Comments: A The use of identical data interchange control numbers in the

associated functional group header and trailer is designed to maximize functional group integrity. The control number is the same as that used in the corresponding header.


REF. DATA DES. ELEMENT NAME ATTRIBUTES GE01 97 Number of Transaction Sets Included M N0 1/6

Total number of transaction sets included in the functional group or interchange (transmission) group terminated by the trailer containing this data element The number of ST segments within the group.

GE02 28 Group Control Number M N0 1/9

Assigned number originated and maintained by the sender This must be the same number as is in the GS segment (GS06) for the group.

1 June 1998

Section IV GLOSSARY AIA Aerospace Industry Association AIAG Automotive Industry Action Group AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ANSI American National Standards Institute ANSI Standard A document published by ANSI that has been approved through the consensus process of public announcement and review. Each of these standards must have been developed by an ANSI committee and must be revisited by that committee within five years for update. See Draft Standard For Trial Use. API American Paper Institute API American Petroleum Institute Application Acknowledgment A transaction set whose purpose is to respond to a transaction set which has been received and processed in an application program. The Purchase Order Acknowledgment Transaction Set (855) is an example of an application acknowledgment, used to respond to the Purchase Order Transaction Set (850) presenting information, such as, whether the receiver can fulfill the order and it can be done on time. Application Advice (824) A transaction set that accepts, rejects, or identifies errors in the content of any transaction set beyond the normal syntax checks. Area, Transaction Set Identifies a predefined area within a transaction set (header, detail, summary) containing segments and their various attributes. ASC X12 Accredited Standards Committee, X12 comprised of industry members for the purpose of creating EDI standards for submission to ANSI for

subsequent approval and dissemination; or for submission to the UN/ECE for approval and submission of UN/EDIFACT standards. ATA American Trucking Associations, Inc. ATA Air Transport Association of America Authentication A mechanism which allows the receiver of an electronic transmission to verify the sender and the integrity of the content of the transmission through the use of an electronic ‘‘key’’ or algorithm which is shared by the trading partners. This is sometimes referred to as an electronic signature. ANSI ASC X12 Retail Subset Part of the X12 standard endorsed specifically for use within the retail industry. Assortment A single SKU, as defined in the purchase order, that represents multiple items (e.g., men’s three piece suit, ordered as a set). Basic Purchase Order Example of a purchase order requiring a minimum of data to be transmitted. This type of order minimizes transmission costs. B.P.S. Bits per second transmitted over a telephone line (see line speed). BSR Bureau of Standards Review CEC Commission of the European Communities CEN European Committee for Standardization CIDX Chemical Industry Data Exchange CMEA Council for Mutual Economic Assistance Commercial Network Central intermediary, which intercepts EDI transmissions and routes them to the intended receiver.

3 June 1998

Communication Protocol Rules or specifications allowing computers to communicate with each other. Communication System Computer programs and hardware which transmit information electronically. Compliance Checking A checking process that is used to ensure that a transmission complies with ANSI ASC X12 syntax rules. Composite Data Element One or more component data elements delimited by sub-element separators. Currently, this is used only in the EDIFACT standards. Conditional (C) A data element requirement designator, which indicates that the presence of a specified data element is dependent on the value or presence of other data elements in the segment. The condition must be stated and must be computer processable. Control Segment A control segment has the same structure as a data segment but is used for transferring control information for grouping data segments. Control Segments are Loop Control Segments (LS/LE), Transaction Set Control Segments (ST/SE), and Functional Group Control Segments (GS/GE), defined in X12.6, and Interchange Control Segments (ISA/IEA/TA1) defined in X12.5. Control Validation Confirmation that information within the control segments is correct. Coordinate Merchandise items from the same vendor, usually apparel, designed to compliment other garments when worn together. Coordinated merchandise components may, or may not, be sold individually, or as a set. Coordinate Gathering ID Number This type of numbering is used to pull together those items of coordinated merchandise which are offered by a vendor. This identification must be unique to a vendor of multiple choices of coordinated merchandise, most generally this number is designated by the retailer as part of his purchase order. Customer Individual or firm who is purchasing the goods or services.

Data Element The basic units of information in the EDI standards, containing a set of values that represent a singular fact. They may be single character codes, literal descriptions or numeric values. Data Element Length This is the range, minimum to maximum, of the number of character positions available to represent the value of a data element. A data element may be of variable length with range from minimum to maximum, or it may be of fixed length in which the minimum is equal to the maximum. (X12.3) Data Element Reference Number Reference number assigned to each data element as a unique identifier. Data Element Requirement Designator A code defining the need for a data element value to appear in the segment if the segment is transmitted. The codes are mandatory (M), optional (O), or conditional (C). Data Element Separator A unique character preceding each data element that is used to delimit data elements within a segment. Data Element Type A data element may be one of seven types: numeric, decimal, identifier, string, date, time or binary. Data Mapping Relationship between the X12 message syntax and the users data. Delimiters The delimiters consist of two levels of separators and a terminator. The delimiters are an integral part of the transferred data stream. Delimiters are specified in the interchange header and may not be used in a data element value elsewhere in the interchange. From highest to lowest level, the separators and terminator are segment terminator, data element separator, and sub-element separator (only used in EDIFACT). DISA Data Interchange Standards Association. A non profit organization funded by X12 who serves as the Secretariat for X12. Direct Transmission The exchange of data from the computer of the sending party directly to the computer of the receiving party. A third party value added service is not used in a direct transmission.

5 June 1998

Draft Standard for Trial Use Represents a document approved for publication by the full X12 committee following membership consensus and subsequent resolution of negative votes. The Draft EDI Standard for Trial Use document represents an ASC X12 approved standard for use prior to approval by ANSI. See ANSI Standard. EB The EDIFACT Board EBCDIC Extended binary-coded-decimal interchange code used for encoding documents transmitted between trading partners. EC European Community ECCA formerly Electronic Commerce Council of Australia Electronic Data Interchange Council of Australia ECCC Electronic Commerce Council of Canada ECR Efficient Consumer Response EDI Electronic Data Interchange, the computer-to-computer exchange of information which has traditionally been communicated using paper documents. EDICA Electronic Data Interchange Council of Australia EDICC Electronic Data Interchange Council of Canada UN/EDIFACT Electronic Data Interchange for Administration, Commerce, and Trans-port. EDIFACT Board Advisory and Support Team for a number of the UN/EDIFACT Rapporteurs. EDI Translation The conversion of application data to and from the X12 standard format.

EDI Translator Computer software used to perform the conversion of application data to and from the X12 standard. EDX Electrical Data Exchange EFTA European Free Trade Association (Austria, Finland, Iceland Norway, Sweden and Switzerland). EIDX Electronics Industry Data Exchange Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) The computer application to computer application exchange of business information in a standard format. Electronic Envelope Electronic information which groups a set of transmitted documents being sent from one sender to one receiver. Element Delimiter Single character delimiter follows the segment identifier and each data element in a segment except the last. Electronic Mailbox A term used to refer to the place where an EDI transmission is stored for pickup or delivery within a third party service provider’s system. Trading partners can also maintain mailboxes within their own domain. Extended Purchase Order Basic purchase order with optional data segments included. Encryption A process of transforming cleartext (data in its original, unencrypted form) into ciphertext (encrypted output of a cryptographic algorithm) for security or privacy. FASLINC Fabric and Suppliers Linkage Council Functional Acknowledgment A transaction set (997) transmitted by the receiver of an EDI transmission to the sender, indicating receipt and syntactical acceptability of data transmitted according to the ASC X12 standards. The functional acknowledgment allows the receiving party to report back to the sending party problems encountered by the syntax analyzer as the data is

7 June 1998

interpreted. It is not intended to serve as an acknowledgment of data content. See also X12.6. Functional Group A group of one or more transaction sets bounded by a functional group header segment and a functional group trailer segment. Functional Group Segments GS/GE segments identify a specific functional group of documents such as purchase orders. GE1 UN/ECE WP4 Group of Experts 1 for Data Elements and Automatic Data Transfer. GE2 UN/ECE WP4 Group of Experts 2 for Procedures and Documentation. GCA Graphic Communication Association HIBCC Health Industry Business Communications Council Hexadecimal Base 16 notation commonly used to represent binary values. Industry Conventions Defines how the ASC X12 standards are used by a specific industry. Industry Guideline Defines the EDI environment for using conventions within an industry. It provides assistance on how to implement the X12 standard. Interchange Control Segments ISA/IEA segments identify a unique interchange being sent from one sender to one receiver (see electronic envelopes). Interchange Control Structure The interchange header and trailer segments envelope one or more functional groups or interchange related control segments and perform the following functions: 1) defines the data element separators and the data segment terminators, 2) Identifies the sender and receiver, 3) provides control information for the interchange, and 4) allows for authorization and security information (X12.5).

ISAC Industry Standards Advisory Committee IPT International Project Team. Advisory and Support Team of the UN/EDI-FACT Rapporteur for North America. ISO International Standards Organization JIT Just in Time. JIT is the concept of reducing inventories by working closely with one’s suppliers to coordinate delivery of materials just before their use in the manufacturing process. Line Speed Maximum rate at which signals may be transmitted over a given telephone line, usually measured in bauds or bits per second. Loop A group of semantically related segments; these segments may be either bounded or unbounded (X12.6). The N1 loop, which includes segments N1 to PER for name and address information, is an example of a loop. Mailbox Function Computer system to deposit EDI documents into and extract from, with each trading partner having a unique address. Mandatory (M) A data element/segment requirement designator which indicates the presence of a specified data element/segment is required. Mapping The process of identifying the standards data elements relationship to application data elements. Max Use Specifies the maximum number of times a segment can be used at a given location in a transaction set. Message Entire data stream including the outer envelope. Message Standard or Syntax Rules for the identification and arrangement of data into specific elements, segments and transaction sets for electronic transmission. Modem A device that modulates and demodulates signals transmitted over communications facilities.

9 June 1998

NACHA National Automated Clearing House Association NPTA National Paper Trade Association Network Central hub for EDI communications which provides computer power, communications facilities and interfaces with trading partners. Optional (O) A data element/segment requirement designator which indicates the presence of a specified data element/segment is at the option of the sending party, which can be based on the mutual agreement of the interchange parties. Package Coded PK is used to define vendor pack in element 355, unit of measure code. See Vendor Pack. PIDX Petroleum Industry Data Exchange Proprietary Format A data format specific to a company, industry, or other limited group. Proprietary formats do not comply with the ASC X12 series of standards. Qualifier A data element which identifies or defines a related element, set of elements, or a segment. The qualifier contains a code taken from a list of approved codes. Quick Response The ability of a supplier to deliver both the product and the information about the product to a desired location within a time frame as designated by the buyer. Rapporteur An individual expert appointed by the United Nations for specific objectives. Repeating Segment A segment that may be used more than once at a given location in a transaction set. See Max Use. Retailer Business which buys for resale to the ultimate consumer.

SAFLINC Sundries and Apparel Findings Linkage Council S.C.C. JTC/EDI Standards Council of Canada Joint Technical Committee on Electronic Data Interchange Security System screening which denies access to unauthorized users and protects data from unauthorized uses. Segment Segments consist of logically related data elements in a defined sequence. A data segment consists of a segment identifier, one or more data elements each preceded by an element separator, and ending with a segment terminator (X12.6). Segment Directory (X12.22) Provides the purposes and formats of the segments used in the construc-tion of transaction sets. The directory lists each segment by name, purpose, identifier, the contained data elements in the specified order, and the requirement designator for each data element. Segment Identifier A unique identifier for a segment composed of a combination of two or three uppercase letters and digits. The segment identifier occupies the first character positions of the segment. The segment identifier is not a data element. The segment identifier in EDIFACT is a component data element — part of a composite data element consisting of a segment identifier and an explicit looping designator. Segment Terminator A unique character appearing at the end of a segment to indicate the termination of the segment. SKU Stock Keeping Unit, a SKU usually identifies an item at the color and size level through one code or a set of codes. Spread Sheet Purchase Order In the retail industry this type of purchase order is more commonly known by one of the following: a pre-distributed, pre-split, multi-store, or all-store purchase order. Within this standard, the SDQ segment permits the distribution of the order quantity for each line item to multiple locations. Sub Element Separator A unique character used to delimit the component data elements within a composite data element (only used in EDIFACT).

11 June 1998

Syntax The grammar or rules which define the structure of the EDI standards (e.g., the use of loops, qualifiers, etc.). Syntax rules are published in ANSI X12.6. TALC Textile/Apparel Linkage Council TAMCS Textile/Apparel Manufacturing Communications Standards TCIF Telecommunications Industry Forum TEDIS Trade Electronic Data Interchange Systems. A program of the CEC. Telecommunications Transmission of data between computer and/or remote devices using telephone lines. Trading Partner The sending and/or receiving party involved in the exchange of electronic data interchange transmissions. Transaction Set The transaction set unambiguously defines, in the standard syntax, information of business or strategic significance and consists of a transaction set header segment, one or more data segments in a specified order, and a transaction set trailer segment. Transaction Set Id An identifier that uniquely identifies the transaction set. This identifier is the first data element of the transaction set header segment. Translation The act of accepting documents in other than standard format and translating them to the standard. UCC Uniform Code Council UCS Uniform Communication Standard UISG Utilities Industry Standards Group UN/ECE

United Nations/Economic Commission for Europe UNSM A standard message to be used in Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) between business partners which has been registered with the UN/ECE WP4. UNTDED United Nations Trade Data Elements Directory standards for data fields. VAN Value Added Network. Third party service organizations. Vendor Any individual, firm or corporation from whom purchases are made. Vendor Pack Package of two or more retail selling units which has been pre-defined by the retailer and the vendor. Retailers often order merchandise by pack instead of by selling unit. Version/Release Identifies the publication of the standard being used for the generation or the interpretation of data in the X12 standard format. May be found in the Functional Group Header Segment (GS) and in the Interchange Control Header Segment (ISA). See Control Segment. VICS EDI Committee Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standard for Electronic Data Inter-change WINS Warehouse Information Network Standard WP4 United Nations Trade Working Party 4 on Facilitation of International Trade Procedures. Responsible among others, for various initiatives on EDI. X12 The ANSI committee responsible for the development and maintenance of standards for Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). X12.5 Interchange Control Structure. This standard provides the interchange envelope of a header and trailer for the electronic interchange through a data transmission, and it provides a structure to acknowledge the receipt and processing of this envelope. Separate segments and data elements not in X12.22 or X12.3.

13 June 1998

X12.6 Application Control Structure. This standard describes the control segments used to envelop loops of data segments, to envelop transaction sets, and to envelop groups of related transaction sets.

Related Publications All the following publications are available from: The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada 885 Don Mills rd., Suite 301 Don Mills, Ontario M3C 1V9 EDI’98 CD-ROM This CD-ROM publication includes Adobe Acrobat Reader to view and print pages and chapters exactly as they appear in the printed manual. It contains multiple versions of the UCS/WINS and VICS EDI and well as global EDI guidelines for Retail, EANCOM 98 and the EDIFACT Standard on which they are based. VICS 4010 Architectural Guide This manual provides all level of company management with a thorough understanding of the positive impact and inherent changes EDI will have on the organizational business structure. The text explores the issues associated with EDI implementation, the business functions and the processes affected, and the use of EDI documents within the major business functions. This edition includes sections on advanced management issues, data communications, EDI and bar codes, and EDI implementation-planning checklist.

UCS 4010 Architectural Guide This manual describes the relationship of EDI to the current business practices and the core value-adding processes outlined in the Efficient Consumer Response Report. It defines business functions within buyer, supplier, broker, and warehousing organizations, and describes linkages between business functions in terms of specific EDI transactions. It also documents the structure and use of EDI transactions, and suggests steps that organizations can take to implement EDI as part of ECR initiatives

VICS EDI Business Examples

These examples have been prepared as an aid in implementing many of the VICS EDI transaction sets. Currently there are six sets available, including:

The Basic Set The Commision Sales Report Set The Financial Set

The Order Status Set The Replenishment Planning Set The Transportation Set

VICS EDI 856 Ship Notice/Manifest Guideline

This guideline was written primarily for the first-time implementers of the VICS EDI 856 Ship Notice/Manifest Transaction Set, and has been designed to help shippers and recievers fully understand how the 856 can be implemented. The goal of this guide is to provide the reatail industry, both the retailer and supplier, with the information needed to: integrate the Ship Notice/Manifest; technical considerations for implementation; business examples; a question and answer section and a glossary of key terms. This guideline is a must for those considering implementation of the VICS EDI 856 Ship Notice/Manifest and contains valuable information for those eho have already implemented the 856. Canadian ECR/EFR Manuals

Improving Supply Chain Effectiveness Partners in Customer Service Road Map to Continuous Replenishment

Implementing Electronic Data Interchange Value Chain Analysis and Activity Based Costing

An Overview of Category Management. Bar Code Scanning Integrity

Product Identification and Barcoding Basics For the Canadian Foodservice Industry

Related Website Data Interchange Standards Association, Secretariate for X-12 http//www.disa.org Efficient Consumer Response http//www.ecr.ca (Canada) http//www.ecr-central.com (US) ECRx http//www.eccc.org/ecrx Efficient Foodservice Responese http//www.efrcanada.org Electronic Commerce Council of Canada http//www.eccc.org Uniform Code Council Inc. (USA) http//www.uc-council.org For more food and drug related sites visit the ECCC website


004010 23

SECTION III

EXTENDED DATA ELEMENT INFORMATION

CODE DEFINITIONS AND CODE LISTS

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION 002 Renewal 003 Account Number Correction Charge 004 Dividend 005 Activation of Carnet 006 Overpayment 007 Suspense 008 Balance Forward 009 Dividend Interest 010 Add on - Destination 011 Loan Interest 012 Premium Waiver 015 Add on - Origin 016 Dividend Adjustment 017 Interest 020 Address Correction 025 Advance Destination Amount 026 Integrated Business Services (IBS) Service Charge 027 Special Packaging 028 Box Liners 029 Product Personalization 030 Advance Destination Fee 031 Tape Charges 032 Subject to Tax 035 Advance Origin Amount 040 Advance Origin Fee 045 Advance Fee 050 Agent Disbursement - Destination 055 Agent Disbursement Fee - Destination 060 Agent Disbursement - Origin 065 Agent Disbursement Fee - Origin 070 Air Export Certificate 075 Air Express Charge 080 Air Transportation Charge 085 Airline Opening Fee


24 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION 090 Airport Tax - Destination 095 Airport Tax - Origin 100 Airport Terminal Handling Charge 105 Acknowledgement of Delivery Fee (AOD) 110 Amending Export Documentation 115 Assembly Fee 120 Banking Drafts 135 Cables (sending of) 140 Call Tag 145 Canadian C.Q.Customs Clearance 150 Canadian Currency Exchange 155 Canadian Import Termination Fee 160 Canadian Reconsignment Fee 165 Canadian Remanifest Fee 170 Certificate of Origin 175 Certificate of Registration 180 Chamber of Commerce Service Charge 185 Change of Airbill - Service Fee 186 Chemical Milling Charge 190 City Terminal Charge 205 Collect Surcharge 210 Constant Surveillance Service 215 Consular Legalization Service 220 Consularization Fee 225 Constant Surveillance Service - Armed 230 Credit 235 Customer Account Identification 240 Customs Broker Fee 245 Customs Invoice 250 Customs Invoice - Additional Page 255 Data/Drawing Charge 260 Delivery Surcharge 265 Development Charge 270 Discount - Drop Box/Convenience Ctr. 275 Discount - Incentive 280 Discount - Multiple Shipment 285 Discount - Service Option (Delivery) 290 Discount - Service Option (Pickup) 295 Discount - Special 297 Contingency Credit Charge 300 Distribution Fee 310 Dry Ice 315 Duty Charge 320 Endorsement Fee 325 Eur1 Presentation Fee 335 Excise Tax - Destination


004010 25

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION 340 Excise Tax - Origin 345 Expedited One Day Consular Service 350 Expedited Shipments 355 Extra Copies and Mailings 360 Export Customs Clearance 365 Export Declarations - Automated 370 Export Declarations - U.S. Shippers 375 Export License Application 380 Extra Service - Counter-to-Counter 385 Facsimile Charges 390 Facsimile Charges - Additional Pages 392 Failed Lamp Panel Charge 393 First Article Charge 395 Free Domicile Shipment Processing 400 Freight 405 Fuel Surcharge 410 Government Warehouse Fee - Destination 415 Government Warehouse Fee - Origin 416 Grain Flow Charge 420 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - Domestic 425 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - International 426 Heat Treat Charge 430 IATA Airbill Preparation 435 IATA Fee 440 Import Service Fee 445 Insurance Fee 450 Inland Transportation 455 Insurance Premium 460 International Door-to-Door Handling Fee 462 Incorrect Billing Account Charge 465 Italian Release Charge 470 Letter of Credit Processing 475 Mailing - Postage Cost 480 Mailing - Service Fee 485 Messenger Service 490 Minimum Air Transportation Charge 495 Miscellaneous - Destination 500 Miscellaneous - Origin 505 Missing Account NBR Charge 510 Offshore - Alaska/Hawaii 515 On Hand Service 520 Oversized Premium 525 Passing Shippers Export Entry 535 Pickup - Out of Area 540 Pickup Surcharge

545 Pre-Positioned Inventory Service


26 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION 550 Preparation of Air Waybill - Origin

555 Preparation of Canadian Customs Invoice 560 Preparation of Commercial Invoice 565 Preparation of Export Entry 570 Preparation of Insurance Certificate 580 Priority Service 585 Preparation of U.S. Export Documentation 586 Processing Charge 590 Rebilled Drayage - Destination 593 Re-Bill Charge 595 Proforma Invoice 600 Recipient Address Correction 605 Rebilled Drayage - Origin 610 Record/Filing 615 Recovery Fee 620 Recrating/Recoopering - Destination 625 Recrating/Recoopering - Origin 635 Registration of Export Shipments 640 Registration of Export for Reentry 641 Reliability Charge 645 Restricted Article Fee 650 Repickup 665 Saturday Delivery 670 Saturday Pick-Up 675 Security Signature Service 680 Service Upgrade 685 Special Delivery 690 Special Handling Service 695 Special Pickup 696 Special Test Equipment Charge 697 Special Tooling Charge 700 Special Vehicle Rent 705 Stamp Fee 706 Straightening Charge 720 Telephone - Destination 725 Telephone - Origin 730 Terminal Service Fee 731 Test/Qualification Charge 732 Tooling Rework Charge 735 Tracing Inbound Via Other Carriers 736 Tracing Service Fee 740 Transfer of Lading Charge 745 Valuation Fee 750 Value Added Tax (VAT) 760 Waybill and Invoice Distribution 761 Written Proof of Delivery


004010 27

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION 762 X-ray Charge 999 Other (See related description) AAA Advertising Allowance AAJ Adjustments AAM Additional Material AAN Allowance Non-performance AAO Allowance Advance AAS Attendants Accompanying AAT Handling Charge Tax ABC Alcoholic Beverage Report Charge ABL Attachments to Bill of Lading Charge ACD Allegheny County, PA Delivery Charge ACF Access Charge - Federal ACH Access Charges ACL Actual Labor Charge ACS Access Charge - State ADH Advance Charges Handling ADL Advance Loading Charge ADV Advances AFB Additional Copies of Freight Bill AFC Collect on Delivery Alteration Charge AGS Armed Guard Service AIB Additional Injection/Blending Service Charge AIC Air Freight - Consolidation AIR Air Freight ALC Advance Lading Charge ALP Use of Alternate Port AMB Adjustment for Maximum Charges Billing AMC Absolute Minimum Charge AMP Adjustment for Minimum Average Time Requirement Billing ANB Adjustment for Minimum Charges Billing ANC Anchoring and Unanchoring ANS Anodizing Charge APL Appliance Servicing APT Appointment (Notification) ARB Arbitrary (In Addition to Through Rates and Charges) ARC Air Conditioning Disconnect and Connect ARG Rail Armed Guard Service ARR Air Ride Tractor Service Charge ASC Assembly Charge AUX Auxiliary Service AVA Ad Valorem BAA Beaming Charge BAB Brokerage or Duty BAC Buyers Car Allowance


28 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION BAD Bad Debt BAF Both-Flat BAP Broken Package Charge BAS Base Charge BBK Break Bulk Surface Charge BDX Bordeaux Arbitraries BEY Beyond Freight Charges BFD Bedding/Feeding/Disinfecting BKA Bulky Article BLA Bill of Lading Attendancy BLC Bill of Lading Charge BLD Billed Demand BLK Blocking and Bracing Charge BLW Blower Charge BND Bond Charges BOB Bobtail Charges BOP Bop Sheet Charge BRA Basic Reorder Allowance BRD Bridge Toll BRG Aqua Train BSC Bunker Surcharge BSS Broker Selection Surcharge BTC Bi-level, Tri-level Charges BU2 Bunker Adjustment - 20 Foot Container BU4 Bunker Adjustment - 40 Foot Container BUA Bunker Adjustment BUR Bureau Report Charge BYD Beyond Charge CA1 Currency Adjustment - Break Bulk CA2 Currency Adjustment - 20 Foot Container CA4 Currency Adjustment - 40 Foot Container CAA Cancellation Charge CAC Cash Discount CAD Certification Fee CAE Co-manufacturing Discount CAF Competitive Allowance CAG Competitive Car Allowance CAH Compressor Charge CAJ Crafting CAK Customer Equipment Allowance CAL Cutting Charge CAO Co-op Credit CAP Car Loading CAQ Contract Escalation CAR Car Rental CAS Container Deposits


004010 29

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION CAV Contract Allowance CAW Cooperative Advertising/Merchandising Allowance (Performance) CAZ Claims Commercial Auto Report Charge CBL Copy of Bill of Lading Charge CBO Cents Off CBP Competitive Price CBR Carrier CBW Container Allowance CBX City Sales Tax (Only) CCA Carrier Credit Allowance CCH Certification Charge CCP Claims Commercial Property Report Charge CCR Concession Credit CCS Carrier Caboose Charge CDA Carrier Debit Allowance CDD Corrosion Additive Service Charge CDF Cancelled Order, Heavy Duty Flatcar CDR Copy of Delivery Receipt Charge CER Container Service Charge UK/EUR CFC Customs Fees - Container Level CFL Customs Fees - Lift Level CGC Carrier Guard Car Charge CGL Canada Great Lakes Additionals CGR Return Carrier Guard Car Charge CGT Cargo Taxes CHE Chassis Equipment Lease Charge CHG Charges Forward/Advance Charge CHN Chain and Binders CIR Special Circus Trains CIS Constant Surveillance CLC Chicago Loop Charge CLD Container Loss/Damage CLN Cleaning Charge CLS Container Leasing CMC Concession Money CMF City maintenance fee CMI Continuous Mileage CMP Camp Arbitrary CNS Consolidation CNV Converting COA Commission Amount COC Connect Charge COD COD Amount COF Ocean Freight COL Fee for Collecting COD Charge


30 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION COM Combination CON Congestion Surcharge COP Port Changes COR Core Charge COU Consignee Unload CPA Claims Personal Auto Report Charge CPC Copilot Service Charge CPE Computer Processing Expense CPP Claims Personal Property Report Charge CRA Cost recovery/adjustment CRF Cost Recovery Factor CRP Court Reporter Charge CRR Credit Report Charge CRS Courier Services CSA Closing & Sealing CSC Contract Service Charge CSE Customs Entry CSF Customs Formalities CSP Government Caboose Charge CSR Conservation research fee CST Cassette CTA Container/Trailer Allowance CTC Container Service Charge USA/Canada CTD Customer Required Special Truck at Destination CTE Court or Trial Expense CTF Chassis Transfer CTG Cartage Charge CTL Controlled Atmosphere CTO Customer Required Special Truck at Origin CTR Circuitous Routing Charge CTX Customs Exams (Intensive, Tailgate) CUA Currency Adjustment CUD Currency Discount CUF Currency Adjustment Factor CUP Customer Paid Deductible CUS Customs Charge DAA Deficit Freight DAB Deposit DAC Distributor Discount/Allowance DAD Drum Up Charge DAM Damaged Merchandise DBD Dockage - Boat Detention DBL Double Wide Separate and Reassemble DBP Delivery of Fuel from Barge to Pipeline Charge DCE Damage to Carrier Equipment DCS Disconnect charge


004010 31

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION DCT City Delivery DCV Damage to Carrier Vessel DDA Defective Allowance DDC Drum Cost DDD Drum Deposit DDF Dowel Pin Charge DDN Dual Driver with National Agency Check DDP Dual Driver Protectice Service DDS Deaf and Disabled Surcharge DDZ Drayage at Port of Debarkation (Zone Rate) DEA Demurrage - Average Agreement DED Deductible DEL Delivery Charge DEM Demurrage DEP Detention of Power Units DER Derrick Charge DES Demurrage - Special DET Detention of Trailers DEV Texas Rail Commission Deviation Charge DEW Detention Without Power Unit DEZ Drayage at Port of Embarkation (Zone Rate) DFD Keep from Freezing Percent Differential DFM 410 Dromedary with Mechanical Restraining Devices Charge DFS 410 Dromedary DFW Delay Furnishing Destination Weights DGE Damage to Government Equipment DGS Dangerous Goods Surcharge DIC Diversion Charge DIR Direct Repair DIS Distribution Service DIV Diversion and Reconsignment DLH Drayage/Line Haul DLP Delivery of Fuel from Rail Tank Car to Pipeline Charge DMC Deadhead Mileage Charge DMD Demand charge DNA Dunnage Allowance DOC Documentation Charge DON Deposit in Lieu of Order DOV Container Diversion DPB Delivery of Fuel from Pipeline to Barge Charge DPD Drayage at Port of Debarkation DPE Drayage at Port of Embarkation DPL Delivery of Fuel from Pipeline to Rail Tank Car Charge DPR Depreciation


32 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION DPT Delivery of Fuel from Pipeline to Tank Truck or Trailer Charge DPU Detention with Power Units (30 minute periods) Charge DRC Drayage DRP Deramping DRV Driver License Record Report Charge DRY Dryer Charge DSC Discount DSF Detention - Special Type Flat Car DSM Dromedary with Mechanical Restraining Devices Charge DSR Dromedary Service Charge DST Container Destuffing DTA Diversion to Air Charge DTB Detention (Labor) DTC Destination Charge DTD Destination Duty DTF Destination Inland Freight DTL Detention Loading DTP Delivery of Fuel from Tank Truck or Trailer to Pipeline Charge DTU Detention Unloading DTV Detention (Vehicle) DWC Driver’s Wages DWP Detention with Power Units (60 minute periods) Charge EAC Exchange Access Credit EAX Extra Axles EBD Exhibition Delivery Charge EBP Exhibition Pickup Charge ECC Will Call Charge ECR Escort/Courier Service Charge ECS Empty Railcar Ordered But Not Used Charge EDD Equipment Hose at Destination Charge EDO Equipment Hose at Origin Charge EEA Early Buy Allowance EEB Early Payment Allowance EEC Escalation EEF Expediting Fee EEG One Time Engineering Charge EEH Engineering Charge EEP Expediting Premium EEX Export Shipping Charge EIC Export/Import Charge ELS Extra Lights


004010 33

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION EMR Emergency Response Service EMS Emergency Surcharge EMT Empty Movement ENC Energy charge ENS Energy Surcharge (Fuel Adjustment Factor) EPC Emergency Port Charge EPS Environmental Protection Service ERS Empty Return ERT Satisfactory Service Standards Charge ESA Early Ship Allowance ESC Emergency Service ESD Estimated Customs Duty (Dutypaid - Charge) ESE External Service Expense ETR Empty Trailer Returned Charge EUC European Port Charges EVC Excessive Value Charge EXC Exclusive Use Charge EXD Extra Driver EXL Extra Length EXM Excess Mileage Charge EXP Expedited Service Charge EXS Excess Periods EXW Excess Weight EXZ Expando Remove and Install FAB F.E.T. Federal Excise Tax FAC F.E.T. (Percent) FAD F.E.T. (Dollar Value) FAE Fabrication Charge FAF F.E.T. Tires FAG Freight Equalization FAH Freight Surcharge FAK Barge Freight All Kinds Service FBD Freight, Based on Dollar Minimum FCB Freight Charges to Border FCD Freight Charges to Destination FCI Freight Charges Inbound and Outbound FCS Furnishing Chassis FDL Food and Lodging FDS Financial Document Surcharge FFC Fuel Filters Furnished by Carrier Charge FFI Finance Charge FFL Freshness/Leaker Allowance FFN Special Finish Charge FFP Freight Passthrough FFR Flat Rate FFS Fuel Filters Furnished by Shipper Charge


34 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION FIR Fire Report FLS Flatrack Surcharge FLT Ferry Service FMR Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Rental FMS Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Special Charge FRC Franchise fee FTC Federal Transfer Surcharge FTR Filtration Service Charge FUE Fuel Charge FWA Forwarding Agent Commission FWC Forwarding Charge FXE Texas Rail Commission Fixed Charge GAR Garment District GAT Gate Inspection Charge (Intermodal) GDR Grain Doors GGA Glaze Allowance GGF Gold Factor GKT Gasket GMS Garment Surcharge GOC Government-owned Containers GPD Gulf Port Delivery Charge GRD Groupage Discount GRS Gross Receipts Surcharge GSP Government Guard Car Charge GSS Greater Security Service GST Goods and Services Tax Charge HAN Handling Charges on Distribution Freight Forwarded Beyond HAZ Hazardous Cargo Charge HBD Harbor Dues HDF Heavy Duty Flat Car Charge HDG Holding Charge HDH Shipment Holdover Charge for Holidays HDW Shipment Holdover Charge for Weekends HET Heat in Transit Charges HFA Handling Freight At Positions Not Immediately Adjacent To Vehicle Charge HHA Hauling and Hoisting to be Direct Billed HHB Handling HHG Household Goods Pick-up or Delivery HIC Highway Interchange HLF Home Line Freight Charge HMA Accessible Hazardous Material HMI Inaccessible Hazardous Material HOC Hook-up charge HOL Sunday or Holiday Pick-up or Delivery


004010 35

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION HOS Hose Charge HOX Hose Charge Special HRS Heater or Refrigeration HSC High Security Red In-bond Seal Charge HUL Heavy Lift HZC Hazardous Materials Surcharge Charge HZD Hazardous Cargo on Deck HZS Hazardous Storage IAA Industry Price Allowance IAB Income Freight (Manufacturing to Shipping Point) IAC Inspection Fee ICE Cooling Service IDC Idler Car Charge IDD Improper Documentation IDL Inside Delivery IDP Interdivision Profit IFC Inbound Freight Charges IHT Interstate/Highway Toll IIA Invoice Adjustment IIH Icing Inhibitor Charge IIP Item Percentage IIU Item-Unit ILD Island Delivery Charge ILF Initial License Fee ILP Island Pick-Up Charge IMP Impactographs IMS Intermodal Shipment Service Charge INC Insurance Surcharge INP Interplant Charge INR Interest on refund INS Insurance INT Interpreter Expense IPC Intra-plant Charge IPU inside Pick-up IRA Irish Arbitraries ISD Interest on security deposit ISO Intermodal Storage (Origin) IST Intermodal Storage (Destination) ITC Insulated Tank Charge ITS Interline Transfer Charge JST Junction Settlement Charge KIT Glass Kit LAA Labor Charges LAB Extra Labor (Helper Service) LAC Lading Adjustment Charge LAD Labor (Repair and Return Orders)


36 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION LAE One-Time License Fee LAL Labor Adjustment Allowance LAT License and Title LAY Layover Charges LBR Light Bar Service Charge LC2 Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 20 Foot Container LC4 Land Currency Adjustment Factor - 40 Foot Container LCG Late Order Charge LCL Percent Differential - Less than Container LCR Labor Cost of Removal LDA Loading Allowance LDG Loading LDL Unloading Allowance

LDS Locomotive Delayed in Switching Service LEC Less than Container LFC Lift Charge (Intermodal) LFD Linehaul from Port of Debarkation LFT Lift Gate (Truck) or Forklift Service at Pick-up/Delivery LGD Lodging LHS Linehaul Service LID Recurring License Fee LIE Liability of Carrier Charge LLB Limited Liability LLC Lot Charge LLD Lead Factor LLF Loan Fee LLS Local Sales Tax (All Applicable Sales Taxes by Taxing Authorities Below the State Level) LMC Labor, Modify LMD Liner Terms at Port of Debarkation LME Liner Terms at Port of Embarkation LNT Labor, No Trouble Found LOA Loading (Labor Charges) LOC Local Delivery/Drayage LPC Late payment charge LPD Linehaul Percent Differential LPF Laboratory Pack Fee LQD Liquidated Damages LSC Labor Service LSH Lashing LSS Lifeline Surcharge LTC Labor, Test and Calibrate LTE Linehaul to Port of Embarkation LUB Lubricant Charge LUP Locomotive Under Own Power LUS Leaking underground storage tax (LUST)


004010 37

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION LYC Layover Service Charge MAA Metals Surcharge MAB Mileage or Travel MAC Mileage Fee (For Repair and Return) MAD Minimum Order/Minimum Billing Charge MAE Monthly Rental MAR Marriage Rule MAT Modified Atmosphere MCC Machining Charge MDG Molding MDM Mount/Demount MEA Meals or Lodging Charge MEN Escort Service with Overnight Subsistence MES Escort Service MET Escort Service (Telephone) MFC Manifest Charge MFG Manufacturing MGA Message Rate Adjustment MGC Message Charge MIC Minimum Charge MIL Special Mileage Movements MIN Minimum Guarantee MKU Markup Charge MLB Minimum Bill of Lading Charge MLS Meals MMC Minimum/Maximum Charge MMF Mill Freight MMS Market Development Funds MMT Metropolitan Transit Tax MNC Notify Consignee MNS Motor Surveillance Service MPC Miscellaneous Parts Charge MRK Marking or Tagging Charge MRP Medical Report Charge MSC Other Accessorial Service Charge MSG Miscellaneous Charge MTR Meter Charge MUS Municipal Surcharge MVR Motor Vehicle Report (MVR) Charge MVS Special Motor Surveillance Charge MVT Venting Instructions NAA Non Generated Freight NAB New Store Allowance NAL Nozzle Charge NCH Order Notify Charge NDS Non-document Surcharge NFY Carrier Notification Charge NHB N.H.D. Wharfage


38 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION NSD New Store Discount NWD New Warehouse Discount NYD New York Delivery Charge NYP New York Pick-up Charge OAA O.T.O. Charge OAB Overrun Charge OAC Overtime Loading OCH Ocean Charges — Hazardous OCN Over Height Container ODF Collect on Delivery Deletion Charge OFR Official Report Charge OFU Fumigation ONC On Carriage OOC Option Charge (Color Fabric Office Furniture) OOD On Deck Break Bulk Differential OOF Order-Flat OPC Optional Charge ORC Operator Credit ORM Out of Route Miles OSC Outside Charge OSO Optional Software Support for Operational Support Systems OSS Optional Software Support for Switching Systems OUT Out of Zone Pick-up or Delivery OVR Over Dimension OWC Over Width Container PAA Percent of Product PAC Pump Air Charge PAD Premium Charge PAE Premium Transportation PAF Price Deviation PAG Professional Fees PAH Promotional Allowance PAI Promotional Discount PAJ Pump Charge PAK Preparation and Delivery PAL Parts Adjustment Allowance PAR Parts Charge PAT Priced Parts Charge PAV Pickup of Shipments on Saturday, Sunday, and/or Holidays Requiring Absolute Next Day Delivery Charge PBA Prior billing amount PBE Permits Bonds Escort Attendant PBL Pier Charges Other Than Wharfage PCH Protective Service Charge PCT City Pick-up PDB Prior Delivery Of Bill Charge PDC Preloading Charge


004010 39

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION PDS Pickup and Delivery from Storage in Transit PDY Pickup and Delivery Beyond Service Area Charge PEC Pallet Exchange Charge PEN Penalty Charge PER Permit Charge PFA Power Factor Adjustment PHC Photocopy PHG Photographs PIR Pier Pick-up and/or Delivery PKS Packing Surcharge PLC Insurance Placement Cost Charge PLT Pallets/Skids/Platforms PMC Prior Month Credit PMR Paint and Materials PMS Pickup of Shipments Requiring Same Day Delivery Service Charge PMT Pickup of Shipments Requiring Same Day Delivery Service and/or Delivery at a Specified Time Charge PMU Normal Pump Charge PMX Special Pump Charge PNA Prior Period Net Adjustment POC Piano/Organ Carry POD Proof of Delivery POL Police Report Charge POS Positioning at Origin PPC Per Pound Charge PPD Pickup and Delivery Service for Perishables Charge PPH Per Item Charge PPI Pick/Up Allowance PPM Precious Metal Content PPN Pallet Charge PPO Per Order Charge PPR Performance Award PPS Placement and/or Removal Charge PPT Parish/County Sales Tax (only) PPU Prepaid Usage Allowance PRB Prior Balance PRC Pre-carriage PRE Pre-carriage Excess PRK Parking PRL Prelodge Charge PRM Premise Use PRP Prior Period Rebook PRS Stuffing Charge PRV Prior Period Reversal PSC Protective Service - Cold PSD Preparation of Special Documents PSG Protective Service Security with Armed Guards


40 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION PSH Protective Service - Heat PSS Protective Service Security PST Postage PTC Tobacco Products Report Charge PTS Protective Tarp for Security Purposes PUC Pick-up Charge PUD Pick-up and Delivery PUK Pack and Unpack PVB Bonded Privately Owned Vehicle Charge PVD Detention of Privately Owned Vehicle Charge PVI Inoperable Privately Owned Vehicle Charge PVL Loading/Unloading of Privately Owned Vehicle Charge PVP Privately Owned Vehicle Processing PVS Stop-offs for Privately Owned Vehicle Shipment Charge PVT Privately Owned Vehicle in Truckaway Service Charge PWH Pier Charges - Wharfage PWT Pallet Allowance PYS Priority Service Charge QAA Quantity Surcharge QQD Quantity Discount RAA Rebate RAB Reclamation, Federal RAC Reclamation, State RAD Recovery Allowance RAE Redistribution Allowance RAF Rental Deduction RAG Repack Charge RAH Retainer RAI Resellers Discount RAJ Restocking Charge RAK Royalties RAL Roll Rebate RAM Ramping RCA No Return Credit Allowance RCB Repair at buyers expense charge RCC Reconsignment Charge RCD Reconsign Consignee Charge RCE Repair at customer expense charge RCG Repair at government expense charge RCL Redelivery RCP Recoopering (at Owner’s or Shipper’s Expense) RCS Reconnect charge RDC Reconsign Delivery Charge RDF Research & development fee RDH Railhead Handling REC Return Cargo Charge REE Regulatory Fee REF Refrigeration


004010 41

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION REG Regulatory tax REL Requested Labor Charge REP Residential Pick-up REQ Request Via Canada RES Residential Delivery RET Returned Load RFD Refund RFM Reefer Maintenance RGA Regain Allowance RGC Regain Charge RHM Recurring Hardware Maintenance Charge RID Riding Attendant Charge RIE Released Value Charge in Excess of Carrier Maximum Liability Charge RLA Retail Loss Allowance RLC Rents and Leases RLQ Relinquishment Charge RLS Relocation of Vehicle RMB Rocky Mountain Bureau 583 Item 1100 Arbitrary Charge RMC Return of Empty Container Charge RMD Refrigeration/Mechanical Detention RMP Return Movement of Pallet Charge

RMS Rail Surveillance ROC Roll Out Adjustment RPC Reduction Prepalletized Cargo RPD Reefer Cargo Percent Differential RRC Reel Cable RRD Reel Deposit RRF Refurbishing Charge RRN Rental Charge RRP Repair Charge RRR Regulatory required refund RSM Recurring Software Maintenance Charge RSP Reshipment RSS Restricted Speeds RST Respotting RSV Reservations RTC Rate Code SAA Subject to Cooperative Advertising Allowance SAB Shipping and Handling SAC Service Charge (with Cash Discount) SAD Scrap Allowance SAE Shrink-Wrap Charge SAF Special Credit SAG State Motor Fuel SAH Stenciling Charge SAI Super Fund Excise Tax SAJ Surcharge (Dollar Value)


42 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION SAK Surcharge (Percentage) SAM Stopcharge SAN State Sales Charge SAP Service Assistance Program Surcharge SAS Shipment Holdover on Weekends Charge SAT Saturday Pick-up or Delivery Charge SBC Standby Charge SBL Sublet SCC Special Seal Charge SCD Special Containers SCG Small Order Charge SCL Scale Charge SCU Scale Charge Unloading SDC Special Detention Charge SDL Split Delivery SDS Special Dromedary Service SEC Special Equipment Charge SEE Stairs, Elevator, Excess Carry SEG Segregating (Sorting) SEL Self Unloader SEQ Ship Exact Quantity Charge SER Service Charge SEV Security Escort Vehicle Service SFB Single Factor Origination/Destination SFC Stuffing Charge SFD Single Factor Orginiation/Port of Debarkation SFE Single Factor Port of Embarkation/Destination SFT Special Train Movement SGL Single Pick-up SHH Shipment Holdover on Holidays Charge SHL Shipper Load SHS State Hazardous Substance Tax SHW Shipment Holdover on Weekdays Charge SKT Skirting and Unskirting SLC Street lamps charge SLP Slip Sheet Charge SMS State/Metropolitan Transit Authority Surcharge SNS Satellite Surveillance Service SNT Shipment from Non-temp Storage SOC Stop-off Charge SOP Stop-off at Pier Charge SPA Special Allowance SPB Special Buy SPC Special Permits SPD Spreader Charge SPL Spool Charge SPP Split Pick-Up at Pier Charge SPS Special Freight Supplements


004010 43

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION SPT Spotting of Trailer SPU Split Pick-up SRG Storage SRS Surveying Routes SSA Salvage SSB Super Bag Charge SSC Stripping, Sorting, and Consolidation SSF Single Shipment Fee SSL Select Charge SSO Pole, Wood-service Charge SSP Shipside Pickup SSS Software Support Service SST Sales Tax (State and Local) SSU Pole Lashing Equipment (PLE) Surcharge SSX Sales and Use Tax STA Conductivity/Anti-static Additive STC State Surcharge STD Stopoff at Destination STF Container Stuffing STL Standard Labor Charge STM Steaming Charge STO Stowage Charge STP Stopping in Transit STQ Stopoff at Orgination STR Storage in Transit STW Special tooling rework charge SUC Special Use SUF Sufferance Warehouse Charge (Export or Import) SUP Supervisor Charge SUR Surcharge SVA Single Invoice Allowance SVL Manual Surveillance of Shipment SVS Storage of Vehicles SWC Switching Charge TAA Telephone Charge TAB Tank Rental TAC Temporary Allowance TAD Tax on Transportation TAE Temporary Voluntary Allowance TAF Terminal Differential TAG Testing Charge TAH Tool Charge TAI Testing Allowance TAJ Trade In TAK Transportation and Setup TAL Truckload Discount TAR Tarping Charge TAX Tax Charge


44 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION TAY Governmental Tax TCB Telegram Chargeback TCM Transportation Charge (Minimum Rate) TDT Truck Detention TER Terminal Charge TLC Trimming Charge TMS Multi-Tank Surveillance Service TMV Tendering of Multiple Vehicles TOA Total Assessorial Charges TOC TOFC Service Charge TPA Carrier Equipment Pool Charge TPC Throughput Container Charge TPS Third-Party Service TRA Travel Charge TRC Trailer Rental Charge TRE Travel Expense TRF Transfer Charge TRM Termination TRN Transit TRP Process in Transit Privilege TRS Transferred Charges TRU Thruway Charge TSC Testing Services Charge TSS Tank Surveillance Service TST Track Storage TTA Tank Car Allowance TTB Transportation-Direct Billing TTD Trade Discount TTL Local Tax TTM Tax on Miscellaneous Charges TTP Third Party Allowance TTR Throughput Allowance TTS State Tax TTT Transportation - Third Party Billing TTU Tire Repair and Replace TTV Transportation - Vendor Provided TUR Turning Charge TWO Two Door Pick Up UFC Under Carriage Furnished By Carrier Charge UND Unloading UNL Unloading (Labor Charges) UPD Usage Plan Detail Charge UPK Unpacking URC Unloading/Reloading Charge USF Use - Special Type Flat Car USV U.S. Vehicles USW Unabsorbed Switching UTL Utilities Disconnect and Connect


004010 45

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION UTP Use charge tooling/personnel UUC Up Charge UUM Unsalable Merchandise Allowance UUT Use Tax VAA Vendor Freight VAB Volume Discount VCL Van Cleaning VCR Voluntary contribution charge VEX Excess Mileage for Stop Off Delivery of Personal Vehicles Charge VFN Vehicles Furnished But Not Used VIS Vehicles Inoperable VIT Virgin Island Transfer Charge VOR Vehicle Ordered but Not Used VSO Stop Off Delivery of Personal Vehicles Charge VTS Vehicles in Truckway VVL Vehicle Load Allowance VVP Vehicle Prep Charge (courtesy delivery) WAR War Risk Surcharge WAT Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS) Usage Credit WBB Wharfage - Breakbulk WCT Wharfage - Container WDS Waterfront Delivery Charge WEA Weather Protection WEI Weighing Charge (Intermodal) WFG Wharfage WFH Wharfage & Handling WFT Wasted/Futile Trip WHC Warehouse Charge WRB War Risk Crew Bonus WRC Load Weighing Charge WRE Empty Weighing Charge WRI War Risk Insurance WSA Warehouse Allowance WTG Waiting Time WTM Waiting Time Service Charge WTV Weight Verification Charge WWC Wharfage Charge Z01 Protective Service Rule 25 Z02 Protective Service Rule 27 Z03 Protective Service Rule 37 Z04 Protective Service Rule 75 Z05 Protective Service Rule 95 Z06 Protective Service Rule 140 Z07 Protective Service Rule 160 Z08 Protective Service Rule 165 Z09 Protective Service Rule 500 Z10 Protective Service Rule 510


46 004010

150 Special Charge or Allowance Code CODE DEFINITION Z11 Protective Service Rule 518 Z12 Protective Service Rule 530 Z13 Protective Service Rule 531 Z14 Protective Service Rule 545 Z15 Protective Service Rule 565 Z16 Protective Service Rule 570 Z17 Protective Service Rule 580 Z18 Protective Service Rule 581 Z19 Protective Service Rule 705 Z20 Protective Service Rule 710 Z21 Protective Service Rule 711 Z22 Protective Service Rule 712 Z23 Protective Service Rule 716 Z24 Protective Service Rule 720 Z25 Protective Service Rule 725 Z26 Protective Service Rule 727 Z27 Protective Service Rule 735 Z28 Protective Service Rule 740 Z29 Protective Service Rule 760 Z30 Protective Service Rule 815 Z31 Quality Differential Z32 Protective Service Rule 26 Z33 Protective Service Rule 715 Z34 Protective Service Rule 745 Z35 Protective Service Rule 755 ZFF First Flight Out ZZZ Mutually Defined


004010 47

235 Product/Service ID Qualifier – U.P.C. Definitions CODE DEFINITION EN European Article Number (EAN) (2-5-5-1)

The thirteen digit code used by countries other than the United States and Canada which identifies each consumer unit.

2 digit prefix 5 digit company identification number assigned by the EAN Coding authorities

5 digit article identification number assigned by the company 1 digit check character

UA U.P.C./EAN Case Code The twelve digit code identifying the manufacturers shipping unit. 2 digit number system character 00 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising 03 = U.S. Drug Industry 06 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 07 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 5 digit manufacturer identification number 5 digit case code

UB U.P.C./EAN Multipack Code The eleven or thirteen digit code assigned to uniquely identify a multipack of a consumer unit. U.P.C. (1-5-5) 1 digit number system character 0 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising 3 = U.S. Drug Industry 6 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 7 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 5 digit manufacturer identification number 5 item number


48 004010

235 Product/Service ID Qualifier – U.P.C. Definitions CODE DEFINITION EAN (2-5-5-1) 2 digit country prefix

5 digit company identification number assigned by the EAN Coding Authorities

5 digit article identification number assigned by the company 1 digit check character

UC U.P.C. Suffix

The two or five digit code used to further define the contents of a consumer unit or multipack, also referred to as an ADD-ON Code.

UE U.P.C./EAN Module Code (2-5-5) The twelve digit code assigned to uniquely identify a module (pallet) that contains multiple manufacturers shipping units. 2 digit number system character 00 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising 03 = U.S. Drug Industry 06 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 07 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 5 digit manufacturer identification number 5 digit case code UG Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-4-6-1) The twelve digit Universal Product Code which uniquely Identifies each drug consumer unit. 1 digit number system character 3 = U.S. Drug Industry 4 digit manufacturer identification number (National Drug Code) 6 digit item number 1 digit check character


004010 49

235 Product/Service ID Qualifier – U.P.C. Definitions CODE DEFINITION

UH Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code (1-2-4-6-1) The fourteen digit code which uniquely identifies the drug manufacturers shipping unit. 1 digit packaging indicator 2 digit number system character 03 = U.S. Drug Industry 4 digit manufacturer identification number (National Drug Code) 6 digit item number 1 digit check character

UI U.P.C. Item Code (1-5-5)

The eleven digit Universal Product Code which uniquely identifies each consumer unit.

1 digit number system character 0 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising 3 = U.S. Drug Industry 6 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 7 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 5 digit manufacturer identification number 5 digit item number

UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1) The fourteen digit code which uniquely identifies the

manufacturer’s shipping unit (including the packaging Indicator and check digit).

1 digit packing indicator 2 digit number system character 00 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising 03 = U.S. Drug Industry 06 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 07 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 5 digit manufacturer identification number 5 digit case code 1 digit check character


50 004010

235 Product/Service ID Qualifier – U.P.C. Definitions CODE DEFINITION UN U.P.C. Case Code Number (1-1-5-5) The twelve digit code which uniquely identifies the manufacturer’s shipping unit (including the Packaging Indicator). 1 digit packaging indicator 1 digit number system character 0 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising 3 = U.S. Drug Industry 6 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 7 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 5 digit manufacturer identification number

5 digit item code

UP U.P.C. Item Code (1-5-5-1) The twelve digit Universal Product Code which uniquely Identifies each consumer unit. 1 digit number system character 0 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising 3 = U.S. Drug Industry 6 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 7 = U.S. Grocery and General Merchandising/ Industrial 5 digit manufacturer identification number 5 digit item code 1 digit check character


004010 51

Data Element 355 – Code List

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

CODE DEFINITION

26 Actual Tons 50 Actual Kilograms AS Assortment BA Bale BF Board Feet BG Bag BK Book BO Bottle BP 100 Board Feet BR Barrel BX Box CA Case CC Cubic Centimeter CE Centigrade, Celsius

Degrees CF Cubic Feet CH Container CI Cubic Inches CR Cubic Meter CT Carton CW Hundred Pounds (CWT) CX Coil CY Cubic Yard DA Days DD Degree DO Dollars, U.S. DR Drum DS Display DZ Dozen EA Each EP Eleven pack FA Fahrenheit

Degrees FT Foot

Feet GA Gallon GR Gram GS Gross HC Hundred Count HL Hundred Feet Linear


52 004010

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code

CODE DEFINITION HR Hours HS Hundred Square Feet IN Inch KE Keg KG Kilogram KT Kit LB Pound LF Linear Foot

Running Feet LT Liter LY Linear Yard

Running Yard M4 Monetary Value ML Milliliter MM Millimeter MO Months MR Meter OP Two pack OZ Ounce - Av P1 Percent P3 Three pack P4 Four-pack P5 Five-pack P6 Six pack P7 Seven pack P8 Eight-pack P9 Nine pack PC Piece PF Pallet (Lift) PK Package PL Pallet/Unit Load PR Pair PT Pint QT Quart RL Roll S9 Slipsheet ST Set SX Shipment SY Square Yard TE Tote TH Thousand TK Tank TM Thousand Feet (Board) TP Ten-pack


004010 53

355 Unit or Basis of Measurement Code CODE DEFINITION TS Thousand Square Feet UN Unit V2 Pouch WG Wine Gallon YD Yard YR Years

426 Adjustment Reason Code ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL........................................................................................ . 79 BROKER COMMISSION ............................................................................................................ . 80 EDI, QUICK RESPONSE AND ECR............................................................................................. 80 FREIGHT ..................................................................................................................................... 81 HANDLING CHARGES ............................................................................................................... 81 INVOICE AND FINANCIAL ......................................................................................................... 82 PACKING VIOLATIONS .............................................................................................................. 85 PERSONNEL .............................................................................................................................. 85 PRODUCT: QUALITY, DAMAGED OR ERRORS ....................................................................... 85 RETURNS OF MERCHANDISE .................................................................................................. 85 ROUTING VIOLATIONS............................................................................................................... 86 SPECIAL SERVICES, TAXATION AND GOVERNMENTAL CHARGES ..................................... 86 CODES TO BE DELETED AFTER VERSION 004010 ................................................................. 87

426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL CODE DEFINITION

71 Advertising Allowance Predetermined advertising allowance given as a percent Of purchases or sales. Use code 79 (Cooperative Advertising) for specific advertising campaigns or promotion. 78 Competitive Price 79 Cooperative Advertising Contribution given for specific advertising expense. 82 Defective Allowance Usage of this code implies that there is no physical return of goods. A predetermined percent per agreement is calculated and used.


54 004010


ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL CODE DEFINITION 85 Distribution Discount/Allowance Usage of this code implies that there is a predetermined percent per agreement which is calculated and used. 89 Early Buy Allowance Predetermined allowance which is given for an early buy. 94 Fixtures Charge This code is used to identify allowances for store fixtures (counters, displays, end caps) that are chargeable in whole or in part to the supplier. In the prestige cosmetics industry this is referred to as “counter construction”. 95 Floor Stock Protection A3 New Store Allowance Allowances provided by the supplier to offset the expenses incurred by the retailer related to setting up the supplier’s product in a new store. See code GE (Slotting Charge) for new product in an existing store. A8 Promotional Allowance Predetermined percent or contribution is given based on purchases or sales BE Fixture Allowance BF Return Allowance BH Opportunity Buy D8 Count and Recount Allowance Allowance to the retailer from the supplier to offset the cost of taking a physical inventory of goods for a promotion, and then taking another inventory of the goods after the promotion is finished to determine the sales of the goods. D9 Store Stock Price Protection E4 Warehouse Stock Price Protection E5 Invoice Price Protection GE Slotting Charge Charges incurred for the introduction of a new product into the retailer’s existing line of goods available for sale. Predominantly used in the Grocery Industry. GH Billback Allowance Deduction By mutual agreement the manufacturer/supplier invoices The retailer at a higher than standard price. The retailer bills back the difference, commonly used as a source of promotional funds. MA Marketing Allowance Funds provided to the retailer for unspecified advertising.


004010 55


BROKER COMMISSION CODE DEFINITION

54 Freight Deducted GC Market Development Fund Deduction GJ Unsalable Payments Deduction GK Split Commission Deduction - Basis Amount GM Split Commissions Deduction - Commission Amount 426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

EDI, QUICK RESPONSE AND ECR CODE DEFINITION

62 Material/Item Description Error Item identification at the line item detail on the 810 is unmatchable, unreadable or untranslatable. H1 Information Forthcoming Usually used within the 812 Credit/Debit Adjustment transaction set J8 Unable to Process Usually used within the 812 Credit/Debit Adjustment transaction Set 426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

FREIGHT CODE DEFINITION

30 Delivery Charge Incorrect Claim condition for carrier payment adjustment. This code is not used in a vendor/retailer relationship but used in a receiver/carrier relationship.

31 Pickup Charge Incorrect Claim condition for carrier payment adjustment. This code is not used in a vendor/retailer relationship but used in a receiver/carrier relationship. 32 Oversize Premium Invalid Extra charge assessed when carton exceeds specified size/weight. This code is used in a receiver/carrier situation. 36 Scale Number Incorrect Claim condition for carrier payment adjustment. This

code is not used in a vendor/retailer relationship but used in a receiver/carrier relationship.

39 Shipper/Consignee Ref. Number Missing 40 Address Incorrect 46 Transportation Charge Incorrect Was included on merchandise invoice or original invoice. 83 Delivery Charge Used only in an Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) environment


56 004010


FREIGHT CODE DEFINITION D2 Transportation Direct Billing Assumes terms should be E collect and or transportation Direct billing by carrier to retailer, but instead the supplier prepays and adds to the invoice. 426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

HANDLING CHARGES CODE DEFINITION

08 Substitute Product Handling charge used for merchandise substitution. Goods are accepted by retailer. Code 92 (Merchandise Not Ordered – see Returns section) is used when substituted product is physically returned to supplier. 10 Pallet/Container Charge Error 27 Product Transfers Subject to Charge Back Handling charge due to misconsignment of merchandise (within one retailer) 35 Commodity Code Incorrect Commodity code indicated on the shipment document does not accurately represent the merchandise, therefore a handling charge is incurred. 70 Advanced Ship Notice Not Received Handling charge for ship notice that was not received. 73 Bill of Lading Not Received Handling charge for bill of lading that was not received. 87 Duplicate Shipment Handling charge for duplicate shipment 99 Late Shipment of Goods

Handling charge for late shipment or late receipt at ship to location as per the trading partner agreement

A5 Overage Handling charge for over shipment A9 Proof of Delivery Not Received

Handling charge for proof of delivery that was not received

B1 Proof of Shipment Not Received Handling charge for proof of shipment that was not received D4 Unauthorized Product Used in a direct store delivery environment E9 Order Cancelled Handling charge for receipt of goods or services after purchase order was cancelled.


004010 57


INVOICE AND FINANCIAL CODE DEFINITION

01 Pricing Error 03 Extension Error 09 Terms of Sale Error This code is used when there is a dispute on invoice dating. Use code 24 (Incorrect Discount) for a discount rate error. 18 Not Company Bill 19 Duplicate Billing This code is used to clear the invoice from both the buyer’s and the seller’s accounting systems when the duplication is recognized prior to payment. Code 86 (Duplicate Payment) is used when the duplication is recognized after the payment. 20 Balance Due Declined 21 Shipment Method of Payment Incorrect 24 Incorrect Discount 26 Invoice Cancelled This code is used to clear erroneous invoice from the buyer’s and the seller’s accounting systems. 29 Fee Incorrect 33 Currency Exchange Incorrect 44 Required Documents Missing 45 Stale Bill Over 180 Days Old 47 Advanced Charge Incorrect 48 Service Charge 49 Processing Charge 50 Late Charge 52 Credit for Previous Overpayment 53 Remittance for Previous Underpayment 59 Item not received This code is used to specify concealed shortages. (See Handling Charges section for handling charges related to item not received.) 60 No open item on file 61 No open order on file 63 Customer Paid Invoice Which Was Previously Disputed 64 Sale of Property 74 Cancel or Adjust Prior Credit/Debit Adjustment 76 Cash Discount Discount allowed for paying within terms 81 Credit as Agreed 86 Duplicate Payment 96 Goods to Follow


58 004010


INVOICE AND FINANCIAL CODE DEFINITION A4 Nonreceipt of Goods This code is used to indicate carton shortages per Bill of Lading or Ship Notice/Manifest. (See Handling Charges section for handling charges related to goods that were not received) A7 Payment on Account AH Origination Fee Letter of Credit Origination Fee AT Account Closed Store or door location is closed. B2 Rebate B6 Repay Discount B9 Samples Not Received

See Handling Charges section for handling charges related to samples not received.

BJ Insurance Charge BK Postage Charge BL Net Check Returned Check returned for NSF, Stop Payment or Stale Date BM Net Collection Expense (Factor) BP Net Chargeback of Client Risk (Factor) This code is used to charge supplier for shipment of a non-approved sale. It is used only in a factored relationship between factor and supplier. C1 Settlement of Account CM Covered by Credit Memo D1 Transfer Between Accounts This code is used to move debits or credits (transfer funds) between accounts. D3 Unauthorized Deduction This code is used to reverse a deduction from a previous document (invoice or credit memo). The previous document must be referenced in the new transaction set. D5 Volume Discount E1 Recoupment This code is used to report bad debt recovery. E2 Covered By Debit Memo FA Anticipation Taken GA Free Goods GB Coupon Related Coupon redemption GL Unresolved Customer Deduction

Chargeback to supplier from factor for unresolved payment shortage originated by the retailer


004010 59


INVOICE AND FINANCIAL CODE DEFINITION GN General Advance Cash advance to the supplier from the retailer against Selected future purchase orders. GR Guarantee H2 Payment Previously Sent H3 Loan Paid in Full H6 Partial Payment Remitted H7 Payment Forthcoming Payment is on hold due to lack of complete documentation, e.g., a factor change or a name change. Used in the 820 Payment Order Remittance Advice to provide payment details or an 812 Credit/Debit Advice to respond to a previous 812 Credit/Debit Advice. H8 Bill Mortgagee HD Expense Payment IA Invoice Amount Does Not Match Account Analysis Statement Difference between the amount shown on the original invoice and the amount shown on the summary statement J3 Promised Adjustment Not Received L1 Audit This code must be used in conjunction with a debit/credit reference number when used on the 820 (Payment Order/Remittance Advice). L3 Penalty L4 Administrative Fees L9 Military Distribution Adjustment LO Ledger Overdraft Charge Reversed This code is used for charges that were assessed for

over extension of ledger debt within third party financial arrangements.

M3 Gift Certificates The retailer gives gift certificates to the consumer that

were previously supplied by the supplier. When the consumer uses the gift certificate, the retailer passes a deduction back to the manufacturer using this code value.

UB Uncollected Balance Charge Reversed Reversal of a previous debit or credit due to non- sufficient funds (NSF)

W6 Safety Violations


60 004010


PACKING VIOLATIONS CODE DEFINITION

37 Dimensions Incorrect Carton, container or pallet dimensions are not as specified M2 Commissions Deductions M4 Salary Deduction 426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

PRODUCT: QUALITY, DAMAGED OR ERRORS CODE DEFINITION 04 Item Not Accepted - Damaged Goods have been inspected and determined to be damaged, but are still salable in a secondary market. This code is used to deduct an agreed upon amount from the original invoice. 05 Item Not Accepted - Quality Goods have been inspected and determined to not meet

quality standards, but are still salable in a secondary market. This code is used to deduct an agreed upon amount from the original invoice.

GD Samples An invoice for samples is present in retailer’s accounts Payable system. However, samples will not be paid for. This code is used to clear the invoice from both the buyer’s and the seller’s accounting systems. 426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

RETURNS OF MERCHANDISE CODE DEFINITION

11 Returns - Damage 12 Returns - Quality 13 Returns - Dating 14 Returns - Promotion

15 Returns – Recall



25 Items Not Accepted Items were received but were not accepted, awaiting Return Goods Authorization. 72 Authorized Return 92 Entire Shipment Not Ordered Goods were received that were not ordered. Physical goods are returned to the supplier. This could be the entire shipment or partial shipment not ordered. 93 Field Destroy Goods were disposed of under the terms of a mutual agreement, goods were not physically returned. C4 Stock Balance


004010 61



F1 Defective GG Unsalable Merchandise This code is used to return merchandise for credit that has missed the promotion advertisement date. This caused the merchandise to be unsalable. This occurs in a one-shot marketing strategy. RM Returned Material Imperfect finished cloth which is still on the roll that is returned. 426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

ROUTING VIOLATIONS CODE DEFINITION

22 Weight Error The shipper may have incorrectly assessed the weight of

the shipment resulting in the use of the wrong carrier which results in a weight error code violation.


SPECIAL SERVICES, TAXATION AND GOVERNMENTAL CHARGES CODE DEFINITION

34 Declared Value Incorrect 38 Service Incorrect 88 Duty Charge Variance 91 Engraving Charge 98 Labor Charges A1 Layout/Design Charge B4 Refurbishing Charge B5 Repair of Goods B7 Restocking Charge BA Canadian Goods and Services Tax BB Quebec Goods and Services Tax BC Canadian Harmonized Goods and Services Tax BG Bag Charge BI Hanger Charge BS Paid During Period C3 Special Finish C6 Testing Charge C8 Ticketing Error C9 Ticketing Service Ticket supplier failed to ticket merchandise, receiver ticketed merchandise and is charging the supplier back. CU Charge for Unrequested Service


62 004010


SPECIAL SERVICES, TAXATION AND GOVERNMENTAL CHARGES CODE DEFINITION E6 Goods and Services Tax 0% Rate, International Documentation Will Follow E7 Goods and Services Tax Decreased Due to Billing Error E8 Goods and Services Tax Increased Due to Billing Error LF Lawyer or Claimant Attorney Fees 426 - ADJUSTMENT REASON CODE

CODES TO BE DELETED AFTER VERSION 004010 CODE DEFINITION OL Court Ordered Lien PP Quebec Pension Plan SC Service Cancelled The retailer is charging back the supplier for a service charge that is invalid. There is no longer an agreement between the retailer and the supplier for this service. 02 Allowance/Charge Error 06 Quantity Contested 07 Incorrect Product 16 Non-Invoice Related Allowance/Charge 17 Required Data Missing 23 Special Charge Not Authorized 28 Rebated Shipments 41 Item Not Accepted-Delay 42 Item Not Accepted - Loss 43 Missing Discount 51 Interest Penalty Charge 55 Tax Deducted 56 Advertising Allowance Taken 57 Volume Discount Taken 58 Invoice billing received after final billing 65 Claim Paid on Appraisal 66 Disability Insurance or Income 68 Death Benefit Reduction 69 Employer Provided Pension 75 Total Order Not Received 77 Competitive Allowance 80 Overpayment 84 Deviation from Order Date 90 Early Payment Allowance 97 Handling Charge A2 Misshipped (Wrong Product Received) A6 Packing Violations AA Prepaid Benefit or Advances AB Partial Wage Continuation AC Apportionment or Contribution


004010 63


CODES TO BE DELETED AFTER VERSION 004010 CODE DEFINITION AE Unemployment Compensation AF Guarantee Fee AG Guaranteed Amount AL Released to Borrower AM Applied to Borrower’s Account AN Auto No Fault AO Returned to Lender AP Acceleration of Benefits AR Acceleration of Reimbursement of Attorney Fees AU Accessory Payment AV Advertising Contribution AW Student Card Payment AX Person No Longer Employed AY Employee on Leave AZ Employee on Strike B3 Recovery Allowance B8 Routing Violation BD Bad Debt Adjustment BN Bonus BO Change to Box Office Gross BR Benefit Rate C2 Special Allowance C5 Temporary Allowance C7 Third Party Allowance CB Collected Balance Adjustment Incorrect CE Employer’s Legal Expenses Paid to Date CK Valuation As Of CO Adjusted Compensation Rate CP Employer Paid Benefits due CQ Change CR Capitation Interest CS Adjustment CT Capitation Payment CV Capital Passthru CW Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist Passthru D6 Recovery of Standard Allowances D7 Cost Associated with Reworked Material DA Daylight Overdraft Charge Reversed DB Pension or Retirement Plan Disability Benefits DC Canadian Pension Plan DD Railroad Disability DE Deposited Item Price Incorrect DF Family Social Security DG Deduction Film Rental DH District Advance DI Social Security Supplemental Income


64 004010


CODES TO BE DELETED AFTER VERSION 004010 CODE DEFINITION DJ Jones Act (Merchant Seaman Injured on the Job) DK Damaged Film DL Deposited Item Volume Error DM Direct Medical Education Passthru DO Other Group Insurance DP Pension or Retirement Benefits DR Social Security Retirements DS Social Security Disability DT Railroad Retirement DV Civil Servants Plan DW Subrogation E3 Withholding EE Encoding Error ER Employer Reimbursement EX Expenses F3 Social Security F4 No-Fault F5 Other Long-term Disability Offset F6 Indirect Offset Excess F7 Black Lung Disease F8 Rehabilitation F9 Educational Benefit FB Forwarding Balance FC Fund Allocation FI Late Interest Paid FR Film Rental FT Change to Film Rental Terms G1 Profit Sharing G2 Workmen’s Compensation G3 Pension G4 Other Disability Plan G5 Other Income G6 Salary Continuance G7 Short-term Disability G8 Permanent and Total Disability G9 State Disability Plan GF Invalid GO Graduate Medical Education Passthru H4 Bill Insured H5 Loan Service Released H9 Coverage Summary Needed HA Change to House Allowance HB Medical Payment HC Indemnity Payment HE Comprehensive Payment HF Collision Payment


004010 65


CODES TO BE DELETED AFTER VERSION 004010 CODE DEFINITION HG Bodily Injury Payment HI Property Damage Payment IC Interest Charge-Rate Reduced to New York Prime Rate IE Interest Charge - Rate Reduced to Earnings Credit Rate IF Insufficient Funds IL Interest Charge-Rate Reduced to London Inter-bank Offer Rate (LIBOR) IP Incentive Premium Payment IR Internal Revenue Service Withholding IS Interim Settlement J1 Nonreimbursable 2 Transportation Discrepancy Report (TDR) Submitted J4 Deficiency Report Authorized Adjustment J5 Duplicate Summary Billing (Same Bill Number) J6 Duplicate Summary Billing (Different Bill Number) J7 Duplicate Summary Billing (Second Billing) J9 Noninterfund Bill JE Journal Entry K1 Other Coverage Placed K2 Invalid Policy Number K3 Renewal Not Received L2 Discount L5 Interest Due L6 Interest Owed L7 Miscellaneous Deductions L8 Miscellaneous Credits LA Loans against Future Compensations LE Levy LP Late Payment LS Lump Sum M1 Advertising - Unidentified MC Miscellaneous Costs ML Maximum Allowable Levy Exceeded NA Cash Receipt NB Non-Billable NC Negative Charge ND Royalty NR Negative Repayment OA Organ Acquisition Passthru OB Offset for Affiliated Providers PA Picture Advance PD Paid to Date PF Payment First PI Periodic Interim Payment PL Payment Final PM Previous Month’s Earnings Credit Carried Forward


66 004010


CODES TO BE DELETED AFTER VERSION 004010 CODE DEFINITION PO Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) Premium Overcharge PR Prior Film Rental Payment PT Payment R1 Returned Deposited Item Price Incorrect R2 Returned Deposited Item Volume Error R3 Returned Deposited Item Notification Volume Error RA Retro-activity Adjustment RD Receiving Discrepancy RE Return on Equity SD Screening Deduction SF Shipping and E Charge SL Student Loan Repayment SP Sales Promotion TA Theatre Advance TL Third Party Liability UL Unable to Locate Account VC Value Date Incorrect for Credit VD Value Date Incorrect for Debit VO Void W8 Intoxication W9 Noncooperation: Rehabilitation, Training, Education, Medical WA Actual Reduced Earnings WB Regular Wage Minus Disability Benefit WC Subrogation Recovery WH Payment Partial WO Overpayment Recovery WR Deemed Reduced Earnings WS Special Fund Recovery WT Deductibles Recovery WU Unspecified Recovery WW Overpayment Credit ZZ Mutually Defined


004010 67

Data Element 751 — VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix VICS EDI has defined a coding structure to represent variations of the item in a Semi-Custom product environment. This code is for PID04, Data Element 751, however, this code and combinations of, text in PID05, placement location in PID06, and measurement values in additional MEA segments, may be needed to completely describe the product. The ten (10) position code is structured into four (4) parts as follows: Part 1 Position 01-02 Product Category Code Part 2 Position 03-04 Format Option Code Part 3 Position 05-08 Description Code Part 4 Position 09-10 Locator Placement Code Within each part of the code the values are left justified, blank filled. Parts 3 and 4 code values are dependent on the combination of code values in Parts 1 and 2, e.g., specific code values in Parts 3 and 4 may only be used with specific code values in Parts 1 and 2. The complete codes are shown in the Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix. Part 1 Product Category Code The Product Category Code defines the broad product category. Cur- rently there are eleven product categories identified for use within the retail industry: AT Automotive Note: Used in support and maintenance of older

vehicles where exact U.P.C.s, for specific parts, were not assigned.

CB Cabinets FC Floor Coverings FN Furniture FS Fire Screens IA Intimate Apparel JW Jewelry LB Linens and Bedding SD Doors WC Window Treatments WP Wall Coverings


68 004010

Part 2 Format Option Code The Format Option Code defines the use and requirement of Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code. It informs the receiver what other codes to expect to define the exact product. 01 Part 3 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code

required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners.

02 Part 3 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code required. 03 Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code are required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners. 04 Parts 3 and 4 of the Semi-Custom Product Description Code are required. MEA segment for measurements may be used as required by trading partners. Additional text description is contained in PID05. VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 AT Automotive 01 END Engine Displacement; actual measurement contained in the MEA segments 02 MAK Make (Manufacturer) of Vehicle; name, number, Or description contained in PID05 MOD Model of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05 YER Model Year of Vehicle; name, number, or description contained in PID05 03 CRB Carburetion BA 2 Barrel BB 4 Barrel BC Dual Quad (two 4 barrels) BD Three Duces (three 2 Barrels) BE 1 Barrel ENG Engine Type CA 4 Cylinder CC 8 Cylinder CD 12 Cylinder CE V8 CF V6 CB Cabinets 01 CBS Cabinet Box Size 02 DRA Drawer Accessories


004010 69

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 04 CBF Cabinet Box Frame ES Extended stile; name, number or Description contained in PID05 FT Flushed toe; name, number or description contained in PID05 DBC Drawer Box Construction SL Slides; name, number or description contained in PID05 TC Type of construction; name, number or description contained in PID05 WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05 DOR Door Options CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05 ET Edge treatment; name, number or description contained in PID05 FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05 GI Glass insert; name, number or description contained in PID05 HG Hinge swing; name, number or description contained in PID05 LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05 PU Pull; name, number or description contained in PID05 SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05 SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05 WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05 DRF Drawer Front CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05 ET Edge treatment; name, number or description contained in PID05 FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05 GI Glass insert; name, number or description contained in PID05

HG Hinge swing; name, number or description contained in PID05

LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05


70 004010

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04

PU Pull; name, number or description contained in PID05

SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05 SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05 WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05 EBC Exterior Cabinet Box Construction CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05 FB Finished back; name, number or description contained in PID05 FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05 LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05 SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05 SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05 TO Toe; name, number or description contained in PID05 WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05 FSC Cabinet Finish Stain & Color CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05 FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05 LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05 SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05 IBC Interior Cabinet Box Construction CO Color; name, number or description contained in PID05 FN Finish; name, number or description contained in PID05 LM Laminate material; name, number or description contained in PID05 SN Stain; name, number or description contained in PID05 SY Style; name, number or description contained in PID05 WD Species of wood; name, number or description contained in PID05 VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix


004010 71

Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 INA Installed Accessories BA Cabinet box accessories; name, number or description contained in PID05 DA Drawer accessories; name, number or description contained in PID05 IN Installation instructions; name, number or description contained in PID05 PEN Peninsula AD Add doors; name, number or description contained in PID05 IN Installation instructions; name, number or description contained in PID05 FC Floor Coverings 01 BND Bound Size; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s) FGR Fringe Required RLL Roll Width; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment RUN Runner; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s) USD Cut Size (Unbound); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) FN Furniture 01 ARM Arm Coverlets Required CST Coasters Required EXL Extended Leg Rest Required HED Head Coverlets Required SLF Self-Deck Required SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) STG Stain Guard Required SVL Swivel Base Required 02 BOK Book Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BTC Bottom Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 FTB Fabric Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05 LOT Lot Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05


72 004010

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 MAT Mattress Firmness or Type; name, number or description contained in PID05 TMC Trim Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TMS Trim Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TPC Top Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 TPD Tablepad requirements; name, number, or description contained in PID05; actual

measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s)

03 SEL Sector Location LT Left RT Right FS Fire Screens 03 SN Screen Type; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) FD Front LT Left

RT Right IA Intimate Apparel 03 MSB Mastectomy Brassiere (bra) Type; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) BI Bilateral

LT Left RT Right JW Jewelry 01

GAG Gauge; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LTH Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) RGS Ring Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) STW Stone Weights; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) WRS Wire; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)


004010 73

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 02

BZN Bezel Name; name, number, or description contained in PID05 CNS Chain or Bracelet Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05 DAT Date in the format of YYMMDD contained in PID05

STC Stone Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

STL Stone Clarity; name, number, or description contained in PID05 STQ Stone Quality; name, number, or description contained in PID05 STT Stone Letter; name, number, or description contained in PID05 03 EAR Earring Type

CP Clip LT Left PN Post - Normal Cap PS Post - Screw Cap RT Right

LOK Lock Type BL Barrel FF Safety FH Fish Hook NO None SP Spring

MEF Metal Finish BR Brushed CS Cast DM Diamond Cut ET Etched FO Florentine HM Hammered PO Polished RP Rhodium Plated TA Stamped

MET Metal Type GP Gold Plated MT Multiple (white and yellow gold) PL Platinum SV Silver TM Trillium WG White Gold YG Yellow Gold


74 004010

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 RGH Ring Hand

LT Left RT Right

RSD Ring-Side LL Left Lower LU Left Upper RL Right Lower RU Right Upper

STM Stone or Gem Month. Note: PID06 may be used to indicate the relative placement of the stone for multiple stones in the item.

MA January MB February MC March MD April ME May MF June MG July MH August MI September MJ October MK November ML December MM Blank

STK Stone Cut FF Faceted Fireburst FT Faceted SE Smooth with Encrusted Initial SF Smooth Fireburst SM Smooth SU Smooth with Under-Stone Initial

STS Stone Cut or Shape SA Brilliant SB Round SC Heart SD Marquis SE Emerald SF Pear SG Baqiette SH Oval SI Trilliant

TOP Topography, of item FL Flat PF Puffed

04 STN Stone or Gem Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05


004010 75


RL Real (natural) SY Synthetic

LB Linens and Bedding 01 QLT Quilting Required

RFC Custom Ruffle Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

RUF Standard Ruffle Required SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) 02

QTS Quilt Style or Pattern; name, number, or description contained in PID05

03 SST Standard Sizes

CK California King FU Full KG King QQ Queen TW Twin

SD Doors 01 DOR Door Measurements (height; width); actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s) SSC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement(s) contained in the MEA segment(s) 03 HNG Hinge Replacement

LT Left RT Right

WC Window Treatments 01 ABL Angle Bracket Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) ABT Angle Bottom; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) ACN Angled Corner AGB Angle Bind ALD Angle Left Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) AOS Arch Over Standard Shade


76 004010


ARD Angle Right Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

AWD Angle Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) BAW Bay Window - Degree Angle; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) BRW Bottom Rail Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) BTC Bottom Chain required CDL Cord Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) COH Cutout Height; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) COS Cutout Start; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) COW Cutout Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) CRD Cord cleat CRL Cord loop CTL Control Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) CVL Continuous Valance; actual measurements contained in the MEA segment(s)

DAC Disc arch cover DCV Dust cover DOR Door Measurements (height; width); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) EBL Extension bracket length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) EPL Extension plate EXP Extension pole FHL Fixed height lift cord HDB Hold Down Bracket required HGA Hinged adapter

HMZ Hem Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LIN Lining required LSD Left Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) LSR Left Side Rail Reduction; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) LSW Left Stack Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) LTL Limited tilt MUL Multi-color; use MEA segment for number of colors


004010 77


OEP Override End Route Position; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

ORA Orientation Angle; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

PVP Pivot plate RNG Ring pull RSC Rounded slat corners

RSD Right Side Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) RSR Right Side Rail Reduction; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) RTD Restrict Tilt Down; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

RTU Restrict Tilt Up; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

SDD Sher Delight Drop; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

SIL Sill Height; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) SKY Skylight Pole

SSD Short Side Drop; actual measurement contained In the MEA segment(s)

STG Stain Guard required TCL Top Lock Cord Lock

TIE Tiebacks required TMP Template available TNP Tension Pulley TPC Two Position Cord Lock TRS Track Stop

TRW Top Rail Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

VGL VG Left Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segments(s) VGR VG Right Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) VRL Valance Return Length; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) VWD Valance Width; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) WTH Number of Widths (fullness); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) WIN Window Measurements (height; width); actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) 02 AGL Angled Location; name, number, or description contained in PID05


78 004010


APP Application; name, number, or description contained in PID05

ART Arch Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BAC Backing Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BAP Butt and Pass; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BAT Backing Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BGS Bridges; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BKC Swivel Bracket Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BKS Brackets; name, number, or description contained in PID05. BUB Butt Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05 BYB Bypass Blinds; name, number, or description contained in PID05 CBC Cable Tape Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CDC Cord Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 CNC Cornice Frame Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

CNY Control Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05 COL Product Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

DHS Decorative Hem Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

DPF Drapery Fullness; name, number, or description contained in PID05 EBL Extension Bracket; name, number, or description contained in PID05 FCL Fabric Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 FCT Fabric Color Top; name, number, or description contained in PID05 FHA Free Hanging/anchored; name, number, or description contained in PID05 FTT Fabric Type Top; name, number, or description contained in PID05

FTY Fabric Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

GRC Groover Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 GTC Gear Track Color; name, number, or description


004010 79

contained in PID05 HMS Hem Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05 HMT Hem Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

HRC Head Rail Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 HRY Headrail Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05 HWC Hardware Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 HWT Hardware Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05 IGR Insert/Groover Required; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LNC Lining Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LNF Lining/Sheer Fullness; name, number, or description contained in PID05

LNS Lining Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

MOT Motorized; name, number, or description contained in PID05

MVE Moveable; name, number, or description contained in PID05

OMU Overlap or Multi-Unit; name, number, or description contained in PID05

PLS Pull Style; name, number, or description contained

in PID05 PLC Pull Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 RDC Rod Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 RDR Roll Direction; name, number, or description contained in PID05 RTC Retainer Color; name, number, or description

contained in PID05 SAS Shade Style; name, number, or description

contained in PID05 SBL Number of Spacer Blocks; name, number, or description contained in PID05 SBS Side By Side Blinds; name, number, or

description contained in PID05 SBY Support Bracket Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05 SCL Scallop Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05 SDC Sheer Delight Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05


80 004010

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 SSP Specialty Shape; name, number, or description contained in PID05 STY Stack Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TAC Tape Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TER Tier; name, number, or description contained in PID05 TKS Track System; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TMC Trim Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05

TMS Trim Style; name, number, or description contained in PID05

VAD Vane Description; name, number, or description contained in PID05 VCO Valance Color; name, number, or description contained in PID05 VLT Valance Type; name, number, or description contained in PID05 VMT Valance Mount; name, number, or description contained in PID05 03 ACH Arch Tops

DD Standard (Height is one half of window width) DR Diagram Required

CNK Crank Type SK Skylight CPS Control Position

LT Left RT Right

CRN Corner or Cornice Treatments DE Dental ED Egg & Dart PT Pass Track RP Rope TT Butt Track

CTC Cord Control Placement or Measurement; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

BT Both LT Left NO None RT Right

CTO Cutouts CT Center DE Side

DR Diagram Required


004010 81

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04LT Left Side

RT Right Side TS Two Sided

DRW Draw (stacking) AK Stack Center CT Center LA Left Angle Stack LT Left OP Open RA Right Angle Stack RT Right SI Side

HDS Heading Style PP Pinch Pleated ST Standard Rod Pocket

LFT Lift Position CT Center LT Left RT Right

MBU Multi Blind Units CC Center Cord CT Center Tilt CW Center Width LC Left Cord LT Left Tilt LW Left Width RC Right Cord RT Right Tilt RW Right Width

MNT Mounting AS Attach to Shade AQ Attach to Wall BT Bottom CL Ceiling DR Door EI Exact Inside EM End Mount EO Exact Outside IN Inside IO Inside Bracket Outside Mount OI Outside Bracket Inside Mount OT Outside TP Top

OVP Overlap Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LT Left RT Right


82 004010

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 PRF Perforation

PL Pinlight SV Sheerview

PRH Per Headrail Size CT Center Size LT Left Size RT Right Size SL Spacing Left SR Spacing Right

RTL Roller Type CH Chain SP Spring

RTZ Return (bracket clearance) Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LT Left NA Not Applicable RT Right

STL Slant Top Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

LL Slant Bottom Left LR Slant Bottom Right SL Straight Bottom Left SR Straight Bottom Right

TAP Tape Type BR Braided CT Cotton FT Fabric Twill Tapes PL Plastic Tapes VT Vinyl

TCT Tilt Control Placement CN Center LT Left NO None RT Right

TLC Tilt Control Type CH Chain CO Cord NO None WA Wand

TLF Tilt/Lift Position CN Tilt Center & Lift None LL Tilt Left & Lift Left LR Tilt Left & Lift Right RL Tilt Right & Lift Left RR Tilt Right & Lift Right


004010 83

VICS EDI Semi-Custom Product Description Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 TLT Tiltward Placement or Size; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s)

CT Center LT Left RT Right

WP Wall Coverings 01 WPC Custom Size Requirements; actual measurement contained in the MEA segment(s) 02 BOK Book Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05 LOT Lot Identification; name, number, or description contained in PID05

PAT Pattern; name, number, or description contained in PID05

03 ROL Roll Identification

DB Double Roll DR Diagram Required ON Single Roll


84 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code

CODE DEFINITION

A010 Absolute Minimum Charge A020 Access Charge - Federal A030 Access Charge - State A040 Access Charges A050 Account Number Correction Charge A060 Acid (Battery) A070 Acknowledgement of Delivery Fee (AOD) A080 Activation of Carnet A090 Ad Valorem A100 Add on - Destination A110 Add on - Origin A112 Add to Make Market Value A120 Additional Copies of Freight Bill A121 Additional Commercial Invoices A122 Additional Tariff Classifications A130 Additional Material A140 Address Correction A150 Adjustment for Maximum Charges Billing A160 Adjustment for Minimum Average Time Requirement Billing A170 Adjustments A172 Administrative A180 Advance Charges Handling A190 Advance Destination Amount A200 Advance Destination Fee A210 Advance Fee A220 Advance Lading Charge A230 Advance Origin Amount A240 Advance Origin Fee A250 Advances A260 Advertising Allowance A270 Affidavit A280 Agent Disbursement - Destination A290 Agent Disbursement - Origin A300 Air Export Certificate A310 Air Express Charge A320 Air Transportation Charge A330 Aircraft On Ground (AOG) A340 Airline Opening Fee A350 Airport Terminal Handling Charge A360 Alcoholic Beverage Report Charge A370 Allegheny County, PA Delivery Charge A380 Allowance Advance A390 Allowance for Consignment Merchandise


004010 85

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION A400 Allowance Non-performance A410 “Alterations” A420 Amending Export Documentation A430 Anneal/Heat (Steel or Glass Treatment) 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge A440 Anodizing Charge A445 Anti-dumping Duty A450 Appointment (Notification) A460 Arbitrary (In Addition to Through Rates and Charges) A470 Art Work A480 Assembly A485 Assist Amount A490 Attachments to Bill of Lading Charge A500 Bad Debt A510 Banking Drafts A520 Base Charge A530 Basic Reorder Allowance A540 Beaming Charge A550 Bedding/Feeding/Disinfecting A555 Beef Fee A560 Beyond Charge A570 Beyond Freight Charges A580 Bill and Hold A590 Bill of Lading Attendancy A600 Bill of Lading Charge A610 Billed Demand A620 Black Lung Tax A630 Blocking and Bracing Charge A640 Blower Charge A650 Bobtail Charges A658 Bond Amount A660 Bond Charge A670 Bordeaux Arbitraries A680 Both-Flat A690 Break Bulk Surface Charge A691 Breakbulk Services A700 Bridge Toll A710 Broken Lot A720 Broken Package Charge A721 Brokerage A730 Brokerage or Duty A740 Bunker Surcharge A750 Burning A760 Buyer Hand Carry


86 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION A770 Buyers Car Allowance A780 Cable Pressurization A790 Cables (sending of) A800 Call Tag A810 Camp Arbitrary A820 Canada Great Lakes Additionals A830 Canadian C.Q.Customs Clearance A840 Canadian Currency Exchange A850 Canadian Import Termination Fee A860 Canadian Reconsignment Fee A870 Canadian Remanifest Fee A880 Cancellation Charge A890 Cancelled Order, Heavy Duty Flatcar A900 Capping A910 Car Loading A920 Car Rental A930 Carrier Credit Allowance A940 Carrier Debit Allowance A950 Carrier Notification Charge A960 Carrier A970 Cartage Charge A980 Cartage A990 Cataloging Services ADOW Payroll Additives, Overtime Labor ADRW Payroll Additives, Straight Time Labor AFEE Fee B000 Central Buy B010 Cents Off B015 Bop Sheet B020 Certificate of Conformance B030 Certificate of Origin B040 Certificate of Registration B050 Certification B060 Chain and Binders B070 Chamber of Commerce Service Charge B080 Change of Airbill - Service Fee B090 Charges Forward/Advance Charge B091 Charter Services B100 Chassis Transfer B110 Chemical Milling Charge B120 Chicago Loop Charge B130 Cigarette Stamping B140 City Delivery B150 City maintenance fee


004010 87

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION B160 City Pick-up B170 City Terminal Charge B180 Cleaning Charge B190 Closing & Sealing B200 Co-manufacturing Discount B210 Co-op Credit B220 Coating (Dip, Rustproof, EDP) B230 COD Amount B240 COD Charges B250 Collect on Delivery Alteration Charge B260 Collect on Delivery Deletion Charge B270 Collect Surcharge B280 Combination Performance and Non-performance B290 Combination B300 Combine All Same Day Shipment B310 Commission Amount B320 Competitive Allowance B330 Competitive Car Allowance B340 Competitive Price B350 Compressor Charge B360 Concession Credit B370 Concession Money B380 Congestion Surcharge B390 Connect Charge B400 Conservation research fee B500 Consignee Unload B510 Consolidation B520 Constant Surveillance Service - Armed B530 Constant Surveillance Service B540 Consular Legalization Service B550 Consularization Fee B551 Consulting Service B560 Container Allowance B570 Container Deposits B580 Container Destuffing B581 Container Discount B590 Container Leasing B600 Container Service Charge UK/EUR B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada B620 Container Stuffing B630 Container/Trailer Allowance B650 Continuous Mileage B660 Contract Allowance B670 Contract Escalation


88 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION B680 Contract Service Charge B690 Controlled Atmosphere B700 Converting B710 COOP Credit B720 Cooperative Advertising/Merchandising Allowance (Performance) B730 Copy of Bill of Lading Charge B740 Copy of Delivery Receipt Charge B742 Copying B750 Core Charge B760 Cost Recovery Factor B770 Cost recovery/adjustment B775 Cotton Fee B780 Count and Recount B785 Coupon Reimbursment B787 Countervailing Duty B790 Crafting B791 Crating B800 Credit B810 Currency Adjustment Factor B820 Currency Adjustment B830 Currency Discount B840 Customer Account Identification B850 Customer Equipment Allowance B860 Customs Broker Fee B870 Customs Charge B872 Customs Duty B880 Customs Entry B881 Customs Exam B890 Customs Formalities B900 Customs Invoice - Additional Page B910 Customs Invoice B911 Customs Penalty B920 Cut and Parallel B930 Cut B940 Cutting Charge B950 Damaged Merchandise B960 Data/Drawing Charge B970 De-Installation B980 Deadhead Mileage Charge B990 Deaf and Disabled Surcharge B992 Declared Value for Carriage B994 Declared Value for Customs


004010 89

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION B996 Declared Value for Insurance B998 Deduct to Make Market Value BURD Burden, Overhead, or Allowance for Indirect Costs C000 Defective Allowance C010 Deficit Freight C020 Delay Furnishing Destination Weights C030 Delivery Surcharge C040 Delivery C050 Demand charge C060 Demurrage - Average Agreement C070 Demurrage - Special C080 Demurrage C090 Deposit Charges C100 Deposit in Lieu of Order C110 Deposit C120 Deramping C130 Derrick Charge C140 Designated Supplier Inspection C150 Destination Charge C160 Detention - Special Type Flat Car C170 Detention Loading C180 Detention of Power Units C190 Detention of Trailers C200 Detention Unloading C210 Determined Freight C220 Development Charge C230 Die Service Charge C231 Disbursement C240 Disconnect Charge C250 Discount - Drop Box/Convenience Ctr. C260 Discount - Incentive C270 Discount - Multiple Shipment C280 Discount - Service Option (Delivery) C290 Discount - Service Option (Pickup) C300 Discount - Special C310 Discount C320 Display Allowance C330 Distribution Fee C340 Distribution Service C350 Distributor Discount/Allowance C360 Diversion and Reconsignment C370 Diversion Charge C380 Diversion to Air Charge C390 Dockage - Boat Detention


90 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION C400 Documentation Charge C401 Document Handling C402 Door-to-Door C410 Dowel Pin Charge C420 Drayage C430 Drayage/Line Haul C440 Driver Assisted Unloading C450 Driver’s Wages C460 Drop Dock C470 Drop Yard C480 Drum Cost C490 Drum Deposit C500 Drum Up Charge C510 Dry Ice C520 Dryer Charge C530 Duty Charge C531 Duty Drawback C540 Early Buy Allowance C550 Early Payment Allowance C560 Early Ship Allowance C570 Emergency Port Charge C580 Emergency Service C590 Emergency Surcharge C600 Empty Weighing Charge C610 Enclosure C630 Endorsement Fee C640 Energy charge C650 Energy Surcharge (Fuel Adjustment Factor) C660 Engineering Charge C670 Engraving C675 Entered Value C680 Environmental Protection Service C690 Escalation C700 Escort Service C710 Eur1 Presentation Fee C720 European Port Charges C730 Excess Mileage Charge C740 Excess Periods C750 Excess Value Fee C760 Excess Weight C770 Excessive Value Charge C780 Exchange Access Credit C790 Exclusive Use Of Equipment C800 Exclusive Use


004010 91

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION C810 Exhibition Delivery Charge C820 Exhibition Pickup Charge C830 Expanded Service C840 Expedited One Day Consular Service C850 Expedited Service Charge C860 Expedited Shipments C870 Expediting Fee C880 Expediting Premium C890 Export Customs Clearance C900 Export Declarations - Automated C910 Export Declarations - U.S. Shippers C920 Export License Application C930 Export Shipping Charge C940 Export/Import Charge C950 Extra Copies and Mailings C960 Extra Labor (Helper Service) C970 Extra Length C980 Extra Service - Counter-to-Counter C990 Fabrication Charge COMM Communications Charges D000 Facsimile Charges - Additional Pages D010 Facsimile Charges D015 Dunnage D020 Failed Lamp Panel Charge D025 Fax Pre-alert D030 Federal Transfer Surcharge D040 Finance Charge D050 First Article Charge D060 First Flight Out D070 Flat Rate D080 Floor Stock Protection D090 Floor Stock Protection D100 Food and Lodging D101 Foreign Office Advance D103 Foreign Customs Duty D110 Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Rental D120 Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Special Charge D130 Forwarding Agent Commission D140 Forwarding Charge D141 Forward Coupons D142 Capture Additional Data D143 Provide Name and Address D144 Provide Household Identifier D150 Franchise fee


92 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION D160 Free Domicile Shipment Processing D170 Free Goods D180 Freight Based on Dollar Minimum D190 Freight Charges to Border D200 Freight Charges to Destination D210 Freight Equalization D220 Freight Passthrough D230 Freight Surcharge D240 Freight D242 Freight, International D244 Freight, International, U.S. Dollars D246 Freight, International, Non-U.S. Dollars D250 Freshness/Leaker Allowance D260 Fuel Charge D270 Fuel Surcharge D280 Full Service D290 Full Truckload Allowance D292 Fumigation D300 Garment District D301 Gateway Fee D310 Gas Pressure D320 Glaze D330 Gold Factor D340 Goods and Services Charge D350 Goods and Services Credit Allowance D360 Goods and Services Tax Charge D370 Government Inspection D380 Government Warehouse Fee - Destination D390 Government Warehouse Fee - Origin D400 Grain Doors D410 Grain Flow Charge D420 Grinding D430 Gross Receipts Surcharge D440 Groupage Discount D450 Grouped Items D460 Guaranteed Inspection Technical Service D470 Gulf Port Delivery Charge D480 Handling Charges on Distribution Freight Forwarded Beyond D490 Handling Freight At Positions Not Immediately Adjacent To Vehicle Charge D500 Handling D501 Harbor Maintenance Report D502 Harbor Maintenance Fee


004010 93

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION D510 Hauling and Hoisting to be Direct Billed D520 Hauling and Hoisting D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge D540 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - Domestic D550 Hazardous Materials Handling Fee - International D560 Hazardous Storage D570 Heat in Transit Charges D580 Heat Treat Charge D590 Heavy Duty Flat Car Charge D600 Heavy Lift D610 High Security Red In-bond Seal Charge D620 Highway Interchange D630 Hointins and Hauling D640 Holding Charge D650 Home Line Freight Charge D655 Honey Fee D660 Hook-up charge D670 Hose Charge Special D680 Hose Charge D690 Household Goods Pick-up or Delivery D700 IATA Airbill Preparation D701 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Commission D710 IATA Fee D711 International Air Transport Association (IATA) Markup D720 Identification D730 Import Service Fee D740 In Transit Price Protection D750 Inbound Freight Charges D760 Income Freight (Manufacturing to Shipping Point) D770 Incorrect Billing Account Charge D780 Industry Price Allowance D790 Initial License Fee D800 Inland Transportation D810 Inside Cable Connectors D820 Inside Delivery D830 Inside Pick-up D840 Inspect at Destination D850 Inspect at Origin D860 Inspection Fee D870 Inspection D880 Installation & Warranty D890 Installation and Training D900 Installation


94 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION D910 Insulated Tank Charge D920 Insurance Fee D930 Insurance Placement Cost Charge D940 Insurance Premium D950 Insurance Provided by Lessee D960 Insurance Provided by Lessor D970 Insurance Surcharge D980 Insurance D990 Interdivision Profit D995 Interest Amount E000 Interest on refund E010 Interest on Security Deposit E020 Interim Use Permitted at Special Rate E022 International Courier E030 International Door-to-Door Handling Fee E040 Interplant Charge E050 Interstate/Highway Toll E060 Intra-plant Charge E063 Invoice Additional Amount E065 Invoice Adjustment E067 Invoice At-Cost Amount E068 Invoice Delivery Terms Amount E069 Invoice No-Charge Amount E070 Invoice Services E080 Invoice with Goods E090 Irish Arbitraries E100 Island Delivery Charge E110 Island Pick-Up Charge E120 Italian Release Charge E130 Item Percentage E140 Item-Unit E150 Koshering E160 Label Allowance E170 Labeling E180 Labor (Repair and Return Orders) E190 Labor Charges E191 Labor, Straight-time E192 Labor, Overtime E193 Labor, Premium Overtime E200 Labor Cost of Removal E210 Labor Service E220 Labor, Modify E230 Labor, No Trouble Found E240 Labor, Test and Calibrate


004010 95

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION E250 Lading Adjustment Charge E260 Lashing E270 Late Order Charge E280 Late Payment Charge E290 Layout/Design E300 Layover Charges E310 Lead Factor E320 Leaking Underground Storage Tax (LUST) E330 Lease Shortfall Consideration E340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge E350 Letter of Credit Processing E360 License and Title E370 Lifeline Surcharge E380 Lift Gate (Truck) or Forklift Service at Pick-up/Delivery E381 Lime Fee E382 Liquidation Anti-Dumping Duty E384 Liquidation Countervailing Duty E386 Liquidation Tax Amount E388 Liquidation Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS) E389 Liquidation Total Fees E390 Load Weighing Charge E400 Loading (Labor Charges) E410 Loading E420 Loan Fee E430 Local Delivery/Drayage E440 Locomotive Delayed in Switching Service E450 Locomotive Under Own Power E460 Lot Charge E470 Lump Sum E480 Machining Charge E485 Mail Fee E490 Mail Invoice to Each Location E500 Mail Invoice E510 Mailing - Postage Cost E520 Mailing - Service Fee E530 Manifest Charge E540 Manufacturing E550 Market Development Funds E560 Marking or Tagging Charge E570 Marriage Rule E580 Memo Returnable Container E585 Merchandise Processing Fee E590 Message Charge E600 Message Rate Adjustment


96 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION E610 Messenger Service E620 Metals Surcharge E630 Meter Charge E640 Mileage Fee (For Repair and Return) E650 Mileage or Travel E660 Monthly Rental E670 Mount/Demount E680 Mounting E690 Municipal Surcharge E695 Mushroom Fee E700 N.H.D. Wharfage E710 New Discount E720 New Distribution Allowance E730 New Item Allowance E740 New Store Allowance E750 New Store Discount E760 New Warehouse Discount E770 New Warehouse E780 New York Delivery Charge E790 New York Pick-up Charge E800 No Return Credit Allowance E805 Non-Dutiable Charges E810 Non Generated Freight E820 Non-returnable Containers E830 Normal Pump Charge E840 Notarized Affidavit E850 Notify Consignee Before Delivery E860 Notify Consignee E870 Nozzle Charge E880 Ocean Charges - Hazardous E890 Ocean Freight E900 Offshore - Alaska/Hawaii E910 On Carriage E920 On Hand Service E930 One - Day Service E940 One Time Engineering Charge E950 One-Time License Fee E960 One-Time-Only Charge E970 Onetime Tooling E980 Operator Credit E990 Option Charge (Color Fabric Office Furniture) ENGA Engineering Supplies F000 Optional Charge


004010 97

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION F010 Optional Software Support for Operational Support Systems F020 Optional Software Support for Switching Systems F030 Order Notify Charge F040 Order-Flat F050 Other (See related description) F060 Other Accessorial Service Charge F061 Other Advances F062 Other Export Charges F063 Other Government Agency Declaration F065 Other Government Agency Exam F067 Other Import Charge F070 Out of Route Miles F080 Out of Zone Pick-up or Delivery F090 Outside Cable Connectors F100 Over Dimension F110 Overrun Charge F120 Oversized Premium F130 Overtime Loading F140 Pack Invoice with Shipment F150 Packaging Service F155 Packaging F160 Painting (Primer or Finish) F170 Pallet Exchange Charge F180 Pallet F190 Palletizing F200 Paralleling F210 Parish/County Sales Tax (only) F220 Passing Shippers Export Entry F225 Pecan Fee F230 Penalty Charge F240 Per Item Charge F250 Per Order Charge F260 Per Pound Charge F270 Percent of Product F271 Percent of Shipped Quantity that is Returnable F272 Percent of Shipment Value that is Returnable F280 Performance Allowance F290 Performance Award F300 Permit Charge F310 Permits Bonds Escort Attendant F320 Phosphatizing (Steel Treatment) F330 Pick-up and Delivery F340 Pick/Up


98 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code

CODE DEFINITION

F350 Pickle and Oil F360 Pickup - Out of Area F370 Pickup Surcharge F380 Pier Charges - Wharfage F390 Pier Charges Other Than Wharfage F400 Pier Pick-up and/or Delivery F401 Pier Unloading F410 Pilot Inspection F420 Placement and/or Removal Charge F430 Plating F440 Pole, Wood-service Charge F445 Pork Fee F450 Positioning at Origin F460 Postage F465 Potato Fee F470 Power Factor Adjustment F480 Pre-carriage Excess F490 Pre-carriage F500 Pre-Positioned Inventory Service F510 Precious Metal Content F520 Preloading Charge F530 Prelodge Charge F540 Premise Use F550 Premium Charge F560 Premium Transportation F570 Prepaid Usage Allowance F580 Preparation and Delivery F590 Preparation of Air Waybill - Origin F600 Preparation of Canadian Customs Invoice F610 Preparation of Commercial Invoice F620 Preparation of Export Entry F630 Preparation of Insurance Certificate F640 Preparation of U.S. Export Documentation F650 Preparation F660 Previous Billing F670 Price and Marketing Allowance F680 Price Deviation F690 Prior Balance F700 Prior Billing Amount F710 Prior Delivery Of Bill Charge F720 Prior Month Credit F730 Priority Service F740 Process in Transit Privilege F750 Processing Charge


004010 99

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION F760 Processing F770 Professional Fees F780 Proforma Invoice F790 Progress Payment Requirement F800 Promotional Allowance F810 Promotional Discount F820 Proof & Composition F830 Proof of Delivery F840 Protective Service - Cold F850 Protective Service - Heat F860 Protective Service Charge F870 Pulling Eyes F880 Pump Air Charge F890 Pump Charge F900 Purchase Option F910 Quantity Discount F920 Quantity Surcharge F930 Equipment Manufacturer Restoration Audit F940 Ramping F950 Rate Code F960 Re-Bill Charge F970 Rebate F980 Rebilled Drayage - Destination F990 Rebilled Drayage - Origin F991 Receiving G000 Recipient Address Correction G010 Reclamation, Federal G020 Reclamation, State G025 Reconciliation G030 Reconnect charge G040 Reconsign Consignee Charge G050 Reconsign Delivery Charge G060 Reconsignment Charge G070 Recoopering (at Owner’s or Shipper’s Expense) G080 Record/Filing G090 Recovery Fee G100 Recovery G110 Recrating/Recoopering - Destination G120 Recrating/Recoopering - Origin G130 Recurring Hardware Maintenance Charge G140 Recurring License Fee G150 Recurring Software Maintenance Charge G160 Redelivery G170 Redistribution Allowance


100 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION G180 Reduction Prepalletized Cargo G190 Reel Cable G200 Reel Deposit G210 Reel G220 Refrigeration G230 Refrigeration/Mechanical Detention G240 Refund G250 Refurbishing Charge G260 Regain G270 Registration of Export for Reentry G280 Registration of Export Shipments G290 Regulatory Fee G300 Regulatory required refund G310 Reliability Charge G320 Relinquishment Charge G322 Reliquidation Anti-Dumping Duty G324 Reliquidation Countervailing Duty G326 Reliquidation Tax Amount G328 Reliquidation Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS) G329 Reliquidation Total Fees G330 Rental Charge G340 Rental Deduction G350 Rents and Leases G360 Repack Charge G370 Repair at Buyers Expense Charge G380 Repair at Customer Expense Charge G390 Repair at Government Expense Charge G400 Repair G410 Repickup G420 Request Via Canada G430 Research & Development Fee G440 Resellers Discount G450 Residential Delivery G460 Residential Pick-up G470 Restocking Charge G480 Restricted Article Fee G490 Retainer G500 Return Cargo Charge G510 Returnable Container G520 Returned Load G530 Rework G540 Riding Attendant Charge G550 Rocky Mountain Bureau 583 Item 1100 Arbitrary Charge G560 Roll Out Adjustment


004010 101

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION G570 Roll Rebate G580 Royalties G590 Salvage G600 Same - Day Service G610 Saturday Delivery G620 Saturday Pick-up or Delivery Charge G630 Saturday Pick-Up G640 Scale Charge Unloading G650 Scale Charge G660 Scrap Allowance G670 Security Signature Service G680 Segregating (Sorting) G690 Select Charge G700 Self Unloader G710 Seller Hand Carry G720 Service Assistance Program Surcharge G730 Service Charge (with Cash Discount) G740 Service Charge G750 Service Upgrade G760 Set-up G770 Shearing G775 Sheep Fee G780 Ship to Stock Quality Audit G790 Shipper Load and Count G800 Shipper Load Carrier Count G810 Shipper Load Consignee Unload G820 Shipper Load G821 Shipping G830 Shipping and Handling G840 Shipside Pickup G850 Shotblasting G860 Shrink Allowance G870 Shrink-Wrap Charge G880 Shrinkage Allowance G890 Single Invoice Allowance G900 Single Pick-up G910 Single Shipment Fee G920 Sleeving G930 Slip Sheet Unloading Allowance G940 Slip Sheet, Rail G950 Slip Sheet, Truck G960 Slotting Allowance G970 Small Order Charge G980 Software Support Service


102 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION G990 Source Inspection H000 Special Allowance H010 Special Buy H020 Special Circus Trains H030 Special Credit H040 Special Delivery H050 Special Detention Charge H060 Special Equipment Charge H070 Special Finish Charge H080 Special Freight Supplements H090 Special Handling H100 Special Mileage Movements H110 Special Packaging H120 Special Permits H130 Special Pickup H140 Special Pump Charge H150 Special Seal Charge H151 Special Services H160 Special Test Equipment Charge H170 Special Tooling Charge H180 Special Tooling rework charge H190 Special Train Movement H200 Special Use H210 Special Vehicle Rent H215 Specific Duty H220 Specification Review H230 Split Delivery H240 Split Pick-Up at Pier Charge H250 Split Pick-up H260 Spool Charge H270 Spotting of Trailer H280 Spreader Charge H290 Stamp Fee H300 Stamping H310 Standby Charge H320 State Motor Fuel H330 State Sales Charge H340 State Surcharge H350 State/Metropolitan Transit Authority Surcharge H360 Steaming Charge H370 Stenciling Charge H380 Stop-off at Pier Charge H390 Stop-off Charge H400 Stopcharge


004010 103

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION H410 Stopping in Transit H420 Storage in Transit H430 Storage H440 Straightening Charge H450 Strapping H460 Street lamps charge H470 Stripping, Sorting, and Consolidation H480 Subject to Cooperative Advertising Allowance H490 Subject To Tax On Resale H500 Sufferance Warehouse Charge (Export or Import) H505 Sugar Fee H507 Sum of Adds and Deducts to Make Market Value H510 Sunday or Holiday Pick-up or Delivery H520 Super Bag Charge H530 Supervisor Charge H535 Supplemental Duty H540 Supplemental Items H550 Surcharge H551 Surety Bond H560 Swell H570 Switch Charge H580 Switching Charge H590 Tank Car Allowance H600 Tank Rental H610 Tax - Airport Tax, Destination H620 Tax - Airport Tax, Origin H625 Tax - Beverage Tax H630 Tax - City Sales Tax (Only) H640 Tax - Excise Tax - Destination H650 Tax - Excise Tax - Origin H660 Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET H670 Tax - Federal Excise Tax, FET, on Tires H680 Tax - Governmental H690 Tax - Handling Charge Tax H700 Tax - Local Tax H710 Tax - Metropolitan Transit Tax H720 Tax - Regulatory Tax H730 Tax - Local Sales Tax H740 Tax - Sales and Use H750 Tax - Sales Tax (State and Local) H760 Tax - State Hazardous Substance H770 Tax - State Tax H780 Tax - Super Fund Excise Tax H790 Tax - Use Tax


104 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION H800 Tax - Value Added Tax (VAT) H806 Tax Credit H810 Tax Liability - Amortized H820 Tax Liability - One Time H830 Tax on Miscellaneous Charges H840 Tax on Transportation H850 Tax H855 Tea Fee H860 Technology Exchange H870 Telegram Chargeback H880 Telephone - Destination H890 Telephone - Origin H900 Telephone Charge H910 Temperature Protection H920 Temporary Allowance H930 Temporary Voluntary Allowance H935 Tendered as Truckload H940 Terminal Charge H950 Terminal Differential H960 Terminal Service Fee H970 Terms Allowance H980 Test/Qualification Charge H990 Testing Services Charge I000 Testing I010 Third Party Allowance I020 Third Party Pallets I030 Throughput Allowance I040 Throughput Container Charge I050 Thruway Charge I060 Ticketing Service I070 Tobacco Products Report Charge I080 TOFC Service Charge I090 Tool Charge I100 Tooling Rework Charge I110 Tooling I120 Tools for Printing I130 Total Assessorial Charges I131 Total Fees I132 Total Invoice Amount I133 Total Due U.S. Customs Service (USCS) I134 Total Invoice Amount, U.S. Dollars I136 Total Invoice Amount, Non-U.S. Dollars I138 Total Material Invoice Amount I140 Tracing Inbound Via Other Carriers


004010 105

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION I150 Tracing Service Fee I160 Track Storage I170 Trade Discount I180 Trade In I190 Trailer Rental Charge I200 Transfer Charge I210 Transfer of Lading Charge I220 Transferred Charges I230 Transit I240 Transportation And Setup I250 Transportation Charge (Minimum Rate) I260 Transportation Direct Billing I270 Transportation Third Party Billing I280 Transportation Vendor Provided I290 Trimming Charge I300 Truck Detention I310 Truckload Discount I320 Turning Charge I330 Two - Day Service I340 Two Door Pick Up I350 U.S. Vehicles I360 Unabsorbed Switching I370 Unitized I380 Unloading (Labor Charges) I390 Unloading I400 Unloading/Reloading Charge I410 Unsaleable Merchandise Allowance I411 Unscheduled Fee I420 Up Charge I430 Usage Plan Detail Charge I431 U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Flat Assist Amount I432 U.S. Customs Service (USCS) Maximum Assist Amount I440 USDA Inspected, Stamping Certification I450 Use - Special Type Flat Car I460 Use Charge Tooling/Personnel I470 Valuation Fee I480 Vehicle Ordered but Not Used I490 Vehicle Prep Charge (Courtesy Delivery) I495 Vehicle Road Charge I500 Vendor Freight I510 Venting Instructions I520 Virgin Island Transfer Charge I530 Volume Discount I540 Voluntary Contribution Charge


106 004010

1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance or Charge Code CODE DEFINITION I550 Waiting Time I560 War Risk Surcharge I570 Warehouse I580 Warehousing I590 Warranties I595 Watermelon Fee I600 Waybill and Invoice Distribution I610 Weather Protection I620 Weight Verification Charge I630 Wharfage & Handling I640 Wharfage Charge I650 Wide Area Telephone Service (WATS) Usage Credit I660 Will Call Charge I670 Written Proof of Delivery I680 X-ray Charge I690 Gratuity I700 Escrow I710 Payment OFFA Office Supplies OTHR Other Miscellaneous Earning or Additive PTAX Payroll Taxes R020 Personal Property, Member R030 Personal Property, Spouse R040 Port Handling and Unloading R060 Packing, Crating, and Handling Charge R080 Packing, Crating, Handling, and Transportation Charge ZZZZ Mutually Defined


004010 107

Data Element 1301— VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix VICS EDI has defined several special service codes applicable within the retail industry. Some of these codes are singular and some are multi-part, however they all convey special processing and/or service requested by the retailer or performed by the supplier depending on the transaction the codes appear in. Part 1 is the service type. If additional clarification is needed, Parts 2 through 5 are used as defined for a particular service. Data Element 1301— VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05 AR Assembly Requested CS Custom Service (Service type code in SAC13 and/or description of service in SAC15) GC Gift Card (Gift card type in SAC13, gift card message in SAC15) GP Graphic Print (Graphic print type code in SAC13 and/or description in SAC15) GW Gift Wrap (Gift wrap type code in SAC13 and/or description in SAC15)

HA Hanger Service IN Inscription (Inscription text in SAC15) MO Monogram (Monogram letters in SAC15)

MR Mounting Requested OH Order Handling

BH Bill and Hold Goods DC Direct to Consumer DS Drop Ship FC First Cost Order

(Retailer, customer of importer, pays cost of getting the product into the country) KO Close Out Order KT Key Titles (Music/Software/Video) LO Landed Order

(Importer, third party, pays all costs of getting the product into the country)

NP New Product Introduction Offer NS New Store Order PR Promotional Order


108 004010

Data Element 1301— VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05

PU Prepack U.P.C.

A prepack U.P.C. request is one in which a U.P.C. number is specified in a batch request and all the

prepack U.P.C.s for which the specified U.P.C. is a component are returned.

RC Raincheck Order RO Rush Order SB Seasonal Build Up Order SI Sibling U.P.C.

A sibling U.P.C. request is one in which a U.P.C. number is specified in a batch request and all U.P.C.s belonging to the Product ID of the specified U.P.C. are returned.

SP Sample Order SO Special Order ZQ Mutually Defined Order Type

(Code in SAC13) RE Response Level

PC Product ID & Color ID PS Product ID & Size ID SC Selection Code UP U.P.C. VC Product ID

TC Ticketing Service 01 No Ticket 02 Hang Tag (Swiftach) 03 Gummed label 04 Pin Ticket 05 String Ticket (String around button) 06 Hang Tag (Securtach) 07 Dumbbell Gum (Jewelry) 08 Double Gummed Label (Peel off on gummed label) 09 As Agreed to By Trading Partners 10 Do Not Price

This code is used to override an agreement between trading partners that the supplier will apply the retail price to the product prior to shipment.

11 Clearance 99 Non Standard Ticket

The codes in Part 03 may be used with any code in Part 02.

01 1 Part Ticket


004010 109

Data Element 1301— VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05 02 2 Part Ticket

03 3 Part Ticket 04 4 Part Ticket 05 5 Part Ticket 06 6 Part Ticket 07 7 Part Ticket 08 8 Part Ticket 09 9 Part Ticket 10 10 Part Ticket 11 As Agreed to by Trading Partners 12 Retailer Provides and Vendor Applies Ticket 13 Vendor Produces and Applies Ticket

14 Vendor Produces and Retailer Applies Ticket The codes in Part 04 may be used with any code in Part 03.

01 Mutually Defined Code (Code in SAC13)

02 Ticket Text (Text in SAC15) 03 Both Code & Text (Code in SAC13, Text in SAC15) 04 Tickets Included In Carton Not Attached to Merchandise (Carton Seed) 05 Tickets Attached to Merchandise 06 Clearance 07 Ticket attached with 1" swift 08 Ticket attached with 3" swift 09 Ticket attached with 5" swift 10 Ticket attached with 3" secure 11 Ticket attached with 3" and 9" secure 12 Ticket attached with 5" secure 13 Ticket attached with 3/4" secure 14 Ticket attached with 16" elastic and 3" secure 15 Ticket attached with 16" elastic 16 Ticket attached over ISBN bar code 17 Ticket attached around shank 18 Ticket attached rattail back of pad 19 Ticket attached through neck label 20 Ticket attached left armhole 21 Ticket attached bottom of merchandise 22 Ticket attached inside brim


110 004010

Data Element 1301— VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code Matrix Part 01 Part 02 Part 03 Part 04 Part 05 23 Ticket attached, vendor defined placement The codes in Part 05 may be used with any code in Part 04. 01 Ticket with U.P.C. and with or without retail and color by size of product (Text in SAC15) 02 Ticket without U.P.C. and with retail price (Text in SAC15)

03 Ticket with U.P.C. and with retail price (Text in SAC15) 04 Ticket with U.P.C. only (Text in SAC15) 05 Ticket with retail price only (Text in SAC15) 06 Ticket U.P.C. perforated (Text in SAC15) 07 Ticket with retail price perforated (Text in SAC15) 08 Ticket with size only (Text in SAC15) 09 Ticket with size, color and description (Text in SAC15) 10 Ticket with color and description (Text in SAC15) 11 Ticket with size and color (Text in SAC15) 12 Ticket - clearance only (Text in SAC15) 13 Ticket with color only (Text in SAC15) 14 Ticket with style only (Text in SAC15)


004010 111

EXTERNAL CODE SOURCES 2 Airlines Code SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 4, 66/4 SOURCE IATA Traffic Handbook - Part II ACT Trade Practice Manual Resolution No. 5.38, 11/1/74

AVAILABLE FROM Air Transport Association of America 1301 Pennsylvania Ave, N.W. Washington, DC 20004-1707

ABSTRACT This handbook lists two-letter air carrier codes.

NOTES The air carrier data element is assigned a field length of 3 because of planned expansion by IATA. 4 ABA Routing Number SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 20, 66/13, 506/01, 647/806 SOURCE Key to American Bankers Association Routing Numbers AVAILABLE FROM Rank McNally & Company P. O. Box 7600 Chicago, IL 60680

ABSTRACT Contains the Federal Reserve Routing Codes. The first four digits identify the Federal Reserve District, the next four the institution, and the last is a check digit. 5 Countries, Currencies and Funds SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES 26, 100, 66/38, 235/CH SOURCE


112 004010

Codes for Representation of Names of Countries, ISO 3166-(Latest Release) Codes for Representation of Currencies and Funds, ISO 4217-(Latest Release) AVAILABLE FROM American National Standards Institute 11 West 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 ABSTRACT This international standard provides a two-letter alphabetic code for representing the names of countries, dependencies, and other areas of special geopolitical interest for purposes of international exchange and general directions for the maintenance of the code. The standard is intended for use in any application requiring expression of entitles in coded form. Most currencies are those of the geopolitical entities that are listed in ISO 3166, Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries. The code may be a three-character alphabetic or three-digit numeric. The two leftmost characters of the alphabetic code identify the currency authority to which the code is assigned (using the two character alpha-betook code from ISO 3166, if applicable). The rightmost character is a mnemonic derived from the name of the major currency unit or fund. For currencies not associated with a single geographic entity, a specially-al-located two-character alphabetic code, in the range XA to XZ identifies the currency authority. The rightmost character is derived from the name of the geographic area concerned, and is mnemonic to the extent possible. The numeric codes are identical to those assigned to the geographic entities listed in ISO 3166. The range 950-998 is reserved for identification of funds and currencies not associated with a single entity listed in ISO 3166. 6 TSUSA Number SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

23/A SOURCE

Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (Supplement 1) Annotated, 1992; Publication 2449

AVAILABLE FROM Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402

ABSTRACT

Supplement 1, 1992 of the HTSUSA is an extensive redraft of the original


004010 113

1992 edition, a classification and identification code for imported mer-chandelle, for use in determining rates of duty and for statistical purposes. 11 National Motor Freight Classification SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

59, 23/N, 1270/NK SOURCE

National Motor Freight Classification, NMF 100 Series

AVAILABLE FROM

American Trucking Associations 2200 Mill Road Alexandria, VA 22314-4677

ABSTRACT

An identification code for commodities transported by motor carriers. The commodity code is a six-digit numeric of the form: dddddd A seventh digit is added where necessary to indicate supplementary information such as density ranges, different forms of shipment, special packaging requirements, etc. 16 D-U-N-S Number SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

860, 66/1, 66/9, 128/DNS, 128/DUN SOURCE

Dun & Bradstreet AVAILABLE FROM

U.S. D-U-N-S Number assignment and lookup services are available through EDI, on-line, several types of mainframe and personal computer media, through a 900 Number Service (900-990-3867), and in print. Dun & Bradstreet Information Services Information Quality Department D-U-N-S Number Administration 899 Eaton Avenue Bethlehem, PA 18025-0001

ABSTRACT

The D-U-N-S Number is a non-indicative nine-digit number assigned and maintained by Dun & Bradstreet to identify unique business establishments.

D-U-N-S Numbers are assigned to businesses worldwide. The ninth digit of the D-U-N-S Number is a Modulus Ten Check Digit which catches 100% of single digit errors and 98% of single transposition errors. D-U-N-S Numbers provide positive identification of business locations possessing unique, separate, and distinct operations. Through the D-U-N-


114 004010

S Number, Dun & Bradstreet maintains linkage between units of an organization to easily identify corporate family relationships, such as those between headquarters, branches, subsidiaries, and divisions. The D-U-N-S Number is the non-indicative computer “address” of a business for which detailed marketing and credit information is maintained by Dun & Bradstreet. 17 Standard Carrier Alpha Code (SCAC) SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

140, 206, 296, 298, 66/2, 66/ND, 309/RS SOURCE

Directory of Standard Multi-Model Carriers and Tariff Agents Codes (SCAC-STAC), NMF 101 Series

AVAILABLE FROM

National Motor Freight Association, Inc. 2200 Mill Road Alexandria, VA 22314-4654

ABSTRACT

The standard carrier alpha code (SCAC) lists and codes transportation companies. The SCAC program contemplates that each company will be assigned a unique two to four letter (alpha) code for use as an abbreviation or to identify a particular company for transportation data processing purposes. The combination of letters used by any one carrier does not conflict with those assigned to other carriers, even though such other carriers may belong to a different mode. The SCAC directory contains two sections. Section 1 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier names. Section 2 is an alphabetical arrangement of carrier codes. 18 Federal Maritime Commission SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

66/3 SOURCE

Federal Maritime Commission (FMC) Forwarder License Number Federal Maritime Commission Automatic Tariff Filing Interface

AVAILABLE FROM

Federal Maritime Commission 1100 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20573


004010 115

ABSTRACT

The Federal Maritime Commission (FMC) number is the licenser number assigned to independent ocean freight forwarders by the FMC. The Tariff Modification Code describes the type of modification to be applied to a particular tariff. 21 Standard Point Location Code (SPLC) SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

154, 1244, 66/20, 120/SPLC, 128/SPL, 309/CS, 309/SL SOURCE

Continental Directory of Standard Point Location Codes (SPLC)

AVAILABLE FROM

The SPLC for motor carrier points in the United States, Canada, and Mexico and railroad stations in the United States and Mexico is copy-righted by, and available in hard copy and magnetic tape from: National Motor Freight Traffic Association, Inc. 2200 Mill Road Alexandria, VA 22314-4654 A separate SPLC system for Canada, used by the railroad industry is available from: National Transportation Agency of Canada Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0N9 The only factor common to both the NMFTA and NTA systems is that the basic code for a point in Canada begins with “0". ABSTRACT

The standard point location code is designed to provide each point originating freight and each point receiving freight with a unique six-digit code number so constructed as to identify the point with its geographic location. SPLC is based on a system of nesting recognized entities and numbering them in a standard geographic pattern. The system is state-county- city (point) using two digits to identify each. Different nomenclatures for areas equivalent to these three are substituted as they occur. Commonwealth, province and territory are synonymous with state, while parish, municipio and census district or census division are synonymous with county. Cities, borough, municipalities, rail stations, towns, villages, named rural areas, or the like, constitute the point list. To identify motor carrier locations requiring definition beyond the six-digit level, as de-fined above, the SPLC is appended with an additional three digits referred to as the sub-code. The sub-code is assigned in conjunction with existing six-digit SPLC. Certain groups of sub-codes are reserved for use as follows: Sub-Codes 001 - 199 Parts of (example: Georgetown part of Washington, DC). Sub-Codes 200 - 239 Colleges, Universities, Hospitals, Prisons, Museums, Post Offices, Stadiums, Buildings - including government (non-military). Sub-Codes 240 - 299 Military Facilities. 240 - 249 Air Force 250 - 259 Army 260 - 269 Coast Guard 270 - 279 Defense


116 004010

Logistics Agency 280 - 289 Marine Corps 290 - 299 Navy Sub-Codes 300 - 499 Plant Sites, Warehouses, Power Stations, Docks, Piers. Sub-Codes 500 - 599 Delivery Zones. Sub-Codes 600 - 699 Resorts, Tracks, Parks, Racetracks, Amusement Centers, Zoos, Shopping Centers, Re-sorts, Historical Monuments, Miscellaneous. Sub-Codes 700 - 999 Reserved for use by code subscribers for their internal usage to define locations peculiar to their own needs. NOTES

The SPLC data element is assigned a field length of 9 to allow for a subcode when necessary to specify a rating point, switching point, or pier number. 22 States and Outlying Areas of the U.S. SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

156, 66/SJ, 235/A5, 771/009 SOURCE

National Zip Code and Post Office Directory AVAILABLE FROM

U.S. Postal Service National Information Data Center P.O. Box 2977 Washington, DC 20013

ABSTRACT

Provides names, abbreviations, and codes for the 50 states, the District of Columbia, and the outlying areas of the U.S. The entities listed are considered to be the first order divisions of the U.S. Microfiche available from NTIS (same as address above). The Canadian Post Office lists the following as “official” codes for Canadian Provinces: AB - Alberta BC - British Columbia MB - Manitoba NB - New Brunswick NF - Newfoundland NS - Nova Scotia NT - North West Territories ON - Ontario PE - Prince Edward Island PQ - Quebec SK - Saskatchewan YT - Yukon 41 Universal Product Code SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

438, 766, 88/UP, 235/UA, 235/UB, 235/UC, 235/UD, 235/UE, 235/UI, 235/UN, 235/UP, 559/FD SOURCE

Publication series on Universal Product Code numbering system and usage.


004010 117

AVAILABLE FROM

The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada 885 Don Mills Rd, Suite 301 Don Mills, Ontario M3C 1V9

ABSTRACT

U.P.C. is a system of coding products whereby each item/multipack/case is uniquely identified. Codes are formatted as an optional digit which identifies the packing variations, one or two high order digit(s) identifying the system (grocery, drug, general merchandise, coupons), 5 digits which identify the manufacturer, 5 digits which identity the item and an optional 1 character check digit. 51 ZIP Code SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

116, 66/16, 309/PQ, 309/PR, 309/PS, 771/010 SOURCE

National ZIP Code and Post Office Directory, Publication 65 The USPS Domestic Mail Manual AVAILABLE FROM

U.S Postal Service Washington, DC 20260 New Orders Superintendent of Documents P.O. Box 371954 Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954 ABSTRACT

The ZIP Code is a geographic identifier of areas within the United States and its territories for purposes of expediting mail distribution by the U.S. Postal Service. It is five or nine numeric digits. The ZIP Code structure divides the U.S. into ten large groups of states. The leftmost digit identifies one of these groups. The next two digits identify a smaller geographic area within the large group. The two rightmost digits identify a local delivery area. In the nine-digit ZIP Code, the four digits that follow the hyphen further subdivide the delivery area. The two leftmost digits identify a sector which may consist of several large buildings, blocks or groups of streets. The rightmost digits divide the sector into segments such as a street, a block, a floor of a building, or a cluster of mailboxes. The USPS Domestics Mail Manual includes information on the use of the new 11-digit zip code.


118 004010

52 Hazardous Materials ID, DOT SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

62, 64, 208/9, 208/D, 559/DO, 665/P, 665/R SOURCE

Code of Federal Regulations, Transportation. Title 49, parts 100 to 177, revised as of November 1, 1983, pages 75-170.

AVAILABLE FROM

Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 ABSTRACT

Provides codes, names, and hazard classes for materials designated by the U.S. Department of Transportation as hazardous for purposes of transportation in commerce. The identifier of the materials listed is alphanumeric of the form: “AAdddd”. The numeric portion of the identifier has no significance. The alphabetic prefix may be: UN for materials appropriate for both international and domestic shipments: or NA for materials appropriate only for domestic shipment and domestic and shipments to and from Canada. 53 United Nations Number (Dangerous Goods) SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

62, 64, 208/U, 559/UN SOURCE

“Transportation of Dangerous Goods”, Recommendations of the Committee of Experts of the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Third Revised Edition United Nations ST/SG/AC10/1/REV. 3, 1983, SALES NO. E. 83. VIII. 1 AVAILABLE FROM

Sales No: 200 89.10.E International Maritime Organization 4 Albert Embarkment London SE175R United Kingdom ABSTRACT

Provides codes, names and hazard classes for materials designated as dangerous for purposes of transport in commerce. The identifier of the dangerous goods listed is numeric of the form “dddd”.


004010 119

54 Schedule D Location Qualifier SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

66/D, 309/D SOURCE

Schedule D, Customs District Classification AVAILABLE FROM

The Bureau of Census Foreign Trade Division Room 2179, Bldg. 3 Washington, DC 20036

ABSTRACT

Numbering system of the Customs districts and ports. 55 Schedule K Location Qualifier SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

66/K, 309/K SOURCE

Schedule K, Classification of Foreign Ports and Geographic Trade Area and Country

AVAILABLE FROM

Bureau of Census Foreign Trade Division Room 2179-Bldg. 3 Washington, DC 20036 ABSTRACT

A listing of the major ports of the world directly handling waterborne shipments in the foreign trade of the United States and the numeric code numbers by which such ports are designated in tabulations. 60 (DFI) Identification Number SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

507 SOURCE

a) Thompson Bank Directory: American Bankers Association (ABA) Routing Numbers b) New York Clearinghouse Association: Clearinghouse Interbank Payment System (CHIPS) Participant Numbers c) Canadian Payments Association Directory: Canadian Bank Transit Numbers


120 004010

d) ISO/S.W.I.F.T. Bank Identifier Code Directory: ISO Bank Identifier Codes AVAILABLE FROM a) Thompson Financial Publishing P.O. Box 65 Skokie, IL 60076-0065 b) New York Clearinghouse Association 450 West 33rd Street New York, New York 10001 c) Bowne of Toronto 60 Gervais Drive Toronto, Ontario Canada M3C 1Z3 d) S.W.I.F.T. SC Avenue Adele 1 B-1310 La Hulpe Belgium ABSTRACT

Assigned alphanumeric codes identifying depository financial institution. 70 Voluntary Inter-Industry Commerce Standards (VICS) EDI SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

559/VI SOURCE

VICS EDI Implementation Guidelines for EDI AVAILABLE FROM

The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada 885 Don Mills Rd, Suite 301 Don Mills, Ontario M3C 1V9 ABSTRACT

Conventions and implementation guidelines for electronic data inter-change utilizing the ASC X12 Standards within the retail industry.

71 U.P.C. Shipping Container Code SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

88/UC SOURCE

Application Standard for Shipping Container Codes


004010 121

AVAILABLE FROM


ABSTRACT

The U.P.C. Shipping Container Code is a 14 digit code, that identifies shipping containers of fixed content (products sold on a fixed weight/fixed unit of measure basis).

75 United States Harmonized Code System

SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

23/J SOURCE

HS-Based Schedule B - 1992 Edition Publication of U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of the Census Foreign Trade Division Washington, DC 20233

AVAILABLE FROM

Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 ABSTRACT

The HS-based schedule B code is a ten-digit number, the first six of which is the harmonized code. The remaining four digits represent statistical subdivisions. The schedule is a statistical classification of domestic and foreign commodities exported from the United States.

77 X12 Directories


721, 725 SOURCE

X12.3 Data Element Dictionary X12.22 Segment Directory

AVAILABLE FROM

Data Interchange Standards Association, Inc. (DISA) Suite 200 1800 Diagonal Road Alexandria, VA 22314-2852


122 004010

ABSTRACT The data element dictionary contains the format and descriptions of data elements used to construct X12 segments. It also contains code lists associated with these data elements. The segment directory contains the format and definitions of the data segments used to construct X12 transaction sets.

88 National Retail Merchants Association SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

235/CM, 235/SM, 559/NR SOURCE

Standard Color & Size Code Handbook AVAILABLE FROM

National Retail Merchants Association 100 West 31st Street New York, NY 10001

ABSTRACT

This publication contains standard color and size codes for use in the retail industry.

94 International Organization for Standardization (Date and Time)


623 SOURCE

ISO 8601 AVAILABLE FROM

American National Standards Institute 11 West 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036

ABSTRACT

ISO Standards code list for representation of date and time. 98 SSCC-18 and Application Identifier SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

88/GM, 235/UO SOURCE

a) Application Specification for the UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping Container Code b) UCC/EAN Code 128 Application Identifier Standard


004010 123

AVAILABLE FROM


ABSTRACT

The SSCC-18 and Application Identifier is a twenty-character code which is unique within the UCC/EAN numbering system. 2 Digits SSCC-18 Application Identifier (00) 18 Digits SSCC-18 Identification Number 102 Languages SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

819, 66/LE SOURCE

Code for the representation of names of languages (ISO 639) AVAILABLE FROM American National Standards Institute 11 West 42nd Street, 13th Floor New York, NY 10036 ABSTRACT

A set of symbols used to designate languages. 123 Open and Prepay Station List Number SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

309/OL SOURCE

Official List of Open and Prepay Stations ICC OPSL 6000-K

AVAILABLE FROM

Station List Publishing 906 Olive Street St. Louis, MO 63101

ABSTRACT

A published tariff that contains a listing of all valid railroad stations and their associated reference number. Note: In some circumstances the number published for a given railroad is the same as published in the Freight Station Accounting Code.


124 004010

136 Drug U.P.C. Consumer Package Code (1-4-6-1) SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

235/UG SOURCE

Publication Series on Universal Product Code Numbering System and Usage AVAILABLE FROM

The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada 885 Don Mills Rd, Suite 301 Don Mills, Ontario M3C 1V9 ABSTRACT

See Appendix A-41, Universal Product Code. This is a variation of the U.P.C. that uses a 4-digit manufacturer identifier code instead of 5 digits, and 6-digit product code instead of 5 digits. 137 Drug U.P.C. Shipping Container Code (1-2-4-6-1) SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

235/UH SOURCE

Publication Series on Universal Product Code Numbering System and Usage

AVAILABLE FROM


ABSTRACT

See Appendix A-41, Universal Product Code. This is a variation of the U.P.C. Shipping Container Code that uses a 4-digit manufacturer identifier code instead of 5 digits, and a 6-digit product code instead of 5 digits. 146 U.S. Customs Quota Category Codes


23/Q SOURCE


004010 125

Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System AVAILABLE FROM

Customs Co-operational Council 26-38 Rue de l’Industrie B 1040 Brussels Belgium

ABSTRACT

The Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System, commonly referred to as the Harmonized System (HS), is a multipurpose goods nomenclature combining in a single integrated instrument the descriptions required for customs tariffs, statistical nomenclatures, and transport classifications. The role of the Harmonized System in many other areas such as for tariff-related negotiations, determination of origin of a commodity, etc. is becoming increasingly important. The Harmonized System consists of structured nomenclature (5,018 groups of goods identified by a six-digit code) and is provided with necessary definitions and rules to ensure its uniform applications. It is supplemented by Explanatory Notes, an Alphabetical Index, a Compendium of Classification Opinions, and Trailing Modules. An Electronic HS Commodity Data Base, providing an enormous listing of commodities traded intonation-ally with their corresponding 6-digit HS code numbers, is now under preparation. All United Nations economic classifications use the HS subheadings as building blocks. Thus, for examples, all of 3,118 basic headings in the SITC, Revision 3 are correlated to the 5,018 HS subheadings. The content of each SITC heading corresponds to one or more of the HS subheadings to which it is keyed. 197 Packaging Requirement Codes


753/CD, 753/CT, 753/IC, 753/LP, 753/PK, 753/PM, 753/UC, 753/WM, 753/CUD, 753/OPI, 753/PML, 753/SMK, 753/UCL, 1270/JF, 1270/JG, 1270/JH, 1270/JI SOURCE

Packaging Requirement Codes, MIL-STD-2073-2 AVAILABLE FROM

Standardization Document Order Desk Building 4D 700 Robbins Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094 ABSTRACT

MIL-STD-2073-2C establishes and defines codes used in describing packaging material and techniques specified in Department of Defense contracts. Data Element 1270 Code JF Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C,


126 004010

Table IX. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes which identify the Level A packing requirements for an item. Code JG Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a Reference MIL-STD- 2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes which identify the Level B packing requirements for an item. Code JH Reference MIL-STD-2073-2C, Table IX. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes which identify the Level C packing requirements for an item. Code JI Reference MIL-STD-2073- 2C, Table VII. Provides a comprehensive list of Department of Defense codes which identify the intermediate container requirements for an item. 320 National Alcohol Beverage Control Association SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

66/WR, 559/AL, 1270/AC, 1270/CU, 1270/ST SOURCE Alcohol Beverage Industry Implementation Guideline for Electronic Data Interchange

AVAILABLE FROM

National Alcohol Beverage Control Association 4216 King Street West Alexandria, VA 22302-1507

ABSTRACT

The Alcohol Beverage Industry Implementation Guideline for Electronic Data Interchange contains implementation guidelines for electronic data interchange based on the ASC X12 Standards. The guideline also includes industry maintained codes and definitions used to exchange information between trading partners. 321 Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of the Treasury SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

750/B8, 750/TZ

SOURCE

Laws and Regulations under the Federal Alcohol Administration Act, Title 27, United States Code of Federal Regulations

AVAILABLE FROM

Superintendent of Documents U.S. Government Printing Office


004010 127

Washington, DC 20402 ABSTRACT

This handbook outlines U.S. Government laws pertaining to the advertisement, sale and distribution of alcoholic beverages as well as containing code lists that categorize the class, type, formula content, etc. of alcoholic beverages. 467 NABCA/DISCUS Common Code SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

235/BV SOURCE

NABCA/DISCUS Common Code Tables AVAILABLE FROM

National Alcohol Beverage Control Association 4216 King Street West Alexandria, VA 22302

ABSTRACT

The National Alcohol Beverage Control Association (NABCA)/Distilled Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS) Common Code is a code that links a specific alcohol beverage product with a unique identifier which is assigned by the aforementioned agencies to aid interested parties in tracking product movement and inventory. 583 UCC/EAN Location Code SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

66/8, 66/14, 66/UL, 66/UM SOURCE

UCC/EAN Location Code UCC Location Code EAN Location Code AVAILABLE FROM

Uniform Code Council, Inc. 8163 Old Yankee Street, Suite J Dayton, OH 45458 EAN International Rue Royal 145 1000 Bruxelles, Belgium ABSTRACT

The UCC/EAN Location Code is a globally unique number for the identification of a legal, functional or physical location. It is comprised (from left to right) of a Numbering Authority Prefix, Company Prefix,


128 004010

Company Number, and a Modulus 10 Check Digit. The Company Prefix is assigned by the Numbering Authority and is unique within the numbering authority. The Company Number is assigned by the company and is unique within that company. The UCC/EAN Location Code Prefix is the combination of the Numbering Authority Prefix and the Company Prefix; It is globally unique. The UCC/EAN Location Code Suffix is the combination of the Company Number and the Check Digit. It is only unique when combined with the UCC/EAN Location code Prefix. The UCC/EAN Global Product ID Prefix is the combination of the Numbering Authority Prefix and a Company Prefix; It is globally unique. Since this prefix may be the same as the one used for location codes the two uses must be delineated. 664 SSCC-18 SIMPLE DATA ELEMENT/CODE REFERENCES

88/AA SOURCE

a) Application Specification for the UCC/EAN-128 Serial Shipping Container Code b) UCC/EAN Code 128 Application Identifier Standard AVAILABLE FROM

Electronic Commerce Council of Canada 885 Don Mills Rd., suite 301 Don Mills, Ontario M3C1V9

ABSTRACT

The SSCC-18 is an eighteen-character code which is unique within the UCC/EAN numbering system. 18 Digits SSCC-18 Identification Number

1 June 1998

II INTRODUCTION TO EDI INTRODUCTION The intent of this publication is to assist companies desiring to implement the Canadian Implementation Guidelines for EDI. Many companies are already using computers to send business documents instead of mailing paper documents. Since computerized transmission of business data will very quickly replace traditional paper based systems, it is important for the retail industry to establish and maintain guidelines for these activities. Our industries are not the first industry to successfully apply the concept of exchanging business documents via computer, nor are we the only industry embarking upon an industry-wide implementation of standards. The Automotive Industry, Metals Industry, Chemical Industry, Electronics Industry and Office Products Industry are a few of the major industries that are implementing the ASC X12 standards. This publication has been developed through the cooperative efforts of representatives from involved industry in Canada under the umbrella of the Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx initiatives. Any comments or questions, concerning this publication, should be directed to the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada. 416-510-8039 The different sections of this document have been written for different audiences; ranging from the general manager who will be faced with the decision to implement the EDI project with all of the attendant business considerations, to the technicians who will perform the data requirements and the programming efforts:

• Section I — Statement of Direction, • Section II — Introduction to EDI, • Section III — Extended Data Element Information, • Section IV — Glossary • Section V — Data Mapping • Section VI — Canadian ECR/EFR/ECRx Data Mapping

EDI: THE CONCEPT In order to evaluate the decision to implement EDI, we should first review the general concept of electronic data interchange. EDI is simply the means to communicate between companies from one computer to another. Multiple pilots and implementations have been established in recent years, however, the overwhelming majority of these efforts have employed proprietary or

unique formats. The absence of a standard format has led to the condition where the industry computers cannot ‘‘talk’’ to one another. For example, Supplier A could recognize Retailer B’s purchase order, but could not readily understand the purchase order from Retailer C. In 1979 the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) formed the Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) X12 to eliminate this problem. The ASC X12 standards are recognized by the United Nations as the standard for North America. As a result, ASC X12 is active in the International Standards Organization (ISO) which is setting the international EDI standards. The VICS EDI Retail Industry formats for EDI follow the ASC X12 standards. BENEFITS OF EDI Why should retailers and suppliers-to-retail establish EDI links? The reasons for implementing EDI fall increasingly within the tactical rather than the strategic category. Competitive position within the marketplace is driving the decision more than any strategic considerations. Listed below are some of the major benefits identified by many companies already involved in EDI.

• Reduced manual data entry • Reduced postage and handling cost • Reduced printing cost of forms • Reduced mail time • Reduced labor processing cost • Reduced order cycle time • Increased customer service • Increased sales • Improved accuracy • Reduced lead times • Reduced filing of paperwork • Reduced inventory carrying cost

The benefits of Just-In-Time and Quick Response techniques have been documented in numerous publications. While EDI is one tool that facilitates the implementation of Just-In-Time and Quick Response programs, EDI is essential to fully realize the benefits of these programs. However, the most compelling reason to implement EDI is in response to major trading partners requesting the establishment of those links in order that they might realize the benefits. How much is it going to cost? The cost to implement EDI can and will vary widely among companies. The skills of the business and technical personnel, the design and condition of existing computer systems, but most importantly, the ability of the organization to absorb and adapt to change, will determine the cost of this effort. The companies that have implemented EDI have done so because they believe that the benefits are tangible, that

3 June 1998

the benefits outweigh the costs, and that EDI will become a commonly used vehicle in conducting business in the future. The EDI Implementation Checklist provides a guideline for implementing the EDI project, and will provide assistance in identifying the cost of your project. EDI IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS Introduction The purpose of this section is to provide a guideline for the successful implementation of electronic data interchange in your organization. EDI impacts many areas of a company’s structure. The management of the company must be involved in the approval phases of the project to insure the commitment of needed personnel, resources and cross-functional cooperation. While the requirements for implementation vary from one business or organization to another, this checklist is intended to present major points for consideration. The most common problems that should be avoided when undertaking the implementation of EDI are:

• Deviating from the published standards You should avoid any deviations from the published VICS EDI Industry Conventions and Implementation Guidelines. Deviations will cause unnecessary customization to your system, which will complicate adding new trading partners and increase time and cost.

• Too much too soon

Do not begin your EDI implementation prematurely. Provide adequate time for education and exposure to the relevant business issues and standards. Talk to potential trading partners and other companies who have already implemented similar EDI functions. For additional educational opportunities, contact the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada.

• Be certain that the systems interfacing with EDI are working

properly EDI is not a cure for the problems you have in your existing systems. If anything, they may be accentuated by this method of transmitting and receiving data for these systems.

• Communication Guidelines

This publication does not define a singular communication standard for the food and drug industry. The retail/vendor link is too broad based for a single communication standard to satisfy all needs. Instead, these guidelines describe the most commonly used

methods for communicating within the retailer/vendor link. The communication of the message syntax is accomplished in one of two ways: 1) commercial network interface, or 2) direct trading partner interface.

• Commercial Network

The commercial network acts as a clearinghouse for information passing between many vendors and retailers. The network’s data management function can be thought of as a large mailbox, where each user has an assigned slot. The network accepts messages from all participants and stores them in the appropriate slots, where only the assigned users may access them. This simplifies EDI for the trading partners, who only need to interface with their mailbox slot on the network, instead of with each individual trading partner. The network also takes over some of the control functions which must be performed by direct transmission participants.

• Direct Communication

This method of communicating eliminates the ongoing expense of a commercial network. However, direct communication with trading partners requires an in-house communication system capable of providing the services a commercial network would otherwise provide. These services include: electronic mailbox capability, security to limit system access, and the ability to handle a variety of protocols and data transmission rates.

• High Priority and High Volume Transactions

To isolate and identify documents containing high priority data or very large documents, some trading partners may issue different Interchange Sender and Interchange Receiver IDs to be used in the ISA (Interchange Control Header) for each transaction set type (Functional Group) for each trading partner. In that case, only one transaction set type is contained in an interchange. These interchanges, based on the Sender/Receiver ID can then be directed to specific mailboxes or mail slots when using a commercial network, thus identifying and isolating specific transaction sets from certain trading partners.

Checklist 1. Obtain commitment from key management 2. Education 3. Establish a plan 4. Establish project team and define each person’s responsibility 5. Designate EDI business contacts 6. Designate EDI technical contacts 7. Review internal systems and business procedures 8. Secure the appropriate reference materials

5 June 1998

9. Conduct a trading partner survey 10. Conduct a communication/equipment survey 11. Review data contained in the documents to be exchanged 12. Determine what optional product information will be employed 13. Determine what partnership identification scheme will be used 14. Isolate and identify high priority or high volume transaction sets 15. Develop an overall design 16. Code and test the interface to in-house system(s) 17. Decide on translation software configuration 18. Decide on a network provider 19. Finalize any optional services that you may wish to use from

network provider 20. Implementation of the translation software 21. Implementation of the network connection 22. Conduct system test with translation and network 23. Conduct system test with your trading partner 24. Decide on production cut-over date 25. Implement 26. Re-evaluate checklist for future implementations 27. Legal

1. OBTAIN COMMITMENT FROM MANAGEMENT Identify the Key Management Involve all the departments that will be impacted by the implementation, e.g., accounts payable, merchandising processing, accounts receivable, buying line, shipping, order processing, data processing, sales and marketing. Each department should be included in the analysis, testing, and implementation to insure the accuracy of the test results and promote the support of these groups. 2. EDUCATION Take the time to learn what other companies are doing with EDI. This may help you to avoid the pitfalls that other companies have experienced. Your education efforts should include: software, network/ communication topics, and the adjustments to business practices by similar companies. The currently offered educational programs should improve as more experience is gained by our industry. One of the best opportunities to refine a basic understanding of EDI is to participate in the user groups and standards setting bodies for the industry. 3. ESTABLISH A PLAN I. Develop a work plan

II. Identify as many of the tasks as possible III. Provide cursory estimates to each task IV. Establish an overall direction regarding what business documents

you wish to trade V. Identify the potential savings for each document The use of a PERT or other critical path chart may be useful to insure that the project proceeds in an orderly and efficient manner. 4. ESTABLISH PROJECT TEAM AND DEFINE EACH PERSON’S

RESPONSIBILITY Construct a responsibility matrix List the tasks to be performed across the page and the team members down the page. This will help determine if you have enough people to accomplish the implementation. You will also see if certain tasks will require someone not previously identified. You should be specific about the deliverables expected from each task. Establishing a formalized list will help reduce the potential for friction, particularly in the early stages of testing and system implementation. 5. DESIGNATE EDI BUSINESS CONTACTS The core of these people should be from within your company, but you can supplement your available resource by contacting other people who have accomplished an EDI implementation. Identify and list people who will be primary and secondary contacts in the event of problems. This list should have telephone numbers and major responsibilities defined. 6. DESIGNATE EDI TECHNICAL CONTACTS As with business contacts this group should include trading partners as well as your own internal staff. A contact list with names, telephones, major responsibilities and a distinction of first and second line should be constructed. Industry groups (e.g. Electronic Commerce Council of Canada), network providers and other retailers and vendors are a good source to provide education direction to your in-house staff. 7. REVIEW INTERNAL SYSTEMS AND BUSINESS PROCEDURES A thorough current system analysis should be undertaken. The present process that creates the business documents and the flow of the documents

7 June 1998

should be recorded. Rules or procedures that affect its life as a document need to be included. I. Determine how EDI should be integrated into existing systems II. Develop a preliminary scope of the effort to achieve integration 8. SECURE THE APPROPRIATE REFERENCE MATERIALS Your list should include: Canadian Implementation Guidelines for EDI (see 142 for additional reference materials) 9. CONDUCT A TRADING PARTNER SURVEY This will serve to initially establish:

• The members within each organization who will be participating and what their responsibility will be, and how they may be contacted.

Questions regarding:

• The use of industry product identification codes can be established. Tables, files or facility locations (SDQ type information), specific optional fields that will be used by trading partners can be clarified in this initial inquiry.

10. CONDUCT A COMMUNICATION/EQUIPMENT SURVEY WITH TRADING PARTNERS Answers to the following can be established:

• Contact names • Use of Commercial Network or Direct Connection • Communication protocols • Mainframe type — brand, model, operating system • Personal computer type — brand, model, operating system • Emulator type (2780 or 3780) — brand, version, hardware

manufacturer 11. REVIEW DATA CONTAINED IN THE DOCUMENTS TO BE EXCHANGED A thorough review or mapping of each business document against the VICS Canadian Food & Drug Retail Implementation Guidelines for EDI of ASC X12 should be performed. Through this process you will be able to determine whether your internal system documents contain all of the required/mandatory data elements.

Optional data elements can be identified and discussed with each trading partner to determine applicability. 12. DETERMINE WHAT PRODUCT INFORMATION WILL BE EMPLOYED Product information/identification does vary widely from one retailer or supplier to another. Whether a unique product code structure or any of the existing schemes will be employed must be determined. 13. DETERMINE WHAT PARTNERSHIP IDENTIFICATION SCHEME WILL BE USED Not used in Canadian Implementation Guidelines for EDI 14. ISOLATE AND IDENTIFY HIGH PRIORTITY OR HIGH VOLUME TRANSACTION SETS Investigate the methodologies your trading partners may use to isolate and identify high priority or high volume transactions sets. You and your trading partner may want to set up separate Inter-change Sender and Interchange Receiver IDs in the ISA for each transaction set type (Functional Group). You can then identify which transaction type will go to, or come from, each trading partner and direct them to specific mailboxes when using a commercial network. 15. DEVELOP AN OVERALL DESIGN Some of the elements that are likely to be included:

• General systems narrative • System data flow diagram • Functional analysis • Inputs/outputs • Processing • Controls • Backup/restart specifications • Program descriptions • Impact on facilities • Detailed specifications of the computer programs • Specifications of the data formats • Specifications of the communications mechanisms • Specifications of billing procedures and any back up statistical

reports • Details of security procedures • Operational procedures

9 June 1998

16. CODE AND TEST THE INTERFACE TO IN-HOUSE SYSTEMS It will be necessary to develop programs, which interface between your internal applications and files generated by translation software, in order to process the business information. It is also important to test that these programs are functioning properly. 17. DECIDE ON TRANSLATION SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION The four major types are:

• Purchase for mainframe • Purchase for personal computer • Network based translation • In-house developed

Factors that should be used to determine which selection best suits your needs:

• Configuration of the existing systems • Resource availability • Change control with ASC X12/Retail subset • Implementation timetable

18. DECIDE ON A NETWORK PROVIDER Discuss this decision with your projected trading partners. Survey active EDI traders. Suppliers of these services have standard cost contracts and commercial price lists, all of which should be reviewed before making your decision. The timing of this decision should be made very early, as it will influence many of the future decisions you will have to make. The alternative to using commercial networks is to establish direct connections with your trading partners. This requires the trading partners to accept the burden of maintaining the connection, coordinating the polling schedule, providing audit reports, and generating invoices if the costs are to be shared. 19. FINALIZE ANY OPTIONAL SERVICES DECISIONS FROM YOUR

NETWORK PROVIDER Compliance checking is one of many types of services that are offered. Various reports that could be useful to determine the status of transmissions can be made available. Be sure to establish the cost of the optional services — they are not always offered for free!

20. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE TRANSLATION SOFT WARE The amount of time will vary according to your earlier selection. If a vendor has supplied you with this software, make sure support is available.

21. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE NETWORK CONNECTION Having contracted with a network service provider, the installation of his software products will require that you load them. Follow the installation checklist that has been provided. You will find that many of the networks offer a facility by which you can send an EDI transmission into the network and have the network send it back to you for validation. Some networks also have a facility for data validation of transmissions on a per request basis. This can be particularly useful in initial testing for your pilot and subsequent trading partners. 22. CONDUCT SYSTEM TEST WITH TRANSLATION AND NETWORK The purpose of this will be to verify the following capabilities:

• Sending Documents • Generate a document from the internal system • Translate document into ASC X12 format • Send transmission to the network • If applicable, receive acknowledgement • Receiving Documents • Receive transmission from the network • Translate the document to the internal system format (from ASC

X12) • If applicable, generate and send an acknowledgment Determine if it will cost you to do this testing and who will pay.

23. CONDUCT SYSTEM TEST WITH YOUR TRADING PARTNER The purpose of this test is to be able to verify the following capabilities: Send and receive transmission to and from your trading partner through the network

• Translate documents from VICs Canadian ECR Implementation Guide format.

• Successfully process output from the translation • If applicable, generate an acknowledgement

11 June 1998

Extensive system testing should be done prior to implementation. Send paper documents which will be used for validation of the transmission. You may wish to extend this practice for some pre-determined period following implementation. 24. DECIDE ON PRODUCTION CUTOVER DATE Develop a signoff document that includes all the participants in the project. Following the test and an appropriate amount of time allocated to resolve any outstanding problems, you can then determine the earliest possible date. Make sure all contract agreements have been signed. 25. IMPLEMENTATION One document transmitted successfully will be more rewarding than hundreds with problems. It is recommended that you collect data during the first few months to use to assess what savings/costs your company is experiencing. This information will be useful for your management and new or potential trading partners. 26. RE-EVALUATE THE CHECKLIST FOR FUTURE IMPLEMENTATIONS Eliminate unnecessary tasks and simplify the process of establishing new trading relationships. This is also a good time to review whether assumptions about the benefits have been realized (e.g. reductions in data entry/data validation/data corrections, lower inventory levels). 27. LEGAL The EDI suppliers — take the time to understand the contractual arrangements. Be clear on what responsibilities and what liability is being accepted by each partner. You can expect the network suppler to be responsible for:

• Proper transmission • Maintaining security and integrity of the information • Providing a reliable service for agreed upon hours

Trading partners — letters of agreement, and terms and conditions that exist on physical business documents, should be discussed with each

trading partner and whatever arrangement that is deemed necessary be worked out on an individual basis.


004010 5

I Statement of Direction The Canadian Efficient Consumer Response (ECR), Canadian Efficient Foodservice Response (EFR) and Canadian Efficient Consumer Response for the Pharmacy Supply Chain (ECRx) programs are a collaborative effort of the Canadian food, foodservice and pharmacy industries to design a common set of implementation guidelines to facilitate the implementation of EDI. Strategic decisions were made, including migration from the traditional UCS guidelines and generic X-12 standards to the VICS 4010 Year 2000 implementation guideline that would align the food, foodservice and pharmacy industries with most of the general merchandising community and eliminate the use of multiple documents and multiple versions It is also recognized that this is an evolutionary process that will require the continuing support of some traditional UCS documents. As a result the Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882) is also included within these guidelines consistent with the conventions of UCS 4010 and VICS conventions as of version 4020. Representatives from stakeholders, distributors, manufacturers and brokers have developed this guideline, which conforms to all the ASC X12 conventions and is fully compliant with VICS and UCS where applicable. Although compliance to these guidelines is voluntary, deviation is strongly discouraged to ensure that there are no non-conforming transmissions. This guide includes the following transaction sets: Purchase Order (850), Invoice (810), Product Activity Data (852), Ship Notice Manifest (856), Purchase Order Acknowledgement (855) and the UCS (VICS as of 4020) based Direct Store Delivery Summary Information (882). In addition to the data mapping a description of these transaction sets and their associated benefits are included. Any business requirements that are not addressed in this guideline should be submitted to the Electronic Commerce Council of Canada for review and those changes will then be forwarded to the VICS Standards Maintenance Committee (SMC).


6 004010

Acknowledgements The Members of the ECR EDI Technology Committee: Debby Young Agora Food Merchants Richard Lai Allergan Inc. Susan LeBlanc AT&T Tony Ricotti AT&T Lewis Cardin Dairyworld Foods Nigel Wood ECCC Ratna Jani ECCC Justin Sherwood ECCC Art Smith ECCC Sean Hammond Effem Foods Ben Philips GE Information Services Joy Schneck General Mills, Inc. Lucy Abbruzzese H.J. Heinz Company of Canada Ltd Christine Hade H.J. Heinz Ltd Michael Sadiwnyk Hudson's Bay Company Carol Pozezanac Imperial Tobacco Limited Rita Bureau Imperial Tobacco Limited Rick Britton Information Access, Inc. Hokan Wallenius Intermec Systems Corporation d/o Unova Robert Long LGS Group Inc. Bob Fletcher Livingston Logistics Brad Brown Loblaw Companies Limited Renato Asdrubolini Loblaw Companies Limited Wayne East Loblaw Companies Limited Bob Crawford McCormick Canada Robert Henault Metro Richelieu Marva Castillo Nadiscorp Cherylyn Booth Nestle Canada Inc. Diana Scott Overwaitea Donna Rudge Parmalat Canada Dave Hardat Pilsbury Canada Limited Pete Hendel Procter & Gamble Mario Binnette Provigo Janis O'Heron Quaker Oats Company of Canada Limited Larry Gilman Quaker Oats Company of Canada Limited Joan Dolan Robin Hood Multifoods Inc. Rich Emrich Schneider Corp Elaine Zablotny Shoppers Drug Mart Ltd. Alison Cameron Sobeys Inc. Debby Atallah Sterling Commerce Jennifer Mahoney Sterling Commerce Katie Azuma Sterling Commerce Randall Gilbert Sterling Commerce Rita McQuade Sterling Commerce Don Weston Warner-Lambert Canada Inc.


004010 7

ECR EDI Technology Sub- Committee Working Group # 1 Debby Young Agora Food Merchants Nigel Wood ECCC Ratna Jani ECCC Justin Sherwood ECCC Sean Hammond Effem Foods Joy Schneck General Mills, Inc. Christine Hade H.J. Heinz Ltd Michael Sadiwnyk Hudson's Bay Company Carol Pozezanac Imperial Tobacco Limited Mireille Pepin Imperial Tobacco Limited Bob Fletcher Livingston Logistics Renato Asdrubolini Loblaw Companies Limited Bob Crawford McCormick Canada Robert Henault Metro Richelieu Diana Scott Overwaitea Pete Hendel Procter & Gamble Mario Binnette Provigo Joan Dolan Robin Hood Multifoods Inc. Rich Emrich Schneider Corp Elaine Zablotny Shoppers Drug Mart Ltd. Alison Cameron Sobeys Inc. Janis O'Heron Quaker Oats Company of Canada Limited Don Weston Warner-Lambert Canada Inc. EFR EDI Technical Work Group: Ian Dingle Cara Brian Sheard Cara Nigel Wood ECCC Justin Sherwood ECCC Rod Cunliffe Lipton Monarch Cherylyn Booth Nestle Canada Inc. Lora Ruffa PJB Marketing and Sales Louis Rudland Schneider Corp Cathy Chan SERCA Foodservice Laura Kellie Summit Foodservice Isa Jafelice Summit Foodservice


8 004010

ECRx EDI Technical Team: Mike Stecher Apotex Inc. Maryann Crofoot AltiMed Pharmaceutical Company Bob Chipps Boehringer Ingelheim Nigel Wood ECCC Justin Sherwood ECCC Bryan Stewart IBM Gord Ferguson Medis Dan Greene Merck Frosst Norm Dash Novopharm Elizabeth Bryant Livingston Logistics Trevor Crawford Proctor & Gamble Elaine Zablotny Shoppers Drug Mart Guideline Production Justin Sherwood ECCC

The ECCC wishes to thank the Foresight Corporation for the use of the EDISIM® product that was used in the development and publication of this document. Data Flow It is recognized within ECR, EFR, and ECRx, that to fully realize all the identified benefits through the implementation of key enablers such as EDI and bar coding, will require the implementation of the full suite of transaction sets that will facilitate procurement, settlement, database synchronization and transportation. Within the ECR/EFR/ECRx product supply chain a number of industry enablers are required in a number of business areas. These enablers are:

• The use of U.P.C.‘s to identify individual units and cases • Unit packaging for point of sale • Shipping case for selection, sorting and control • Pallet ID for tracking and management • Load ID for tracking management • Pallet load for ASN’s


004010 9

Vendor Managed Inventory • Product Activity (852) • Distributor managed inventories Product Planning

and Forecasting (830) • Direct Store Delivery Product Authorization (878)

Delivery Store Delivery

• Payment Order (820) • Delivery Base Record (894) • Delivery Acknowledgement (895) • Delivery Summary Information (882)

3rd Party Transport

• Motor Carrier Load Tender (204) • Response to load tender (990) • Shipment Status (214) • Freight Invoice (210)

Internal Transport Management

• Warehouse Shipping Order (940) • Stock Transfer (943) • Stock Transfer Advice (944) • Shipping Advice (945) • Inventory Management (846)

In addition there are other enablers that each organization must review and decide if they can beneficially use within their company.


004010 1

Message From ECR Technology Committee Co-Chairs EDI is one of the key enablers to allow the efficient communication of business transactions between trading partners, in an electronic format. To facilitate the implementation of this key enabler, the Canadian ECR Steering Committee mandated the development of an implementation guide to serve the needs of the Canadian food and drug industry. This document is the result of those efforts. This Canadian Food & Drug Retail Implementation Guidelines for EDI is the only recognized guideline for the food and drug industry in Canada. It is a comprehensive guide that provides all the required information for companies to implement the Year 2000 VICS 4010 Release. As we move to the year 2000 with an industry commitment to move to critical mass with purchase orders and invoices by May 31,1999, and the agreement to remain at version 4010 until there is industry agreement to migrate to another version, this is a significant step in resolving the issue of multiple standards and multiple versions. It is imperative that all participants in the Canadian ECR initiative conform to the specifications outlined within this document if the industry is to achieve critical mass. Organizations requesting changes to this document should follow the formal change procedures described in the guideline. As co-chairs of the ECR Technology Committee we wish to thank all industry participants in the development of this guideline. Without the dedication and commitment of these individuals and their respective organizations the production of this document would not have been possible. Wayne East, Larry Gillman, Loblaw Companies Ltd Quaker Oats Company of Canada


2

Message From ECRx Enabler Committee Co-Chairs Efficient Consumer Response for the procurement and distribution of over the counter drugs, prescription drugs and cosmetics (ECRx) is a collaborative industry initiative involving retailers, manufacturers and distributors to create a more efficient supply chain within the drug and cosmetic distribution channel. This implementation guide has been developed by industry participants to standardize the implementation of EDI within the ECRx channel. It is consistent with other ECR initiatives in Canada in that it is based upon a common standard (VICS) and a common version 4010 to ensure Y2K compliance. Organizations now have for the first time an industry approved guideline that standardizes the implementation of EDI. This is a major accomplishment and could not have been possible without the cooperation of all major stakeholders including retailers, manufacturers and distributors and the support of key sponsoring associations. This is the only endorsed guideline for ECRx participants and it is strongly recommended that organizations do not deviate from the specifications within this document. Additional documents are currently under development and will be included in future releases. A formal change procedure has been included in this document for companies requesting changes or modifications. The development of this guideline required the dedication and commitment of many individuals and their respective organizations. As co-chairs of the ECRx Enabler Committee we wish to extend our thanks to all who made a contribution to the production of this document. N.A. Smith Rick Zeller ECCC Shoppers Drug Mart

Co-Chair ECRx Enabler Co-Chair ECRx Enabler Committee Committee

004010


004010

Message From the EFR E-Commerce Committee Co-Chairs Efficient Foodservice Response is one of the most significant initiatives that this industry has ever undertaken. The elimination of inefficiencies and costs from the supply chain will allow all participants to deliver better value to the customer. One of the key technology enablers to provide efficient communication of business critical information is electronic data interchange (EDI). The food service industry has taken a significant step in ensuring a consistent implementation of EDI with the development of this guideline. Electronic commerce, to be effective, is reliant upon accurate information. Moving bad information faster has no value. It is therefore the recommendation of this committee that industry participants address the issue of database synchronization as a first step. A sub committee was established representing stakeholders to develop the EDI transaction set Price/Sales Catalogue (832) to facilitate database synchronization and item maintenance using EDI. That document is now available as a supplement to this guideline. This document is the only recognized and endorsed guideline for all participants in the EFR initiative in Canada. It provides all of the required information for companies to implement EFR. In addition it is Y2K compliant. Recognize that this publication will continue to expand to include additional transaction sets required by the industry. EDI standards are dynamic; they reflect changing business requirements. Organizations requesting changes to these documents should follow the formal change procedures described in these guidelines. The food service standards included in this document were developed by a dedicated group of individuals and their respective companies. As co-chairs of the EFR E-Commerce Committee we wish to extend our thanks to all industry participants for assisting in the production of these guidelines. Murray Webb Jim Greenwood President, Lipton Monarch President, GFS Canada Company Co-Chair E-Commerce Co-Chair E-Commerce Committee Committee

3


004010 i

Disclaimer The Electronic Commerce Council of Canada (ECCC) is providing this voluntary standard as a service to the food and drug industry. This voluntary standard was developed through a consensus process of industry participants. Although efforts have been made to assure that the standard is correct, reliable, and technically accurate, the ECCC makes no warranty or representation, express or implied, that this standard is correct, will not require modification as experience and technological advances dictate, or will be suitable for any purpose or workable in any application, or otherwise. Use of the standard is with the understanding that the ECCC has no liability for any claim to the contrary, or for any damage or loss of any kind or nature. If a user perceives a need for a change to the standard, they should contact the ECCC. Users are cautioned that this is a voluntary industry standard. Should it conflict with government laws or regulations, the legal requirements supersede the standard.


ii 004010

TABLE OF CONTENTS MESSAGE FROM THE ECR TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE CO-CHAIRS ...................................................................... 1 MESSAGE FROM THE ECRx ENABLER COMMITTEE CO-CHAIRS ...................................................................... 2 MESSAGE FROM THE EFR E-COMMERCE COMMITTEE CO-CHAIRS ...................................................................... 3 SECTION I ...................................................................... 5 ECR/EFR/ECRx STATEMENT OF DIRECTION................. 5 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT...................................................... 6 DATA FLOW ...................................................................... 8 SECTION II .................................................................... 11 INTRODUCTION TO EDI ................................................. 11 EDI: THE CONCEPT ....................................................... 11 BENEFITS OF EDI............................................................ 12 EDI IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS .................. 13 Introduction ................................................................... 13 Communication Guidelines............................................ 13 Checklist........................................................................ 14 SECTION III .................................................................... 23 EXTENDED DATA ELEMENT INFORMATION CODE DEFINITIONS AND CODE LISTS 150 Special Charge or Allowance Code.................... 23 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier............................... 47 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code ................. 51 426 Adjustment Reason Code .................................. 53 751 Product Description Code .................................. 68 1300 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code .................................................... 85

1301 VICS EDI Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code ............................................... 108

EXTERNAL CODE SOURCES ....................................... 112 SECTION IV .................................................................. 131 GLOSSARY ........................................................................ 131 RELATED PUBLICATIONS AND WEBSITES......................... 144 SECTION V .................................................................. 145 VICS DATA MAPPING.................................................... 145 CANADIAN ECR/EFR/ECRx IMPLEMENTATION


004010 iii

GUIDELINE FORMAT..................................................... 146 VICS EDI CONVENTIONS ............................................. 152 ENVELOPE & GROUP MAPPINGS ............................... 170 Control Segments (ISA, IEA, GS, GE)......................... 172 SECTION VI .................................................................. 179 VERSION MIGRATION INTRODUCTION ............................................................ 179 CHANGE SUMMARY ..................................................... 180 Introduction ................................................................. 181 ASC X12 Changes ...................................................... 181 VICS EDI Change Summary Highlight......................... 181 VICS EDI Change Summary ....................................... 182 VICS EDI SMC Change Request Form ....................... 203 SECTION VII .................................................................. 205 Business Examples ECR Business Examples ................................... 205

810 – Invoice Business Scenario ..................... 205 850 - Purchase Order Business Scenario ........ 210 852 - Product Activity Data Business Scenario.................................................. 219

855 - Purchase Order Acknowledgment Business Scenario .................................. 239 856 - Ship Notice/Manifest Business

Scenario ................................................ 244 882 - Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Business Scenario .................................. 251

997 - Functional Acknowledgment Business Scenario ................................................. 254 EFR Business Examples ................................... 259

810 – Invoice Business Scenario ..................... 259 850 - Purchase Order Business Scenario ........ 265 855 - Purchase Order Acknowledgment

Business Scenario .................................. 270 ECRx Business Examples............................................ 273

810 – Invoice Business Scenario ..................... 273 850 - Purchase Order Business Scenario ........ 278 852 - Product Activity Data Business Scenario.................................................. 281

855 - Purchase Order Acknowledgment Business Scenario .................................. 287 856 - Ship Notice/Manifest Business

Scenario ................................................ 290


iv 004010

SECTION VII CANADIAN ECR/EFR/ECRx DATA MAPPING 810 - Invoice Document ......................................... Tab 1 850 - Purchase Order Document ........................... Tab 2

852 - Product Activity Data Document ................... Tab 3 855 - Purchase Order Acknowledgment Document ..................................................... Tab 4 856 - Ship Notice/Manifest Document.................... Tab 5 882 - Direct Store Delivery Summary Information Document ..................................................... Tab 6 997 - Functional Acknowledgment Document ........ Tab 7